TW202329728A - Method and apparatus for positioning of a user equipment in an inactive state - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for positioning of a user equipment in an inactive state Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202329728A
TW202329728A TW111141337A TW111141337A TW202329728A TW 202329728 A TW202329728 A TW 202329728A TW 111141337 A TW111141337 A TW 111141337A TW 111141337 A TW111141337 A TW 111141337A TW 202329728 A TW202329728 A TW 202329728A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
positioning
event report
location
rrc
event
Prior art date
Application number
TW111141337A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
史維 費雪
史帝芬威廉 艾吉
Original Assignee
美商高通公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US17/810,158 external-priority patent/US20230221396A1/en
Application filed by 美商高通公司 filed Critical 美商高通公司
Publication of TW202329728A publication Critical patent/TW202329728A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access, e.g. scheduled or random access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled or contention based access, e.g. random access, ALOHA, CSMA [Carrier Sense Multiple Access]
    • H04W74/0833Non-scheduled or contention based access, e.g. random access, ALOHA, CSMA [Carrier Sense Multiple Access] using a random access procedure
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states

Abstract

Positioning of a UE is supported in a Radio Resource Control (RRC) Inactive state. The UE receives from a location server a request for periodic or triggered location and an indication of whether uplink, downlink, or uplink and downlink positioning will be used for subsequent location reporting events when the UE is in the RRC Inactive state. When an event is detected, the UE sends a first event report and a second event report to the location server to report the event and enable UE location while the UE is in the RRC Inactive state. The event reports are each sent with Small Data Transmission (SDT). The first event report may include a Request Assistance Data message indicating a request for an uplink (UL) Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration and the second event report may include location measurement performed by the UE.

Description

用於非啟用狀態中的使用者設備的定位方法和裝置Method and device for locating user equipment in an inactive state

本案大體而言係關於通訊,並且更具體地係關於用於支援使用者設備(UE)的定位服務的技術。This case relates generally to communications, and more specifically to technologies used to support location-based services for user equipment (UE).

無線通訊系統已經經歷了各代的發展,包括第一代類比無線電話服務(1G)、第二代(2G)數位無線電話服務(包括臨時2.5G和2.75G網路)、第三代(3G)高速資料、支援網際網路的無線服務和第四代(4G)服務(例如,LTE或WiMax)。第五代(5G)新無線電(NR)行動服務標準要求更高的資料傳送速度、更多的連接次數和更好的覆蓋範圍以及其他改良。根據下一代行動網路聯盟(Next Generation Mobile Networks Alliance)的5G NR被設計為向數以萬計的使用者提供每秒數十百萬位元的資料速率,向辦公室中的上萬員工提供每秒1十億位元的資料速率。The wireless communication system has gone through various generations of development, including the first generation analog wireless telephone service (1G), the second generation (2G) digital wireless telephone service (including temporary 2.5G and 2.75G networks), the third generation (3G ) high-speed data, wireless services that support the Internet, and fourth-generation (4G) services (for example, LTE or WiMax). The fifth-generation (5G) New Radio (NR) mobile service standard calls for higher data transfer speeds, more connections and better coverage, among other improvements. According to the Next Generation Mobile Networks Alliance, 5G NR is designed to provide tens of thousands of users with data rates of tens of megabits per second, and tens of thousands of employees in the office. 1 gigabit data rate per second.

對於一些應用,能夠經由無線通訊系統獲得行動設備的位置可能是有用的或必不可少的。例如,諸如導航輔助、公共安全支援、資產追蹤以及工廠或倉庫中的移動物件的管理等應用可能需要定位行動設備。對於一些應用及/或對於某些類型的行動設備,可能期望以行動設備降低的功耗及/或減少的延時來定位行動設備。因此,用於實現降低功耗及/或降低延時的方法和系統可能是有益的。For some applications, it may be useful or essential to be able to obtain the location of a mobile device via a wireless communication system. For example, applications such as navigation aids, public safety support, asset tracking, and management of moving objects in factories or warehouses may require positioning of mobile devices. For some applications and/or for certain types of mobile devices, it may be desirable to locate a mobile device with reduced power consumption and/or reduced latency for the mobile device. Accordingly, methods and systems for achieving reduced power consumption and/or reduced latency could be beneficial.

支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的UE的定位。UE從定位伺服器接收針對週期性或觸發定位的請求和當UE處於RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路、下行鏈路還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示。當在UE處於RRC非啟用狀態時偵測到事件時,UE向定位伺服器發送第一事件報告和第二事件報告以報告該事件並在UE處於RRC非啟用狀態時啟用UE定位。事件報告各自經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。第一事件報告可以包括指示針對上行鏈路(UL)定位參考信號(PRS)配置的請求的請求輔助資料訊息,而第二事件報告可以包括由UE執行的位置量測。Supports positioning of UEs in a radio resource control (RRC) non-enabled state. The UE receives from the positioning server a request for periodic or triggered positioning and an indication whether subsequent position reporting events will use uplink, downlink or both uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state. When an event is detected when the UE is in the RRC disabled state, the UE sends the first event report and the second event report to the positioning server to report the event and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC disabled state. The event reports are each sent via Small Data Transfer (SDT). The first event report may include a Request Assistance Data message indicating a request for uplink (UL) positioning reference signal (PRS) configuration, while the second event report may include position measurements performed by the UE.

在一種實施方案中,一種由使用者設備(UE)執行的用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的UE的定位的方法包括以下步驟:接收針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求;接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時偵測事件;及發送第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該事件並啟用UE定位,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。In one embodiment, a method performed by a user equipment (UE) for supporting positioning of a UE in a radio resource control (RRC) non-enabled state comprises the steps of: receiving a request to perform periodic or triggered positioning; receiving an indication of whether subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or both uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state; detecting while in the RRC non-enabled state event; and sending a first event report and a second event report to report the event and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state, wherein the first event report and the second event report are each transmitted via small data ( SDT) and sent.

在一種實施方案中,一種使用者設備(UE)(其被配置為用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的UE的定位)包括:無線收發器,該無線收發器被配置為與無線網路中的實體進行無線通訊;至少一個記憶體;至少一個處理器,該至少一個處理器耦合到該無線收發器和該至少一個記憶體,其中該至少一個處理器被配置為:經由該無線收發器接收針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求;經由該無線收發器接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時偵測事件;及經由該無線收發器發送第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該事件並啟用UE定位,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。In one embodiment, a user equipment (UE) configured to support positioning of UEs in a radio resource control (RRC) non-enabled state includes: a wireless transceiver configured to communicate with Entities in the wireless network communicate wirelessly; at least one memory; at least one processor, the at least one processor coupled to the wireless transceiver and the at least one memory, wherein the at least one processor is configured to: via the A radio transceiver receives a request to perform periodic or triggered positioning; via the radio transceiver receives an indication whether subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or uplink positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state and an indication of downlink positioning; detecting an event while in the RRC inactive state; and sending a first event report and a second event report via the radio transceiver to report the UE in the RRC inactive state event and enable UE positioning, wherein the first event report and the second event report are each sent via Small Data Transfer (SDT).

在一種實施方案中,一種使用者設備(UE)(其被配置為用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的UE的定位)包括:用於接收針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求的構件;用於接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示的構件;用於在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時偵測事件的構件;及用於發送第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該事件並啟用UE定位的構件,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。In an embodiment, a user equipment (UE) configured to support positioning of UEs in a radio resource control (RRC) non-enabled state comprises: for receiving a request to perform periodic or triggered positioning means for receiving an indication that a subsequent location reporting event will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state; for being in means for detecting an event while in the RRC inactive state; and means for sending a first event report and a second event report to report the event and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state, wherein the first event report The first event report and the second event report are each sent via small data transfer (SDT).

在一種實施方案中,一種包括儲存在其上的程式碼的非暫時性儲存媒體,該程式碼可操作以配置使用者設備(UE)中的至少一個處理器用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的UE的定位,該程式碼包括用於進行以下各項的指令:接收針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求;接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時偵測事件;及發送第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該事件並啟用UE定位,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。In one embodiment, a non-transitory storage medium includes stored thereon code operable to configure at least one processor in a user equipment (UE) to support a radio resource control (RRC) Positioning of a UE in a non-enabled state, the code includes instructions for: receiving a request to perform periodic or triggered positioning; an indication of uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or both uplink and downlink positioning; detecting an event while in the RRC non-enabled state; and sending a first event report and a second event report for when the UE is in The event is reported when the RRC is not enabled and UE positioning is enabled, wherein the first event report and the second event report are each sent via Small Data Transmission (SDT).

在一種實施方案中,一種由定位伺服器執行的用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的使用者設備(UE)的定位的方法包括以下步驟:向該UE發送針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求;向該UE發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;及從該UE接收第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該UE對事件的偵測並啟用UE定位,其中當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時,該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自由該UE經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。In one embodiment, a method performed by a positioning server for supporting positioning of a user equipment (UE) in a radio resource control (RRC) inactive state comprises the steps of: sending to the UE a request for performing a periodic or triggering a request for positioning; sending to the UE an indication that subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or both uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state; and from the UE The UE receives the first event report and the second event report to report the UE's detection of the event and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state, wherein when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state, the first The event report and the second event report are each sent by the UE via Small Data Transport (SDT).

在一種實施方案中,一種被配置為用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的使用者設備(UE)的定位的定位伺服器包括:外部介面,該外部介面被配置為與無線網路中的實體進行無線通訊;至少一個記憶體;至少一個處理器,該至少一個處理器耦合到該外部介面和該至少一個記憶體,其中該至少一個處理器被配置為:經由該外部介面向該UE發送針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求;經由該外部介面向該UE發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;及經由該外部介面從該UE接收第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該UE對事件的偵測並啟用UE定位,其中當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時,該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自由該UE經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。In one embodiment, a positioning server configured to support positioning of a user equipment (UE) in a radio resource control (RRC) non-enabled state includes: an external interface configured to communicate with a wireless network Entities in the road communicate wirelessly; at least one memory; at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to the external interface and the at least one memory, wherein the at least one processor is configured to: via the external interface to The UE sends a request to perform periodic or triggered positioning; sends a request to the UE via the external interface whether subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning or uplink positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state an indication of road and downlink positioning; and receiving a first event report and a second event report from the UE via the external interface to report detection of events by the UE and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state , wherein when the UE is in the RRC inactive state, the first event report and the second event report are each sent by the UE via small data transmission (SDT).

在一種實施方案中,一種被配置為用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的使用者設備(UE)的定位的定位伺服器包括:用於向該UE發送針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求的構件;用於向該UE發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示的構件;及用於從該UE接收第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該UE對事件的偵測並啟用UE定位的構件,其中當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時,該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自由該UE經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。In one embodiment, a positioning server configured to support positioning of a user equipment (UE) in a non-radio resource control (RRC) enabled state includes: sending to the UE a request for performing periodic or triggered means for requesting a location; means for sending an indication to the UE that subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state means; and means for receiving a first event report and a second event report from the UE to report detection of an event by the UE and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state, wherein when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state When RRC is not enabled, the first event report and the second event report are each sent by the UE via Small Data Transmission (SDT).

在一種實施方案中,一種包括儲存在其上的程式碼的非暫時性儲存媒體,該程式碼可操作以配置定位伺服器中的至少一個處理器用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的使用者設備(UE)的定位,該程式碼包括用於進行以下各項的指令:向該UE發送針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求;向該UE發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;及從該UE接收第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該UE對事件的偵測並啟用UE定位,其中當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時,該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自由該UE經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。In one embodiment, a non-transitory storage medium includes stored thereon code operable to configure at least one processor in a location server to support a radio resource control (RRC) inactive state Positioning of a user equipment (UE), the code includes instructions for: sending a request to the UE to perform periodic or triggered positioning; sending a request to the UE when the UE is in the RRC disabled an indication that subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or both uplink and downlink positioning when in the state; When the UE is in the non-enabled state, report the detection of the event by the UE and enable UE positioning, wherein when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state, the first event report and the second event report are each transmitted by the UE via small data transmission (SDT ) while sending.

本案的各態樣在以下描述和針對出於說明目的而提供的各種實例的相關圖式中提供。可在不脫離本案的範疇的情況下設計出替代性態樣。另外,將不詳細描述本案的公知的元件或將省略公知的元件,以免模糊本案的相關細節。Aspects of the present case are provided in the following description and associated drawings for various examples provided for purposes of illustration. Alternative aspects can be devised without departing from the scope of the present case. Additionally, well-known elements of the present application will not be described in detail or will be omitted so as not to obscure the relevant details of the present application.

詞語「示範性」及/或「示例性」在本文中用於表示「用作示例、實例或說明」。在本文中被描述為「示範性」及/或「示例性」的任何態樣均並不一定被解釋為相比其他態樣更佳或更有利。同樣,本案的術語「各態樣」並不要求本案的所有態樣皆包括所論述的特徵、優點或操作模式。The words "exemplary" and/or "exemplary" are used herein to mean "serving as an example, instance, or illustration." Any aspect described herein as "exemplary" and/or "exemplary" is not necessarily to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other aspects. Likewise, the term "aspects" of the subject matter does not require that all aspects of the subject matter include the discussed feature, advantage or mode of operation.

熟習此項技術者應當理解,可以使用各種不同科技和技術中的任一種來表示下文描述的資訊和信號。例如,可以經由電壓、電流、電磁波、磁場或粒子、光場或粒子或者其任意組合來表示可能在以下整個描述中提及的資料、指令、命令、資訊、信號、位元、符號和碼片,此情形部分地取決於特定應用,部分地取決於期望設計,部分地取決於對應技術等。Those of skill in the art will understand that the information and signals described below may be represented using any of a variety of different technologies and techniques. For example, data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, and chips that may be referred to throughout the following description may be represented by voltages, currents, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or particles, light fields or particles, or any combination thereof , which depends partly on the particular application, partly on the desired design, partly on the corresponding technology, etc.

此外,根據例如由計算設備的元件執行的動作序列來描述許多態樣。將認識到,本文描述的各種動作可由特定電路(例如,特殊應用積體電路(ASIC))、由經由一或多個處理器執行的程式指令或者由兩者的組合來執行。另外,可以認為本文描述的動作序列完全體現在其中儲存有對應的一組電腦指令的任何形式的非暫時性電腦可讀取儲存媒體中,該組電腦指令在執行時將導致或指示設備的相關聯的處理器執行本文描述的功能性。因此,本案的各個態樣可以以許多不同的形式來體現,所有該等形式皆被認為在所主張保護的標的的範疇內。另外,對於本文描述的每個態樣,本文可以將任何此類態樣的對應形式描述為例如「被配置為執行所描述的動作的邏輯」。Furthermore, many aspects are described in terms of sequences of actions performed, for example, by elements of a computing device. It will be appreciated that the various acts described herein may be performed by specific circuitry (eg, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC)), by program instructions executed via one or more processors, or by a combination of both. Additionally, the sequences of actions described herein may be considered fully embodied in any form of non-transitory computer-readable storage medium having stored therein a corresponding set of computer instructions which, when executed, will cause or instruct the relevant The coupled processors perform the functionality described herein. Thus, the various aspects of this case can be embodied in many different forms, all of which are considered within the scope of the claimed subject matter. In addition, for each aspect described herein, the corresponding form of any such aspect may be described herein as, for example, "logic configured to perform the described action."

如本文中所使用的,除非另有說明,否則術語「使用者設備」(UE)和「基地站」並非意圖特定於或以其他方式被限制於任何特定的無線電存取技術(RAT)。通常,UE可以是由使用者使用以經由無線通訊網路進行通訊的任何無線通訊設備(例如,行動電話、路由器、平板電腦、膝上型電腦、用於追蹤消費品、包裹、資產或諸如個人和寵物的實體的消費者追蹤設備、可穿戴設備(例如,智慧手錶、眼鏡、增強現實(AR)/虛擬實境(VR))耳機等)、交通工具(例如,汽車、摩托車、自行車等)、物聯網路(IoT)設備等)。UE可以是行動的,或者可以(例如,在某些時間)是靜止的,並且可以與無線電存取網路(RAN)進行通訊。如本文所使用的,術語「UE」可以可互換地稱為「存取終端」或「AT」、「客戶端設備」、「無線設備」、「用戶設備」、「用戶終端」、「用戶站」、「使用者終端」或UT、「行動終端」、「行動站」、「行動設備」或其變型。通常,UE可以經由RAN與核心網路進行通訊,並且經由核心網路,UE可以與諸如網際網路的外部網路以及與其他UE連接。當然,對於UE,諸如經由有線存取網路、無線區域網路(WLAN)網路(例如,基於IEEE 802.11等)等等連接到核心網路及/或網際網路的其他機制亦是可能的。As used herein, unless otherwise stated, the terms "user equipment" (UE) and "base station" are not intended to be specific or otherwise limited to any particular radio access technology (RAT). In general, a UE can be any wireless communication device used by a user to communicate over a wireless communication network (e.g., mobile phone, router, tablet, laptop, for tracking consumables, packages, assets or other devices such as personal and pet Physical consumer tracking devices, wearable devices (e.g., smart watches, glasses, augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (VR) headsets, etc.), vehicles (e.g., cars, motorcycles, bicycles, etc.), Internet of Things (IoT) devices, etc.). A UE may be mobile, or may be stationary (eg, at certain times) and may communicate with a radio access network (RAN). As used herein, the term "UE" may be interchangeably referred to as "access terminal" or "AT", "client equipment", "wireless device", "user equipment", "user terminal", "subscriber station" ”, “user terminal” or UT, “mobile terminal”, “mobile station”, “mobile device” or variations thereof. Typically, a UE can communicate with a core network via the RAN, and via the core network, the UE can connect with external networks such as the Internet and with other UEs. Of course, other mechanisms are also possible for the UE to connect to the core network and/or the Internet, such as via a wired access network, a wireless area network (WLAN) network (e.g. based on IEEE 802.11, etc.) .

基地站可以取決於其部署所在的網路根據與UE進行通訊的幾種RAT中的一種進行操作,並且可以替代地稱為存取點(AP)、網路節點、NodeB、進化型NodeB(eNB)、新無線電(NR)節點B(亦被稱為gNB)等。另外,在一些系統中,基地站可以純粹提供邊緣節點信號傳遞功能,而在其他系統中,其可以提供附加的控制及/或網路管理功能。UE可以經由其向基地站發送信號的通訊鏈路被稱為上行鏈路(UL)通道(例如,反向訊務通道、反向控制通道、存取通道等)。基地站可以經由其向UE發送信號的通訊鏈路被稱為下行鏈路(DL)或前向鏈路通道(例如,傳呼通道、控制通道、廣播通道、前向訊務通道等)。如本文所使用的,術語訊務通道(TCH)可以代表UL/反向或DL/前向訊務通道。A base station may operate according to one of several RATs for communicating with UEs depending on the network in which it is deployed, and may alternatively be referred to as an Access Point (AP), a Network Node, a NodeB, an Evolved NodeB (eNB ), New Radio (NR) Node B (also known as gNB), etc. Additionally, in some systems, a base station may provide purely edge node signaling functions, while in other systems, it may provide additional control and/or network management functions. The communication link through which a UE can send signals to a base station is called an uplink (UL) channel (eg, reverse traffic channel, reverse control channel, access channel, etc.). Communication links over which a base station can send signals to UEs are referred to as downlink (DL) or forward link channels (eg, paging channel, control channel, broadcast channel, forward traffic channel, etc.). As used herein, the term Traffic Channel (TCH) may stand for UL/Reverse or DL/Forward Traffic Channel.

術語「基地站」可以代表單個實體傳輸點或者可以或可以不共置的多個實體傳輸點。例如,在術語「基地站」是指單個實體傳輸點的情況下,實體傳輸點可以是基地站的天線,該天線對應於基地站的細胞。在術語「基地站」是指多個共置實體傳輸點的情況下,實體傳輸點可以是基地站的天線陣列(例如,如在多輸入多輸出(MIMO)系統中或在基地站採用波束成形的情況下)。在術語「基地站」是指多個非共置實體傳輸點的情況下,實體傳輸點可以是分散式天線系統(DAS)(經由傳輸媒體連接到共用源的空間分離天線網路)或遠端無線電頭端(RRH)(連接到服務基地站的遠端基地站)。或者,非共置實體傳輸點可以是從UE和UE正在量測其參考RF信號的相鄰基地站接收量測報告的服務基地站。The term "base station" may refer to a single physical transmission point or multiple physical transmission points that may or may not be co-located. For example, where the term "base station" refers to a single physical transmission point, the physical transmission point may be an antenna of the base station, which corresponds to a cell of the base station. Where the term "base station" refers to multiple co-located physical transmission points, the physical transmission points may be the base station's antenna array (e.g., as in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) system or at a base station using beamforming in the case of). Where the term "base station" refers to multiple non-co-located physical transmission points, the physical transmission points may be a Distributed Antenna System (DAS) (a network of spatially separated antennas connected to a common source via a transmission medium) or a remote Radio Head (RRH) (Remote Base Station connected to Serving Base Station). Alternatively, the non-co-located physical transmission point may be a serving base station that receives measurement reports from the UE and a neighboring base station whose reference RF signal is being measured by the UE.

為了支援UE的定位,定義了兩大類定位解決方案:控制平面和使用者平面。借助於控制平面(CP)定位,與定位和定位支援相關的信號傳遞可以經由現有網路(和UE)介面並使用專用於信號傳遞傳送的現有協定來攜帶。對於使用者平面(UP)定位,與定位和定位支援相關的信號傳遞可以作為其他資料的一部分使用諸如網際網路協定(IP)、傳輸控制協定(TCP)和使用者資料包通訊協定(UDP)的協定來攜帶。To support UE positioning, two categories of positioning solutions are defined: control plane and user plane. With control plane (CP) positioning, positioning and positioning support related signaling can be carried over existing network (and UE) interfaces and using existing protocols dedicated to signaling transport. For user plane (UP) positioning, signaling related to positioning and positioning support can be used as part of other data such as Internet Protocol (IP), Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) agreement to carry.

第三代合作夥伴計畫(3GPP)已根據行動通訊全球系統GSM(2G)、通用行動電信系統(UMTS)(3G)、第四代(4G)的長期進化(LTE)和第五代(5G)的新無線電(NR)為使用無線電存取的UE定義了控制平面定位解決方案。該等解決方案在3GPP技術規範(TS)23.271和23.273(通用部分)、43.059(GSM存取)、25.305(UMTS存取)、36.305(LTE存取)和38.305(NR存取)中定義。開放行動聯盟(OMA)已經類似地定義了一種稱為安全使用者平面定位(SUPL)的UP定位解決方案,其可以用於定位UE,該UE存取以GSM支援IP封包存取(諸如通用封包式無線電服務(GPRS))、以UMTS支援GRPS或以LTE或NR支援IP存取的多個無線電介面中的任一者。The 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) has been based on the Global System for Mobile Communications GSM (2G), the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) (3G), the Long Term Evolution (LTE) of the Fourth Generation (4G) and the Fifth Generation (5G) )'s New Radio (NR) defines a control plane positioning solution for UEs using radio access. These solutions are defined in 3GPP Technical Specifications (TS) 23.271 and 23.273 (generic part), 43.059 (GSM access), 25.305 (UMTS access), 36.305 (LTE access) and 38.305 (NR access). The Open Action Alliance (OMA) has similarly defined a UP positioning solution called Secure User Plane Location (SUPL), which can be used to locate UEs accessing GSM-supported IP packets such as Universal Packet Radio Service (GPRS)), any of multiple radio interfaces supporting GRPS with UMTS or IP access with LTE or NR.

CP和UP定位解決方案皆可以採用定位伺服器(LS)來支援定位。定位伺服器可以是UE的服務網路或歸屬網路的一部分或可從其存取,或者可以簡單地經由網際網路或經由本端網內網路存取。若需要對UE進行定位,則定位伺服器可以發動與UE的通信期(例如,定位通信期或SUPL通信期)並協調UE的位置量測與UE的估計位置的決定。在定位通信期,定位伺服器可以請求UE的定位能力(或者UE可以在沒有請求的情況下提供定位能力),可以向UE提供輔助資料(例如,若UE請求或不存在請求)並且可以從UE例如為GNSS、下行鏈路到達時間差(DL-TDOA)、AOD、多細胞RTT及/或增強型細胞ID(ECID)定位方法請求位置估計或位置量測。UE可以使用輔助資料來獲取和量測GNSS及/或PRS信號(例如,經由提供該等信號的預期特性,諸如頻率、預期到達時間、信號譯碼、信號都卜勒)。Both CP and UP positioning solutions can use a positioning server (LS) to support positioning. The positioning server may be part of or accessible from the UE's serving network or home network, or may simply be accessed via the Internet or via a local intranet. If the UE needs to be positioned, the positioning server may initiate a communication session with the UE (eg, a positioning communication session or a SUPL communication session) and coordinate UE location measurement and UE estimated location determination. During the positioning communication period, the positioning server can request the positioning capability of the UE (or the UE can provide positioning capability without request), can provide auxiliary information to the UE (for example, if the UE requests or does not exist) and can receive information from the UE. For example, position estimates or position measurements are requested for GNSS, Downlink Time Difference of Arrival (DL-TDOA), AOD, Multi-Cell RTT and/or Enhanced Cell ID (ECID) positioning methods. The UE may use the assistance data to acquire and measure GNSS and/or PRS signals (eg, by providing expected characteristics of the signals, such as frequency, expected time of arrival, signal decoding, signal Doppler).

在基於UE的操作模式中,UE亦可以或替代地使用輔助資料來幫助根據所得位置量測決定位置估計(例如,若輔助資料在GNSS定位或基地站定位的情況下提供衛星曆書資料,以及在使用例如DL-TDOA、AOD、多細胞RTT等的地面定位情況下提供諸如PRS配置的其他基地站特性)。In the UE-based mode of operation, the UE may also or instead use assistance data to help determine a position estimate from the resulting position measurements (for example, if the assistance data provides satellite almanac data in the case of GNSS positioning or base station positioning, and in Other base station characteristics such as PRS configuration are provided in case of terrestrial positioning using e.g. DL-TDOA, AOD, multi-cell RTT, etc.).

在UE輔助操作模式中,UE可以將位置量測返回給定位伺服器,該定位伺服器可以基於該等量測並可能亦基於其他已知或配置的資料(例如,用於GNSS位置的衛星曆書資料,或基地站特性,在使用例如DL-TDOA、AOD、多細胞RTT等進行地面定位的情況下,該等基地站特性包括基地站位置和可能的PRS配置)來決定UE的估計位置。In the UE-assisted mode of operation, the UE may return position measurements to a positioning server, which may be based on these measurements and possibly other known or configured data (e.g. satellite almanac for GNSS position data, or base station characteristics, including base station location and possible PRS configuration in the case of terrestrial positioning using e.g. DL-TDOA, AOD, multi-cell RTT, etc.) to determine the UE's estimated location.

在另一種獨立操作模式中,UE可以在沒有來自定位伺服器的任何定位輔助資料的情況下進行位置相關量測,並且可以在沒有來自定位伺服器的任何定位輔助資料的情況下進一步計算位置或位置變化。可以在獨立模式下使用的定位方法包括GPS和GNSS(例如,若UE從由GPS和GNSS衛星本身廣播的資料中獲得衛星軌道資料)以及感測器。In another stand-alone mode of operation, the UE can perform position-related measurements without any positioning assistance data from the positioning server, and can further calculate the position or position without any positioning assistance data from the positioning server location changes. Positioning methods that can be used in standalone mode include GPS and GNSS (eg if the UE obtains satellite orbit data from data broadcast by the GPS and GNSS satellites themselves) and sensors.

定位方法(Positioning method)(亦稱為定位方法(position method))可以被分類為「上行鏈路」(UL)、「下行鏈路」(DL)以及「上行鏈路和下行鏈路」(UL+DL)。UL定位方法利用由目標UE傳輸的信號的UL量測(例如,UL PRS,有時稱為用於定位的SRS)。量測通常由一或多個基地站(例如,gNB)、存取點或其他網路實體獲得。UL定位方法包括UL-AOA、UL-TDOA和ECID。DL定位方法利用由一或多個基地站、存取點、SV或其他信號源傳輸的信號的DL量測。經由定位目標UE獲得量測。DL定位方法包括DL-AOA、DL-TDOA、DL-AOD、A-GNSS、WLAN(亦稱為WiFi或Wi-Fi)和ECID。UL+DL定位方法利用由目標UE對一或多個基地站、存取點、SV或其他信號源傳輸的信號獲得的DL量測以及對由目標UE傳輸並由一或多個基地站、存取點或其他實體獲得的信號的UL量測兩者。UL+DL定位方法包括RTT和多細胞RTT。Positioning methods (also called position methods) can be categorized as "uplink" (UL), "downlink" (DL), and "uplink and downlink" (UL +DL). The UL positioning method utilizes UL measurements of signals transmitted by the target UE (eg, UL PRS, sometimes referred to as SRS for positioning). Measurements are typically obtained by one or more base stations (eg, gNBs), access points or other network entities. UL positioning methods include UL-AOA, UL-TDOA and ECID. DL positioning methods utilize DL measurements of signals transmitted by one or more base stations, access points, SVs or other signal sources. Measurements are obtained by locating the target UE. DL positioning methods include DL-AOA, DL-TDOA, DL-AOD, A-GNSS, WLAN (also known as WiFi or Wi-Fi), and ECID. The UL+DL positioning method utilizes DL measurements obtained from signals transmitted by the target UE to one or more base stations, access points, SVs or other signal sources and DL measurements transmitted by the target UE and transmitted by one or more base stations, storage Both take point or UL measurements of signals obtained by other entities. UL+DL localization methods include RTT and multicellular RTT.

在3GPP CP定位的情況下,定位伺服器在LTE存取的情況下可以是增強型服務行動定位中心(E-SMLC),在UMTS存取的情況下可以是獨立SMLC(SAS),在GSM存取的情況下可以是服務行動定位中心(SMLC),或在5G NR存取的情況下可以是位置管理功能(LMF)。在OMA SUPL定位的情況下,定位伺服器可以是SUPL定位平臺(SLP),其可以充當以下任何一項:(i)歸屬SLP(H-SLP),若在UE的歸屬網路中或與歸屬網路相關聯,或者若向UE提供永久訂閱以獲取定位服務;(ii)探索的SLP(D-SLP),若在一些其他(非歸屬)網路中或與其相關聯,或者若不與任何網路相關聯;(iii)緊急SLP(E-SLP),若支援由UE發動的緊急撥叫的定位;(iv)受探訪SLP(V-SLP),若在服務網路或UE的當前本端區域中或與其相關聯。In the case of 3GPP CP positioning, the positioning server can be an Enhanced Serving Mobile Location Center (E-SMLC) in the case of LTE access, a Standalone SMLC (SAS) in the case of UMTS access, and a Standalone SMLC (SAS) in the case of GSM access. It can be a Serving Mobile Location Center (SMLC) in case of access, or a Location Management Function (LMF) in case of 5G NR access. In the case of OMA SUPL positioning, the positioning server can be a SUPL positioning platform (SLP), which can act as any of the following: (i) Home SLP (H-SLP), if in the UE's home network or with the home network, or if a permanent subscription is provided to the UE for location services; (ii) a discovered SLP (D-SLP), if in or associated with some other (non-home) network, or if not associated with any Network-associated; (iii) Emergency SLP (E-SLP), if it supports positioning for emergency dialing initiated by the UE; (iv) Visited SLP (V-SLP), if it is in the serving network or UE’s current local in or associated with the terminal area.

在定位通信期,定位伺服器和UE可以交換根據一些定位協定定義的訊息,以便協調估計位置的決定。可能的定位協定可以包括例如由3GPP在3GPP TS 37.355中定義的LTE定位協定(LPP)和由OMA在OMA TS OMA-TS-LPPe-V1_0、OMA-TS-LPPe-V1_1和OMA-TS-LPPe-V2_0中定義的LPP擴展(LPPe)協定。LPP和LPPe協定可以組合使用,其中LPP訊息包含嵌入式LPPe訊息。可以將組合的LPP和LPPe協定稱為LPP/LPPe。LPP和LPP/LPPe可以用於幫助支援LTE或NR存取的3GPP控制平面解決方案,在此種情況下,LPP或LPP/LPPe訊息在UE與E-SMLC之間或在UE與LMF之間交換。LPP或LPPe訊息可以經由UE的服務行動性管理實體(MME)和服務eNodeB(eNB)在UE與E-SMLC之間交換。LPP或LPP/LPPe訊息亦可以經由UE的服務存取和行動性管理功能(AMF)和服務NR節點B(亦稱為gNodeB或gNB)在UE與LMF之間交換。LPP和LPP/LPPe亦可以用於幫助支援OMA SUPL解決方案用於支援IP訊息傳遞(諸如LTE、NR和WiFi)的多種類型的無線存取,其中LPP或LPP/LPPe訊息在SUPL啟用終端(SET)(其是用於具有SUPL的UE的術語)與SLP之間交換,並且可以在SUPL訊息(諸如SUPL POS或SUPL POS INIT訊息)中傳輸。During positioning communication, the positioning server and the UE may exchange messages defined according to some positioning protocol in order to coordinate the decision to estimate the position. Possible positioning protocols may include, for example, the LTE Positioning Protocol (LPP) defined by 3GPP in 3GPP TS 37.355 and by OMA in OMA TS OMA-TS-LPPe-V1_0, OMA-TS-LPPe-V1_1 and OMA-TS-LPPe- The LPP Extension (LPPe) protocol defined in V2_0. LPP and LPPe protocols can be used in combination, where LPP messages contain embedded LPPe messages. The combined LPP and LPPe protocol may be referred to as LPP/LPPe. LPP and LPP/LPPe can be used to help support 3GPP control plane solutions for LTE or NR access, in which case LPP or LPP/LPPe messages are exchanged between UE and E-SMLC or between UE and LMF . LPP or LPPe messages may be exchanged between the UE and the E-SMLC via the UE's Serving Mobility Management Entity (MME) and Serving eNodeB (eNB). LPP or LPP/LPPe messages can also be exchanged between the UE and the LMF via the UE's Serving Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF) and the serving NR Node B (also known as gNodeB or gNB). LPP and LPP/LPPe can also be used to help support the OMA SUPL solution for various types of wireless access supporting IP messaging such as LTE, NR and WiFi, where LPP or LPP/LPPe messages are on SUPL enabled terminals (SET ) (which is the term used for UEs with SUPL) and the SLP, and may be transmitted in SUPL messages such as SUPL POS or SUPL POS INIT messages.

定位伺服器和基地站(例如,用於LTE存取的eNodeB或用於NR存取的gNodeB)可以交換訊息以使得定位伺服器能夠(i)從基地站獲得特定UE的位置量測,或(ii)從基地站獲得與特定UE無關的位置資訊,諸如基地站的天線的位置座標、由基地站支援的細胞(例如,細胞辨識)、基地站的細胞時序及/或由基地站傳輸的信號(諸如PRS信號)的參數)。在LTE存取的情況下,LPP A(LPPa)協定可以用於在作為eNodeB的基地站與作為E-SMLC的定位伺服器之間傳送此類訊息。在NR存取的情況下,新無線電定位協定A(NRPPa)協定可以用於在作為gNodeB的基地站與作為LMF的定位伺服器之間傳送此類訊息。A positioning server and a base station (e.g., eNodeB for LTE access or gNodeB for NR access) may exchange messages to enable the positioning server to (i) obtain location measurements for a particular UE from the base station, or ( ii) Obtain UE-independent location information from the base station, such as the location coordinates of the base station's antenna, cells supported by the base station (e.g., cell identification), cell timing of the base station, and/or signals transmitted by the base station (parameters such as PRS signal)). In the case of LTE access, the LPP A (LPPa) protocol can be used to transfer such messages between a base station acting as an eNodeB and a positioning server acting as an E-SMLC. In case of NR access, the New Radiolocation Protocol A (NRPPa) protocol can be used to transfer such messages between the base station acting as gNodeB and the positioning server acting as LMF.

在定位通信期,UE可能不頻繁地向定位伺服器發送定位量測。例如,定位伺服器可能不會請求頻繁的定位量測,例如,用於定位量測的週期性觸發可能具有較長週期。在另一個實例中,在UE接收輔助資料或針對定位量測請求與UE發送定位資訊的時間之間可能存在相對較長週期。基地站(例如,gNB)可能不知道從定位伺服器到UE的定位量測指令的時序和或UE將準備或發送定位量測的時間,因為定位伺服器與UE之間的定位相關訊息作為LPP訊息透通地通過基地站。During the positioning communication period, the UE may send positioning measurements to the positioning server infrequently. For example, a location server may not request frequent location measurements, eg, a periodic trigger for location measurements may have a long period. In another example, there may be a relatively long period between when the UE receives the assistance data or requests for positioning measurements and when the UE sends the positioning information. The base station (e.g., gNB) may not know the timing of the positioning measurement command from the positioning server to the UE and or when the UE will prepare or send the positioning measurement, because the positioning related information between the positioning server and the UE acts as an LPP The message passes transparently through the base station.

UE與基地站之間的連接(例如,RRC連接)可以僅由基地站釋放。在沒有與定位量測的時序相關的資訊的情況下,基地站可能不會釋放與UE的連接,因此,UE可能在整個定位量測通信期保持與基地站的連接狀態,此舉可能導致UE消耗附加的資源和功率。此外,即使基地站釋放了與UE的連接,若UE在連接釋放後立即發送定位量測,則亦可能需要啟動新連接,此舉將消耗附加的功率和時間。The connection (eg, RRC connection) between the UE and the base station can be released only by the base station. In the absence of information related to the timing of positioning measurements, the base station may not release the connection with the UE. Therefore, the UE may remain connected to the base station during the entire positioning measurement communication period, which may cause UE Additional resources and power are consumed. In addition, even if the base station releases the connection with the UE, if the UE sends positioning measurements immediately after the connection is released, it may need to start a new connection, which will consume additional power and time.

例如,對於E911或位置追蹤應用,GNSS定位可能需要超過15秒。在此種延長週期期間保持與基地站的連接狀態可能導致UE消耗附加的功率。For example, for E911 or location tracking applications, GNSS fix may take more than 15 seconds. Maintaining a connected state with the base station during such an extended period may cause the UE to consume additional power.

如本文所論述的,當UE處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態時,可以支援使用者設備(UE)的定位,包括使用UL或UL+DL定位方法進行定位。與UE處於無RRC連接的閒置狀態時相比,RRC非啟用狀態可以用於減少UE的延時及/或功耗,並且可以支援UE更快地存取服務網路或服務網路更快地存取UE。As discussed herein, user equipment (UE) positioning can be supported when the UE is in a radio resource control (RRC) non-enabled state, including positioning using UL or UL+DL positioning methods. Compared with when the UE is in the idle state without RRC connection, the RRC inactive state can be used to reduce the delay and/or power consumption of the UE, and can support the UE to access the service network faster or the service network to store faster Take UE.

對於僅UL定位(例如,UL-TDOA、UL-AOA)或UL+DL定位(例如,多RTT),UE需要UL PRS配置(例如,用於定位的SRS)。UL PRS配置由目標設備(例如,UE)的服務基地站(例如,gNB)來決定。對於當UE處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態時的週期性或觸發延遲MT-LR,UE可以使用小資料傳輸(SDT)經由服務基地站向定位伺服器發送帶位置量測的事件報告。3GPP中的SDT是指在RRC非啟用狀態下進行資料傳輸。具體地,SDT是在RRC_INACTIVE狀態下用於短資料短脈衝的傳輸,在該RRC_INACTIVE狀態下,UE不需要為該傳輸建立和拆卸連接,例如當需要發送少量資料(諸如位置量測報告)時使用的連接。通常,需要UE執行控制信號的多次傳輸和接收以便啟動和維持與網路的連接。若資料的有效負荷大小與控制信號的量相比相對較小,則由於控制信號傳遞管理負擔,為小資料傳輸建立連接可能是低效的(例如,就UE功耗而言)。因此,在3GPP中已開發了SDT程序以在處於RRC非啟用狀態下實現資料傳輸。For UL-only positioning (eg, UL-TDOA, UL-AOA) or UL+DL positioning (eg, multi-RTT), the UE requires UL PRS configuration (eg, SRS for positioning). The UL PRS configuration is decided by the serving base station (eg gNB) of the target device (eg UE). For periodic or triggered delay MT-LR when UE is in radio resource control (RRC) inactive state, UE can use small data transmission (SDT) to send event report with location measurement to positioning server via serving base station. SDT in 3GPP refers to data transmission when RRC is not enabled. Specifically, SDT is used for the transmission of short bursts of data in the RRC_INACTIVE state. In this RRC_INACTIVE state, the UE does not need to establish and tear down the connection for this transmission, for example, when a small amount of data (such as a location measurement report) needs to be sent. Connection. Typically, the UE is required to perform multiple transmissions and receptions of control signals in order to initiate and maintain a connection with the network. If the payload size of the data is relatively small compared to the amount of control signals, establishing a connection for small data transfers may be inefficient (eg, in terms of UE power consumption) due to the control signal delivery management burden. Therefore, the SDT procedure has been developed in 3GPP to realize data transmission in RRC non-enabled state.

為了啟動SDT程序,UE可以並行傳輸RRC恢復請求訊息和資料,而不是在RRC恢復請求訊息已經被網路發送和處理之後傳輸資料。隨後,在UE不進入RRC_CONNECTED狀態的情況下,亦可能發生使用SDT的附加傳輸及/或接收。UE在不轉變到RRC_CONNECTED狀態的情況下執行SDT程序。To initiate the SDT procedure, the UE may transmit the RRC Recovery Request message and data in parallel instead of transmitting the data after the RRC Recovery Request message has been sent and processed by the network. Subsequently, additional transmissions and/or receptions using SDT may also occur without the UE entering the RRC_CONNECTED state. The UE performs the SDT procedure without transitioning to the RRC_CONNECTED state.

由於SDT是UE啟動的程序,因此SDT非常適合僅DL定位方法(例如,DL-TDOA),其中目標UE執行DL量測並在目標UE處於RRC_INACTIVE狀態時向定位伺服器報告量測或計算的位置。然而,當前的SDT程序不能可靠地支援僅UL和UL+DL定位方法。例如,為了向一或多個基地站傳輸UL PRS,目標UE需要由服務基地站提供給UE的UL PRS(例如,用於定位的SRS)配置。對於僅UL定位方法,沒有來自UE的量測要報告給定位伺服器。對於UL+DL定位方法,UE僅能在UE已向一或多個基地站傳輸UL PRS之後報告DL PRS的位置量測。Since SDT is a UE-initiated procedure, SDT is well suited for DL-only positioning methods (e.g., DL-TDOA), where the target UE performs DL measurements and reports the measured or calculated position to the positioning server when the target UE is in the RRC_INACTIVE state . However, current SDT procedures cannot reliably support UL-only and UL+DL positioning methods. For example, in order to transmit UL PRS to one or more base stations, a target UE needs UL PRS (eg, SRS for positioning) configuration provided to the UE by a serving base station. For the UL positioning method only, there are no measurements from the UE to report to the positioning server. For the UL+DL positioning method, the UE can only report the location measurement of the DL PRS after the UE has transmitted the UL PRS to one or more base stations.

因此,SDT程序需要啟用兩者,從而向目標UE提供UL PRS配置資訊並向定位伺服器報告位置量測。為了符合SDT程序和標準,在目標UE處對UL PRS配置資訊的需求亦需要由目標UE本身觸發,然而,對於處於RRC_INACTIVE狀態的UE,當前3GPP標準目前無法實現該點。Therefore, the SDT procedure needs to enable both to provide UL PRS configuration information to the target UE and to report location measurements to the location server. In order to comply with SDT procedures and standards, the requirement for UL PRS configuration information at the target UE also needs to be triggered by the target UE itself, however, for the UE in the RRC_INACTIVE state, the current 3GPP standard cannot achieve this currently.

經由如本文描述的增強程序,UE例如可以從定位伺服器(例如,LMF)接收針對週期性或觸發定位的請求並且可以稍後進入RRC非啟用狀態。當偵測到事件時,UE將帶小資料傳輸(SDT)的第一事件報告與RRC恢復請求一起發送到定位伺服器(LMF),該第一事件報告可以包括指示針對UL PRS配置的請求的LPP請求輔助資料訊息。定位伺服器向UE的服務基地站發送NRPPa定位資訊請求,其決定UE的UL PRS資源並且例如在後續DL SDT或RRC釋放訊息中向UE發送UL PRS配置。UE例如在從基地站接收到RRC釋放訊息之後在保持處於RRC非啟用狀態時傳輸UL PRS,該RRC非啟用狀態由一或多個基地站量測。UE在保持處於RRC非啟用狀態時可以另外從一或多個基地站接收和量測下行鏈路PRS。隨後,UE在保持處於RRC非啟用狀態時可以經由RRC恢復請求向定位伺服器發送帶SDT的第二事件報告,該第二事件報告可以包括LPP提供位置資訊訊息,例如,經由量測。Via the enhanced procedure as described herein, the UE may for example receive a request for periodic or triggered positioning from a positioning server (eg LMF) and may later enter the RRC inactive state. When an event is detected, the UE sends a first event report with Small Data Transmission (SDT) to the Location Server (LMF) together with an RRC recovery request, which may include a request indicating a request for UL PRS configuration LPP requests auxiliary data information. The positioning server sends an NRPPa positioning information request to the serving base station of the UE, which determines the UL PRS resources of the UE and sends the UL PRS configuration to the UE, eg in a subsequent DL SDT or RRC release message. The UE transmits UL PRS while remaining in the RRC inactive state, which is measured by one or more base stations, for example after receiving an RRC release message from the base station. The UE may additionally receive and measure downlink PRS from one or more base stations while remaining in the RRC inactive state. Subsequently, the UE may send a second event report with SDT to the positioning server via the RRC recovery request while remaining in the RRC inactive state, and the second event report may include the LPP providing location information message, eg, via measurement.

圖1圖示基於非漫遊5G NR網路的用於支援如本文所論述的處於RRC非啟用狀態的UE UL或UL+DL定位的架構。圖1圖示包括UE 102的通訊系統100,該UE在本文中有時被稱為「目標UE」,因為UE 102可以是位置請求的目標。圖1亦圖示包括下一代無線電存取網路(NG-RAN)112的第五代(5G)網路的元件,該NG-RAN包括有時被稱為新無線電(NR)NodeB的基地站(BS),或gNB 110-1、110-2、110-3和下一代進化NodeB(ng-eNB)114,以及5G核心網路(5GCN)150,其與外部客戶端130進行通訊。gNB 110的架構可以分離成功能部分,例如,包括gNB中央單元(gNB-CU)、一或多個gNB分散式單元(gNB-DU)和一或多個gNB遠端單元(gNB-RUs)中的一者或多者,其中任一者皆可以在實體上與gNB 110的其他部分共置或者可以在實體上與其分離。5G網路亦可以被稱為新無線電(NR)網路;NG-RAN 112可以被稱為NR RAN或5G RAN;並且5GCN 150可以被稱為下一代(NG)核心網路(NGC)。通訊系統100亦可以將來自太空船(SV)190的資訊用於全球導航衛星系統(GNSS),如GPS、GLONASS、伽利略或北斗,或者一些其他地區或區域衛星定位系統(SPS),諸如IRNSS、EGNOS或WAAS。下文描述通訊系統100的附加元件。通訊系統100可以包括附加或替代元件。Figure 1 illustrates the architecture based on non-roaming 5G NR network for supporting UE UL or UL+DL positioning in RRC non-enabled state as discussed herein. 1 illustrates a communication system 100 that includes a UE 102, which is sometimes referred to herein as a "target UE" because UE 102 may be the target of a location request. Figure 1 also illustrates elements of fifth-generation (5G) networks including the Next-Generation Radio Access Network (NG-RAN) 112, which includes base stations sometimes referred to as New Radio (NR) NodeBs (BS), or gNBs 110 - 1 , 110 - 2 , 110 - 3 and Next Generation Evolved NodeB (ng-eNB) 114 , and 5G Core Network (5GCN) 150 , which communicate with external clients 130 . The architecture of the gNB 110 can be separated into functional parts, e.g. including gNB Central Unit (gNB-CU), one or more gNB Distributed Units (gNB-DU) and one or more gNB Remote Units (gNB-RUs) One or more of gNB 110, any of which may be physically co-located with other parts of gNB 110 or may be physically separated therefrom. 5G networks may also be referred to as New Radio (NR) networks; NG-RAN 112 may be referred to as NR RAN or 5G RAN; and 5G CN 150 may be referred to as Next Generation (NG) Core Networks (NGC). Communication system 100 may also use information from spacecraft (SV) 190 for global navigation satellite systems (GNSS), such as GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, or Beidou, or some other regional or regional satellite positioning system (SPS), such as IRNSS, EGNOS or WAAS. Additional elements of the communication system 100 are described below. Communication system 100 may include additional or alternative components.

圖1圖示用於目標UE 102的服務gNB 110-1以及鄰域gNB 110-2、110-3和ng-eNB 114。鄰域gNB 110可以是能夠接收和量測由目標UE 102傳輸的上行鏈路(UL)信號及/或能夠傳輸可以由目標UE 102接收和量測的下行鏈路(DL)參考信號(RS)(例如,定位參考信號(PRS))的任何gNB 110。FIG. 1 illustrates a serving gNB 110-1 and neighbor gNBs 110-2, 110-3, and ng-eNB 114 for a target UE 102. As shown in FIG. Neighboring gNB 110 may be capable of receiving and measuring uplink (UL) signals transmitted by target UE 102 and/or capable of transmitting downlink (DL) reference signals (RS) that may be received and measured by target UE 102 (eg Positioning Reference Signal (PRS)) any gNB 110.

NG-RAN 112中傳輸由目標UE 102為特定定位通信期量測的DL參考信號(RS)的實體通常稱為「傳輸點」(TP),並且可以包括服務gNB 110-1以及鄰域gNB 110-2、110-3和ng-eNB 114中的一者或多者。The entity in the NG-RAN 112 that transmits the DL reference signal (RS) measured by the target UE 102 for a specific positioning communication session is generally referred to as a "transmission point" (TP) and may include the serving gNB 110-1 as well as the neighbor gNB 110 - one or more of 2, 110-3 and ng-eNB 114.

NG-RAN 112中接收和量測由目標UE 102為特定定位通信期傳輸的UL信號(例如,RS)的實體通常稱為「接收點」(RP),並且可以包括服務gNB 110-1以及鄰域gNB 110-2、110-3和ng-eNB 114中的一者或多者。The entities in the NG-RAN 112 that receive and measure the UL signals (e.g., RS) transmitted by the target UE 102 for a particular positioning communication session are typically referred to as "reception points" (RPs) and may include the serving gNB 110-1 as well as neighbors. One or more of domain gNBs 110-2, 110-3 and ng-eNB 114.

應當注意,圖1僅提供了對各種元件的概括圖示,可以酌情利用其中任一或所有元件,並且可以根據需要重複或省略其之每一者元件。具體地,儘管僅圖示一個UE 102,但是應當理解,許多UE(例如,數百、數千、數百萬個UE等)可以利用通訊系統100。類似地,通訊系統100可以包括更多或更少數量的SV 190、gNB 110、外部客戶端130及/或其他元件。連接通訊系統100中的各種元件的所示連接包括資料和信號傳遞連接,其可以包括附加的(中間)元件、直接或間接的實體及/或無線連接及/或附加的網路。此外,取決於期望的功能性,可以重新佈置、組合、分離、替換及/或省略元件。It should be noted that FIG. 1 merely provides a general illustration of the various elements, any or all of which may be utilized as appropriate, and each of which may be repeated or omitted as desired. In particular, although only one UE 102 is illustrated, it should be understood that many UEs (eg, hundreds, thousands, millions of UEs, etc.) may utilize the communication system 100 . Similarly, the communication system 100 may include a greater or lesser number of SVs 190, gNBs 110, external clients 130, and/or other elements. The connections shown connecting the various elements in communication system 100 include data and signaling connections, which may include additional (intermediate) elements, direct or indirect physical and/or wireless connections, and/or additional networks. Furthermore, elements may be rearranged, combined, separated, substituted, and/or omitted depending on the desired functionality.

儘管圖1圖示基於5G的網路,但是類似的網路實施方案和配置可以用於其他通訊技術,諸如3G、長期進化(LTE)(亦稱為4G)和IEEE 802.11 WiFi等。例如,在使用無線區域網路(WLAN)(例如,使用IEEE 802.11無線電介面)的情況下,UE 102可以與存取網路(AN)進行通訊,而不與NG-RAN進行通訊,並且因此元件112在本文中有時被稱為AN或者由術語「RAN」、「(R)AN」或「(R)AN 112」表示的RAN。在AN(例如,IEEE 802.11 AN)的情況下,AN可以連接到非3GPP互通功能(N3IWF)(例如,在5GCN 150中)(圖1中未圖示),而N3IWF連接到AMF 154。Although FIG. 1 illustrates a 5G-based network, similar network implementations and configurations may be used for other communication technologies, such as 3G, Long Term Evolution (LTE) (also known as 4G), and IEEE 802.11 WiFi, among others. For example, in the case of using a wireless area network (WLAN) (eg, using an IEEE 802.11 radio interface), the UE 102 may communicate with the access network (AN) but not with the NG-RAN, and thus the element 112 is sometimes referred to herein as AN or RAN denoted by the terms "RAN", "(R)AN" or "(R)AN 112". In the case of an AN (eg, IEEE 802.11 AN), the AN may connect to a non-3GPP interworking function (N3IWF) (eg, in 5GCN 150 ) (not shown in FIG. 1 ), while the N3IWF connects to the AMF 154 .

如本文所使用的,目標UE 102可以是任何電子設備,並且可以被稱為設備、行動設備、無線設備、行動終端、終端、行動站(MS)、安全使用者平面位置(SUPL)啟用終端(SET),或某個其他名稱。目標UE 102可以是獨立設備或者可以嵌入要被監測或追蹤的另一個設備(例如,工廠工具)中。此外,UE 102可以對應於智慧手錶、數位眼鏡、健身監測器、智慧汽車、智慧電器、手機、智慧手機、膝上型電腦、平板電腦、PDA、用於追蹤消費品、包裹、資產或諸如個人和寵物的實體的消費者追蹤設備、控制設備或某個其他可攜式或可移動設備。諸如在其中使用者可以採用音訊、視訊及/或資料I/O設備及/或身體感測器以及單獨的有線或無線數據機的個人區域網路中,UE 102可以包括單個實體,或者可以包括多個實體。通常,儘管不是必須的,但是UE 102可以使用一或多個無線電存取技術(RAT)支援無線通訊,該等無線電存取技術諸如GSM、分碼多工存取(CDMA)、寬頻CDMA(WCDMA)、LTE、高速率封包資料(HRPD)、IEEE 802.11 WiFi(亦被稱為Wi-Fi)、藍芽®(BT)、全球互通微波存取性(WiMAX)、5G新無線電(NR)(例如,使用NG-RAN 112和5GCN 150)等。UE 102亦可以支援使用無線區域網路(WLAN)進行無線通訊,該無線區域網路可以使用例如數位用戶線路(DSL)或封包電纜連接到其他網路(例如,網際網路)。該等RAT中的一者或多者的使用可以允許UE 102與外部客戶端130進行通訊(例如,經由UPF 158和網際網路175)及/或允許外部客戶端130接收關於UE 102的位置資訊(例如,經由閘道行動位置中心(GMLC)160)。As used herein, a target UE 102 may be any electronic device and may be referred to as a device, mobile device, wireless device, mobile terminal, terminal, mobile station (MS), Secure User Plane Location (SUPL) enabled terminal ( SET), or some other name. The target UE 102 may be a stand-alone device or may be embedded in another device (eg, a factory tool) to be monitored or tracked. In addition, UE 102 may correspond to smart watches, digital glasses, fitness monitors, smart cars, smart appliances, cell phones, smartphones, laptops, tablets, PDAs, for tracking consumer goods, packages, assets or devices such as personal and A physical consumer tracking device, control device, or some other portable or removable device for a pet. UE 102 may comprise a single entity, such as in a personal area network where a user may employ audio, video and/or data I/O devices and/or body sensors and a separate wired or wireless modem, or may comprise multiple entities. Typically, though not required, UE 102 may support wireless communications using one or more radio access technologies (RATs), such as GSM, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Wideband CDMA (WCDMA ), LTE, High Rate Packet Data (HRPD), IEEE 802.11 WiFi (also known as Wi-Fi), Bluetooth® (BT), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX), 5G New Radio (NR) (e.g. , using NG-RAN 112 and 5GCN 150), etc. UE 102 may also support wireless communication using a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN), which may be connected to other networks (eg, the Internet) using, for example, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) or Packet Cable. Use of one or more of these RATs may allow UE 102 to communicate with external client 130 (e.g., via UPF 158 and Internet 175) and/or allow external client 130 to receive location information about UE 102 (eg, via Gateway Mobile Location Center (GMLC) 160).

UE 102可以進入與可以包括NG-RAN 112的無線通訊網路的已連接狀態。在一個實例中,UE 102可以經由在諸如gNB 110-1的NG-RAN 112中向蜂巢收發器傳輸無線信號或從蜂巢收發器接收無線信號來與蜂巢通訊網路進行通訊。收發器向UE 102提供使用者和控制平面協定終端,並且可以被稱為基地站、基地站收發器、無線電基地站、無線電收發器、無線電網路控制器、收發器功能、基地站子系統(BSS)、擴展服務集(ESS)或其他某合適的術語。UE 102 may enter a connected state with a wireless communication network, which may include NG-RAN 112 . In one example, UE 102 may communicate with the cellular communication network via transmitting wireless signals to or receiving wireless signals from cellular transceivers in NG-RAN 112, such as gNB 110-1. The transceiver provides user and control plane protocol endpoints to the UE 102 and may be referred to as a base station, base station transceiver, radio base station, radio transceiver, radio network controller, transceiver function, base station subsystem ( BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), or some other appropriate term.

在特定實施方案中,UE 102可以具有能夠獲得位置相關量測的電路系統和處理資源。由UE 102獲得位置相關量測可以包括從屬於諸如GPS、GLONASS、伽利略或北斗的衛星定位系統(SPS)或全球導航衛星系統(GNSS)的人造衛星(SV)190接收的信號的量測,及/或可以包括從固定在已知位置處的地面傳輸器(例如,gNB 110)接收的信號的量測。隨後,UE 102或gNB 110-1或可以向UE 102發送量測的單獨的定位伺服器(例如,LMF 152)可以基於該等位置相關量測使用幾種定位方法中的任一者來獲得針對UE 102的位置估計,該等定位方法諸如例如GNSS、輔助GNSS(A-GNSS)、高級前向鏈路三邊量測(AFLT)、出發角(AOD)、DL到達時間差(DL-TDOA)、往返時間(RTT)、多細胞RTT、WLAN(亦被稱為WiFi)定位或增強型細胞ID(ECID)或其組合。在該等技術中的一些技術(例如,A-GNSS、AFLT、DL-OTDOA)中,至少部分地基於由傳輸器或衛星傳輸並在UE 102處接收到的引導頻、定位參考信號(PRS)或其他定位相關信號,可以在UE 102處量測相對於固定在已知位置處的三個或更多個地面傳輸器(例如,gNB 110)或者相對於具有準確已知的軌道資料的四個或更多個SV 190或其組合的偽距或時序差。In particular embodiments, UE 102 may have circuitry and processing resources capable of obtaining location-related measurements. Obtaining location-related measurements by the UE 102 may include measurements of signals received from satellite positioning systems (SPS) or global navigation satellite systems (GNSS) such as GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, or BeiDou Sputnik (SV) 190, and or may include measurements of signals received from terrestrial transmitters (eg, gNB 110 ) fixed at known locations. Subsequently, UE 102 or gNB 110-1 or a separate positioning server (eg, LMF 152 ) that may send measurements to UE 102 may use any of several positioning methods to obtain an Position estimation of UE 102 such as, for example, GNSS, Assisted GNSS (A-GNSS), Advanced Forward Link Trilateration (AFLT), Angle of Departure (AOD), DL Time Difference of Arrival (DL-TDOA), Round Trip Time (RTT), Multi-Cell RTT, WLAN (also known as WiFi) location or Enhanced Cell ID (ECID) or a combination thereof. In some of these technologies (e.g., A-GNSS, AFLT, DL-OTDOA), based at least in part on pilot frequencies, positioning reference signals (PRS) transmitted by transmitters or satellites and received at UE 102 or other positioning-related signals, can be measured at UE 102 relative to three or more terrestrial transmitters (e.g., gNB 110) fixed at known locations or relative to four or pseudoranges or timing differences of more than one SV 190 or a combination thereof.

圖1中的定位伺服器可以對應於例如位置管理功能(LMF)152或安全使用者平面位置(SUPL)定位平臺(SLP)162並且可能能夠向UE 102提供定位輔助資料,包括例如關於要量測的信號的資訊(例如,預期信號時序、信號譯碼、信號頻率、信號都卜勒)、地面傳輸器(例如gNB 110)的位置和辨識及/或用於GNSS SV 190的信號、時序和軌道資訊,以促進諸如A-GNSS、AFLT、AOD、DL-TDOA、多細胞RTT和ECID的定位技術。該促進可以包括改良UE 102的信號獲取和量測準確度,並且在一些情況下使得UE 102能夠基於位置量測來計算其估計位置。例如,定位伺服器(例如,LMF 152或SLP 162)可以包括星曆(亦被稱為基地站星曆(BSA)),該星曆指示蜂巢收發器及/或本端收發器在一或多個特定區域(諸如特定場所)中的位置和身份,並且可以提供描述由蜂巢基地站或AP(例如,gNB)傳輸的信號的資訊,諸如傳輸功率和信號時序。UE 102可以獲得針對從蜂巢收發器及/或本端收發器接收的信號的信號強度的量測(例如,接收信號強度指示(RSSI)),及/或可以獲得訊雜比(S/N)、參考信號接收功率(RSRP)、參考信號接收品質(RSRQ)、到達時間(TOA)、到達角(AOA)、出發角(AOD)、接收時間-傳輸時間差(Rx-Tx)或者UE 102與蜂巢收發器(例如,gNB 110)或本端收發器(例如,WiFi存取點(AP))之間的信號傳播的往返時間(RTT)。UE 102可以將該等量測與從定位伺服器(例如LMF 152或SLP 162)接收或由NG-RAN 112中的基地站(例如,gNB 110)廣播的輔助資料(例如,地面曆書資料或GNSS衛星資料,諸如GNSS星曆及/或GNSS星曆資訊)一起使用來決定UE 102的位置。The location server in FIG. 1 may correspond to, for example, a location management function (LMF) 152 or a secure user plane location (SUPL) location platform (SLP) 162 and may be able to provide location assistance data to the UE 102, including, for example, information about the location to be measured. Information about the signal (e.g., expected signal timing, signal decoding, signal frequency, signal Doppler), location and identification of the ground transmitter (e.g., gNB 110 ) and/or signal, timing and orbit for the GNSS SV 190 information to facilitate localization technologies such as A-GNSS, AFLT, AOD, DL-TDOA, multicellular RTT, and ECID. The facilitation may include improving signal acquisition and measurement accuracy of the UE 102, and in some cases enabling the UE 102 to calculate its estimated location based on the location measurements. For example, a positioning server (e.g., LMF 152 or SLP 162) may include an ephemeris (also referred to as a base station almanac (BSA)) that indicates when a cellular transceiver and/or a local transceiver is on one or more location and identity in a specific area (such as a specific venue), and can provide information describing signals transmitted by a cellular base station or AP (eg, gNB), such as transmission power and signal timing. UE 102 may obtain signal strength measurements (e.g., received signal strength indication (RSSI)) for signals received from cellular transceivers and/or local transceivers, and/or may obtain signal-to-noise ratio (S/N) , Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP), Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ), Time of Arrival (TOA), Angle of Arrival (AOA), Angle of Departure (AOD), Received Time-Transmission Time Difference (Rx-Tx) or UE 102 and the cellular The round-trip time (RTT) for signal propagation between transceivers (eg, gNB 110 ) or local transceivers (eg, WiFi access points (APs)). UE 102 may correlate these measurements with assistance data (e.g., terrestrial almanac data or GNSS Satellite data, such as GNSS ephemeris and/or GNSS ephemeris information) are used together to determine the position of the UE 102 .

在一些實施方案中,網路實體用於輔助目標UE 102的定位。例如,網路中的實體(諸如gNB 110-1和110-2)可以量測由UE 102傳輸的UL信號。UL信號可以包括(include或comprise)諸如UL定位參考信號(PRS)或UL探測參考信號(SRS)的UL參考信號。獲得位置量測的實體(例如,gNB 110-1和110-2)隨後可以將位置量測傳遞到UE 102或LMF 152,其可以使用量測來決定或幫助決定UE 102的位置。可以使用UL信號的位置量測的實例可以包括RSSI、RSRP、RSRQ、TOA、Rx-Tx、AOA和RTT。In some embodiments, a network entity is used to assist in the positioning of the target UE 102 . For example, entities in the network such as gNBs 110 - 1 and 110 - 2 may measure UL signals transmitted by UE 102 . The UL signal may include (include or comprise) a UL reference signal such as a UL Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) or a UL Sounding Reference Signal (SRS). Entities that obtain location measurements (eg, gNBs 110-1 and 110-2) may then communicate the location measurements to UE 102 or LMF 152, which may use the measurements to determine or help determine UE 102's location. Examples of location measurements that may use UL signals may include RSSI, RSRP, RSRQ, TOA, Rx-Tx, AOA, and RTT.

UE 102的位置的估計可以被稱為位置、位置估計、位置定位、定位、位置、位置估計或位置定位,並且可以是大地量測學的,因此為UE 102提供位置座標(例如,緯度和經度),其可以包括或者可以不包括海拔組成部分(例如,海拔高度、地表高度或地上高度或地上高度或地下高度)。或者,UE 102的位置可以被表達為城市位置(例如,被表達為郵政位址或建築物中的某個點或小的區域(諸如特定房間或樓層)的名稱)。UE 102的位置亦可以被表達為UE 102預期以某個概率或置信度水平(例如,67%或95%等)定位在其中的區域或空間(在地理學上或以城市形態定義)。UE 102的位置亦可以是相對位置,該相對位置包括例如相對於已知位置處的某個原點而定義的距離和方向或相對X、Y(和Z)座標,該相對位置在大地量測學上或以城市術語或參考在地圖、樓層平面圖或建築平面圖上指示的點、區域或空間來定義。該位置可以被表達為UE的絕對位置估計,諸如位置座標或位址,或者被表達為UE的相對位置估計,諸如距前一位置估計或距已知絕對位置的距離和方向。UE的位置可以包括線速度、角速度、線加速度、角加速度、UE的角取向,例如,UE相對於固定的全球或局部座標系的取向、用於定位UE的觸發事件的辨識,或該等的某種組合。例如,觸發事件可以包括區域事件、運動事件或速度事件。區域事件例如可以是UE移動到定義區域中、移出該區域及/或留在該區域中。運動事件例如可以包括UE移動了閾值直線距離或沿著UE軌跡的閾值距離。速度事件例如可以包括UE達到最小或最大速度、速度的閾值增加及/或減小,及/或方向的閾值改變。在本文包含的描述中,除非另有指示,否則術語位置的使用可以包括該等變型中的任一者。在計算UE的位置時,通常先求解本端x、y和z座標,隨後根據需要將本端座標轉換為絕對座標(例如,對於高於或低於平均海平面的緯度、經度和海拔高度)。The estimation of the position of the UE 102 may be referred to as a position, position estimate, position fix, fix, position, position estimate, or position fix, and may be geodetic, thus providing the UE 102 with position coordinates (e.g., latitude and longitude ), which may or may not include an altitude component (eg, altitude above sea level, above ground, or above ground, or above ground, or below ground). Alternatively, the location of the UE 102 may be expressed as a city location (eg, as a postal address or the name of a point in a building or a small area such as a particular room or floor). The location of the UE 102 may also be expressed as an area or space (defined geographically or in urban form) in which the UE 102 is expected to be located with some probability or confidence level (eg, 67% or 95%, etc.). The location of the UE 102 may also be a relative location comprising, for example, distance and direction defined relative to some origin at a known location or relative X, Y (and Z) coordinates, which are measured in a geodetic Defined academically or in urban terms or by reference to a point, area or space indicated on a map, floor plan or building plan. The location may be expressed as an absolute location estimate of the UE, such as location coordinates or address, or as a relative location estimate of the UE, such as distance and direction from a previous location estimate or from a known absolute location. The position of the UE may include linear velocity, angular velocity, linear acceleration, angular acceleration, angular orientation of the UE, e.g., orientation of the UE relative to a fixed global or local coordinate system, identification of a triggering event for locating the UE, or the like some combination. For example, triggering events may include zone events, motion events, or speed events. A zone event may be, for example, a UE moving into a defined zone, moving out of the zone and/or remaining in the zone. A motion event may include, for example, that the UE has moved a threshold linear distance or a threshold distance along the UE's trajectory. Speed events may include, for example, the UE reaching a minimum or maximum speed, a threshold increase and/or decrease in speed, and/or a threshold change in direction. In the description contained herein, use of the term position may include any of these variations unless otherwise indicated. When calculating the position of the UE, the x, y and z coordinates of the local end are usually solved first, and then the coordinates of the local end are converted to absolute coordinates as needed (for example, for latitude, longitude and altitude above or below mean sea level) .

如圖1所示,NG-RAN 112中的gNB 110對可以彼此連接,例如如圖1所示直接地連接或經由其他gNB 110-1、110-2間接地連接。經由UE 102與gNB 110-1、110-2中的一者或多者之間的無線通訊向UE 102提供對5G網路的存取,此舉可以使用5G(例如,NR)代表UE 102提供對5GCN 150的無線通訊存取。在圖1中,假定用於UE 102的服務gNB是gNB 110-1,但是若UE 102移動到另一個位置,則其他gNB(例如,gNB 110-2、110-3或gNB 114)可以充當服務gNB,或者可以充當次要gNB以向UE 102提供附加的覆蓋範圍和頻寬。圖1中的一些gNB(例如,gNB 110-2、110-3或ng-gNB 114)可以被配置為用作僅定位信標,其可以傳輸信號(例如,定向PRS)以輔助UE 102的定位,但是無法從UE 102或其他UE接收信號。As shown in Figure 1, pairs of gNBs 110 in the NG-RAN 112 may be connected to each other, eg directly as shown in Figure 1 or indirectly via other gNBs 110-1, 110-2. Providing access to the 5G network to the UE 102 via wireless communication between the UE 102 and one or more of the gNBs 110-1, 110-2, which may be provided on behalf of the UE 102 using 5G (eg, NR) Wireless communication access to 5GCN 150 . In FIG. 1, it is assumed that the serving gNB for UE 102 is gNB 110-1, but if UE 102 moves to another location, other gNBs (eg, gNB 110-2, 110-3 or gNB 114) may act as serving gNBs. gNB, or may act as a secondary gNB to provide UE 102 with additional coverage and bandwidth. Some gNBs in FIG. 1 (eg, gNB 110-2, 110-3, or ng-gNB 114) may be configured to act as location-only beacons, which may transmit signals (eg, directional PRS) to assist in the location of UE 102 , but cannot receive signals from UE 102 or other UEs.

如所提及的,儘管圖1圖示了被配置為根據5G通訊協定進行通訊的節點,但是可以使用被配置為根據其他通訊協定(諸如例如LTE協定)進行通訊的節點。被配置為使用不同協定進行通訊的此類節點可以至少部分地由5GCN 150控制。因此,NG-RAN 112可以包括gNB、支援LTE的進化節點B(eNB)或其他類型的基地站或存取點的任意組合。作為實例,NG-RAN 112可以包括一或多個ng-eNB 114,其提供對UE 102的LTE無線存取並且可以連接到5GCN 150中的實體,諸如AMF 154。As mentioned, although FIG. 1 illustrates nodes configured to communicate in accordance with the 5G communication protocol, nodes configured to communicate in accordance with other communication protocols, such as, for example, the LTE protocol, may be used. Such nodes configured to communicate using different protocols may be at least partially controlled by the 5GCN 150 . Thus, the NG-RAN 112 may include any combination of gNBs, LTE-capable evolved Node Bs (eNBs), or other types of base stations or access points. As an example, NG-RAN 112 may include one or more ng-eNBs 114 that provide LTE radio access to UE 102 and may connect to entities in 5GCN 150 , such as AMF 154 .

gNB 110-1、110-2、110-3或gNB 114可以與存取和行動性管理功能(AMF)154進行通訊,對於定位功能性而言,可以與定位管理功能(LMF)152進行通訊。AMF 154可支援UE 102的行動性,包括細胞改變和交遞,並且可參與支援與UE 102的信號傳遞連接並且可能幫助建立和釋放由UPF 158支援的UE 102的協定資料單元(PDU)通信期。AMF 154的其他功能可以包括:終止來自NG-RAN 112的控制平面(CP)介面;終止來自UE(諸如UE 102)的非存取層(NAS)信號傳遞連接、NAS加密和完整性保護;註冊管理;連接管理;可達性管理;行動性管理;存取認證和授權。A gNB 110-1, 110-2, 110-3 or gNB 114 may communicate with an Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF) 154 and, for location functionality, a Location Management Function (LMF) 152. AMF 154 may support UE 102 mobility, including cell change and handover, and may participate in supporting a signaling connection with UE 102 and may help establish and release Protocol Data Unit (PDU) communication sessions for UE 102 supported by UPF 158 . Other functions of the AMF 154 may include: terminating the Control Plane (CP) interface from the NG-RAN 112; terminating Non-Access Stratum (NAS) signaling connections, NAS encryption and integrity protection from UEs such as UE 102; registration management; connection management; reachability management; mobility management; access authentication and authorization.

當UE 102存取NG-RAN 112時,gNB 110-1可以支援UE 102的定位。gNB 110-1亦可以處理例如直接或間接從GMLC 160接收到的針對UE 102的定位服務請求。在一些實施例中,實施gNB 110-1的節點/系統可以另外或替代地實施其他類型的定位支援模組,諸如增強型服務行動定位中心(E-SMLC)或安全使用者平面位置(SUPL)定位平臺(SLP)162。注意,在一些實施例中,可以在UE 102處(例如,使用針對由無線節點傳輸的信號的信號量測以及向UE 102提供的輔助資料)執行定位功能性的至少一部分(包括對UE 102的位置的推導)。When UE 102 accesses NG-RAN 112, gNB 110-1 may support UE 102 positioning. The gNB 110 - 1 may also handle location service requests for the UE 102 , eg, received directly or indirectly from the GMLC 160 . In some embodiments, the node/system implementing the gNB 110-1 may additionally or alternatively implement other types of location support modules such as Enhanced Service Action Location Center (E-SMLC) or Secure User Plane Location (SUPL) Positioning Platform (SLP) 162 . Note that in some embodiments at least a portion of the positioning functionality (including the positioning of the UE 102) may be performed at the UE 102 (e.g., using signal measurements for signals transmitted by wireless nodes and assistance provided to the UE 102). location derivation).

GMLC 160可以支援從外部客戶端130接收的對UE 102的位置請求,並且可將此位置請求轉發到用於UE 102的服務AMF 154。隨後,AMF 154可以將定位請求轉發給gNB 110-1或LMF 152,其可以(例如,根據來自外部客戶端130的請求)獲得UE 102的一或多個位置估計,並且可以將位置估計返回給AMF 154,AMF 154可以經由GMLC 160將該位置估計返回給外部客戶端130。GMLC 160可以含有外部客戶端130的訂閱資訊並且可以認證和授權來自外部客戶端130的針對UE 102的定位請求。GMLC 160可以經由向AMF 154發送針對UE 102的定位請求進一步啟動針對UE 102的定位通信期,並且可以在定位請求中包括針對UE 102的身份和所請求定位的類型(例如,當前定位或週期性或觸發定位的序列)。GMLC 160 may support location requests for UE 102 received from external clients 130 and may forward such location requests to serving AMF 154 for UE 102 . AMF 154 may then forward the location request to gNB 110-1 or LMF 152, which may obtain one or more location estimates for UE 102 (e.g., upon request from external client 130), and may return the location estimates to The AMF 154 may return the location estimate to the external client 130 via the GMLC 160 . The GMLC 160 may contain subscription information for the external client 130 and may authenticate and authorize positioning requests from the external client 130 for the UE 102 . GMLC 160 may further initiate a positioning communication period for UE 102 via sending a positioning request for UE 102 to AMF 154, and may include in the positioning request the identity for UE 102 and the type of positioning requested (e.g., current positioning or periodic or sequence that triggers positioning).

如圖所示,統一資料管理(UDM)161可以連接到GMLC 160。UDM 161類似於用於LTE存取的歸屬用戶伺服器(HSS),並且若需要,可以將UDM 161與HSS組合。UDM 161是中央資料庫,其包含用於UE 102的使用者相關資訊和訂閱相關資訊,並且可以執行以下功能:UE認證、UE辨識、存取授權、註冊和行動性管理、訂閱管理和簡訊服務管理。儘管圖1中未圖示,但是UDM 161可以連接到5GCN 150中的其他元件,諸如AMF 154。Unified Data Management (UDM) 161 may be connected to GMLC 160 as shown. UDM 161 is similar to a Home Subscriber Server (HSS) for LTE access, and UDM 161 and HSS can be combined if desired. UDM 161 is a central database that contains user-related information and subscription-related information for UE 102 and can perform the following functions: UE authentication, UE identification, access authorization, registration and mobility management, subscription management, and SMS services manage. Although not shown in FIG. 1 , UDM 161 may be connected to other elements in 5GCN 150 , such as AMF 154 .

如圖1中進一步所示,外部客戶端130可經由GMLC 160及/或SLP 162連接到核心網路150。外部客戶端130可任選地經由網際網路175連接到核心網路150及/或在5GCN 150外部的SLP 164。外部客戶端130可為伺服器、網頁伺服器或諸如個人電腦、UE等使用者設備。As further shown in FIG. 1 , external clients 130 may connect to core network 150 via GMLC 160 and/or SLP 162 . External client 130 may optionally connect to core network 150 and/or SLP 164 external to 5GCN 150 via Internet 175 . The external client 130 can be a server, a web server, or a user equipment such as a personal computer or UE.

網路開放功能(NEF)163可以連接到GMLC 160和AMF 154。在一些實施方案中,NEF 163可以被連接以直接與外部客戶端130或與應用功能(AF)132進行通訊。NEF 163可以支援將關於5GCN 150和UE 102的能力和事件安全地開放給外部客戶端130或AF 132,此舉可以實現從外部客戶端130或AF 132到5GCN 150的資訊的安全提供。NEF 163例如亦可以用於獲得UE 102的當前或最後已知位置,可以獲得對UE 102的位置變化的指示,或對UE 102何時可用(或可達)的指示。外部客戶端130或AF 132可以存取NEF 163以便獲得UE 102的位置資訊。A Network Exposure Function (NEF) 163 may be connected to the GMLC 160 and the AMF 154 . In some embodiments, NEF 163 may be connected to communicate directly with external client 130 or with application function (AF) 132 . The NEF 163 can support secure exposure of capabilities and events about the 5GCN 150 and UE 102 to the external client 130 or AF 132 , which can enable secure provision of information from the external client 130 or AF 132 to the 5GCN 150 . The NEF 163 may also be used, for example, to obtain the current or last known location of the UE 102, may obtain an indication of a change in the location of the UE 102, or an indication of when the UE 102 is available (or reachable). The external client 130 or the AF 132 can access the NEF 163 to obtain the location information of the UE 102 .

LMF 152和gNB 110-1可以使用新無線電定位協定A(NRPPa)進行通訊。NRPPa可以在3GPP TS 38.455中定義,其中NRPPa訊息在gNB 110-1與LMF 152之間傳送。此外,LMF 152和UE 102可以使用在3GPP TS 37.355中定義的LTE定位協定(LPP)進行通訊,其中LPP訊息經由服務AMF 154和用於UE 102的服務gNB 110-1在UE 102與LMF 152之間傳送。例如,可以使用5G非存取層(NAS)協定在AMF 154與UE 102之間傳送LPP訊息。LPP協定可以用於支援使用DL和UL+DL定位方法對UE 102進行定位,該等DL和UL+DL定位方法諸如輔助GNSS(A-GNSS)、即時運動學(RTK)、無線區域網路(WLAN)、DL到達時間差(DL-TDOA)、DL出發角(DL-AOD)、往返時間(RTT)、多細胞RTT及/或增強型細胞身份(ECID)。NRPPa協定可以用於支援使用UL和UL+DL定位方法對UE 102進行定位,該等UL和UL+DL定位方法諸如上行鏈路(UL)到達時間差(UL-TDOA)、上行鏈路(UL)到達角(UL-AOA)、多細胞RTT或ECID(當與由gNB 110-1、110-2、110-3或ng-eNB 114獲得或從其中接收的量測一起使用時)及/或可以由LMF 152使用以從gNB 110獲得位置相關資訊,諸如定義來自gNB 110的用於支援DL-TDOA、DL-AOD或多細胞RTT的定位參考信號(PRS)傳輸的參數。LMF 152 and gNB 110-1 may communicate using New Radiolocation Protocol A (NRPPa). NRPPa may be defined in 3GPP TS 38.455, where NRPPa messages are transmitted between gNB 110-1 and LMF 152. Additionally, LMF 152 and UE 102 may communicate using the LTE Positioning Protocol (LPP) defined in 3GPP TS 37.355, where LPP messages are communicated between UE 102 and LMF 152 via serving AMF 154 and serving gNB 110-1 for UE 102 between transfers. For example, LPP messages may be communicated between AMF 154 and UE 102 using 5G Non-Access Stratum (NAS) protocols. The LPP protocol can be used to support positioning of the UE 102 using DL and UL+DL positioning methods such as Assisted-GNSS (A-GNSS), Real-Time Kinematics (RTK), Wireless Area Network ( WLAN), DL Time Difference of Arrival (DL-TDOA), DL Angle of Departure (DL-AOD), Round Trip Time (RTT), Multicellular RTT and/or Enhanced Cell Identity (ECID). The NRPPa protocol can be used to support positioning of the UE 102 using UL and UL+DL positioning methods such as Uplink (UL) Time Difference of Arrival (UL-TDOA), Uplink (UL) Angle of Arrival (UL-AOA), Multicellular RTT or ECID (when used with measurements obtained by or received from gNB 110-1 , 110-2, 110-3 or ng-eNB 114 ) and/or may Used by the LMF 152 to obtain location-related information from the gNB 110 , such as defining parameters for positioning reference signal (PRS) transmission from the gNB 110 to support DL-TDOA, DL-AOD or multicellular RTT.

gNB 110-1、110-2、110-3或ng-eNB 114可以使用例如如在3GPP技術規範(TS)38.413中定義的下一代應用協定(NGAP)與AMF 154進行通訊。NGAP可以使得AMF 154能夠從用於目標UE 102的gNB 110-1請求目標UE 102的位置,並且可以使得gNB 110-1能夠將UE 102的位置返回給AMF 154。The gNB 110-1, 110-2, 110-3 or ng-eNB 114 may communicate with the AMF 154 using, for example, the Next Generation Application Protocol (NGAP) as defined in 3GPP Technical Specification (TS) 38.413. NGAP may enable AMF 154 to request the location of target UE 102 from gNB 110 - 1 for target UE 102 and may enable gNB 110 - 1 to return the location of UE 102 to AMF 154 .

gNB 110-1、110-2、110-3或ng-eNB 114可以使用例如如在3GPP TS 38.423中定義的Xn應用協定(XnAP)彼此通訊。XnAP可以允許一個gNB 110請求另一個gNB 110獲得目標UE 102的UL位置量測並返回UL位置量測。XnAP亦可以使得gNB 110能夠請求另一個gNB 110傳輸下行鏈路(DL)參考信號(RS)或PRS,以使得目標UE 102能夠獲得所傳輸的DL RS或PRS的DL位置量測。The gNBs 110-1, 110-2, 110-3 or ng-eNB 114 may communicate with each other using, for example, the Xn Application Protocol (XnAP) as defined in 3GPP TS 38.423. XnAP may allow one gNB 110 to request another gNB 110 to obtain UL location measurements of the target UE 102 and return the UL location measurements. XnAP may also enable a gNB 110 to request another gNB 110 to transmit a downlink (DL) reference signal (RS) or PRS so that the target UE 102 can obtain DL location measurements of the transmitted DL RS or PRS.

gNB(例如,gNB 110-1)可以使用例如如在3GPP TS 38.331中定義的無線電資源控制(RRC)協定與目標UE 102進行通訊。RRC可以允許gNB(例如,gNB 110-1)從目標UE 102請求對由gNB 110-1及/或由其他gNB 110-2、110-3或ng-eNB 114傳輸的DL RS或DL PRS的位置量測並返回一些或所有位置量測。RRC亦可以使得gNB(例如,gNB 110-1)能夠請求目標UE 102傳輸UL RS、PRS或SRS,以使得gNB 110-1或其他gNB 110-2、110-3或ng-eNB 114能夠獲得傳輸的UL RS、PRS或SRS的UL位置量測。A gNB (eg, gNB 110-1 ) may communicate with the target UE 102 using Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocols, eg, as defined in 3GPP TS 38.331. RRC may allow a gNB (eg, gNB 110-1 ) to request from the target UE 102 the location of DL RS or DL PRS transmitted by gNB 110-1 and/or by other gNBs 110-2, 110-3 or ng-eNB 114 Measure and return some or all position measurements. RRC may also enable a gNB (eg, gNB 110-1 ) to request the target UE 102 to transmit UL RS, PRS or SRS so that gNB 110-1 or other gNBs 110-2, 110-3 or ng-eNB 114 can obtain the transmission UL position measurement of UL RS, PRS or SRS.

利用UE輔助定位方法,UE 102可以獲得位置量測(例如,針對gNB 110-1、110-2、110-3或ng-eNB 114或WLAN AP的RSSI、Rx-Tx、RTT、AOA、RSTD、RSRP及/或RSRQ的量測,或者針對SV 190的GNSS偽距、碼相位及/或載波相位的量測),並將量測發送到執行定位伺服器功能的實體(例如,LMF 152或SLP 162)以計算UE 102的位置估計。利用基於UE的定位方法,UE 102可以獲得位置量測(例如,其可以與針對UE輔助定位方法的位置量測相同或類似),並且可以計算UE 102的位置(例如,借助於從諸如LMF 152或SLP 162的定位伺服器接收的輔助資料)。利用基於網路的定位方法,一或多個基地站(例如,gNB 110-1、110-2)或AP可以獲得位置量測(例如,針對由UE 102傳輸的信號的RSSI、RTT、AOA、RSRP、RSRQ、Rx-Tx或TOA的量測)及/或可以接收由UE 102獲得的量測,並且可以將量測發送到定位伺服器(例如,LMF 152)以計算UE 102的位置估計。Using UE-assisted positioning methods, UE 102 can obtain location measurements (e.g., RSSI, Rx-Tx, RTT, AOA, RSTD, RSRP and/or RSRQ measurements, or GNSS pseudorange, code phase and/or carrier phase measurements for the SV 190) and send the measurements to the entity performing the positioning server function (e.g., LMF 152 or SLP 162) to compute a location estimate for the UE 102. With UE-based positioning methods, UE 102 may obtain location measurements (e.g., which may be the same as or similar to those for UE-assisted positioning methods), and may calculate the location of UE 102 (e.g., by means of or auxiliary data received by the positioning server of SLP 162). Using network-based positioning methods, one or more base stations (e.g., gNB 110-1, 110-2) or APs may obtain location measurements (e.g., RSSI, RTT, AOA, RSRP, RSRQ, Rx-Tx, or TOA) and/or measurements obtained by UE 102 may be received and may be sent to a positioning server (eg, LMF 152 ) to compute a position estimate for UE 102 .

由gNB 110-2、110-3或ng-eNB 114使用XnAP提供給gNB 110-1的資訊可以包括用於PRS傳輸的時序和配置資訊以及gNB 110-2、110-3或ng-eNB 114的位置座標。隨後,gNB 110-1可以將該資訊中的一些或全部作為RRC訊息中的輔助資料提供給UE 102。在一些實施方案中,從gNB 110-1發送到UE 102的RRC訊息可以包括嵌入式LPP訊息。Information provided by gNB 110-2, 110-3 or ng-eNB 114 to gNB 110-1 using XnAP may include timing and configuration information for PRS transmission and location coordinates. The gNB 110-1 may then provide some or all of this information to the UE 102 as assistance data in an RRC message. In some embodiments, the RRC messages sent from gNB 110-1 to UE 102 may include embedded LPP messages.

取決於期望的功能性,從gNB 110-1發送到UE 102的RRC訊息可以指示UE 102進行各種操作中的任一者。例如,RRC訊息可以含有用於使UE 102獲得GNSS(或A-GNSS)、WLAN及/或DL-TDOA(或一些其他定位方法)的量測或傳輸上行鏈路(UL)信號(諸如定位參考信號(PRS)、探測參考信號(SRS)或兩者)的指令。在DL-TDOA的情況下,RRC訊息可以指示UE 102獲得在由特定gNB 110支援的特定細胞內傳輸的PRS信號的一或多個量測(例如,RSTD量測)。UE 102可以使用量測(例如,使用DL-TDOA)來決定UE 102的位置。The RRC message sent from gNB 110-1 to UE 102 may instruct UE 102 to perform any of various operations, depending on the desired functionality. For example, RRC messages may contain measurements or transmit uplink (UL) signals (such as positioning reference signal (PRS), sounding reference signal (SRS), or both). In the case of DL-TDOA, the RRC message may instruct the UE 102 to obtain one or more measurements (eg, RSTD measurements) of PRS signals transmitted within a particular cell supported by a particular gNB 110 . UE 102 may use measurements (eg, using DL-TDOA) to determine UE 102 location.

NG-RAN 112中的gNB 110亦可以向UE(諸如UE 102)廣播定位輔助資料。The gNB 110 in the NG-RAN 112 may also broadcast positioning assistance data to UEs, such as UE 102 .

如圖所示,通信期管理功能(SMF)156連接AMF 154和UPF 158。SMF 156可針對UE 102管理PDU通信期的建立、修改和發佈,針對UE 102執行IP位址分配和管理,針對UE 102充當動態主機配置通訊協定(DHCP)伺服器,並且代表UE 102選擇並控制UPF 158。As shown, session management function (SMF) 156 connects AMF 154 and UPF 158 . SMF 156 may manage the establishment, modification and issuance of PDU communication sessions for UE 102, perform IP address allocation and management for UE 102, act as a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server for UE 102, and select and control UPF 158.

使用者平面功能(UPF)158可針對UE 102支援語音和資料承載,並且可實現UE 102對諸如網際網路175的其他網路的語音和資料存取。UPF 158功能可包括:與資料網路的外部PDU通信期互連點、封包(例如,網際網路協定(IP))路由和轉發、封包核對和策略規則執行的使用者平面部分、用於使用者平面的服務品質(QoS)處置、下行鏈路封包緩衝和下行鏈路資料通知觸發。UPF 158可以連接到SLP 162以使得能夠支援使用由開放行動聯盟(OMA)定義的SUPL定位解決方案來定位UE 102。SLP 162可進一步連接到外部客戶端130或從該外部客戶端可存取。User Plane Function (UPF) 158 may support voice and data bearers for UE 102 and may enable UE 102 voice and data access to other networks, such as Internet 175 . UPF 158 functions may include: Interconnection point during external PDU communication with the data network, packet (e.g., Internet Protocol (IP)) routing and forwarding, user plane portion of packet checking and policy rule enforcement, for use Quality of Service (QoS) handling, downlink packet buffering, and downlink data notification triggering in the operator plane. UPF 158 may be connected to SLP 162 to enable support for positioning UE 102 using the SUPL positioning solution defined by the Open Action Alliance (OMA). SLP 162 may further be connected to or accessible from external client 130 .

應當理解,儘管圖1圖示用於非漫遊UE 102的具有適當的、眾所周知的變化的網路架構,但是可以為漫遊UE 102提供對應的網路架構。It should be appreciated that while FIG. 1 illustrates a network architecture with suitable, well-known variations for a non-roaming UE 102, a corresponding network architecture may be provided for a roaming UE 102.

在支援NR的5G網路中,UE 102可以處於RRC連接狀態(亦稱為「連接狀態」)、RRC閒置狀態(亦稱為「閒置狀態」)或RRC非啟用狀態(亦稱為「非啟用狀態」)。NG-RAN 112中的服務gNB 110-1可以將UE 102(從連接狀態)移動到非啟用狀態,其中UE連接上下文由gNB 110-1和UE 102保存。非啟用狀態下的UE 102的功能性主要與閒置狀態下的功能性相同,其中UE 102將在傳呼不連續接收(DRX)循環中監測傳呼。然而,當處於非啟用狀態時,UE 102亦可以例如週期性地執行基於RAN的通知區域更新,並且當移動到配置的基於RAN的通知區域之外時,可以獲取系統資訊,並且可以發送系統資訊(SI)請求(若已配置)。當恢復RRC連接時(亦即,當UE 102移回連接狀態時),由於gNB 110和UE 102已經儲存了UE連接上下文,因此與在RRC連接被釋放之後從閒置狀態建立RRC連接相比,資料活動恢復可以更快。因此,經由使用非啟用狀態,與從閒置狀態進入連接狀態相比,UE 102可以以降低的功耗和較低的延時移回到連接狀態。另外,UE 102可能能夠在處於非啟用狀態時與5G網路(例如,與AMF 154或LMF 152)執行有限通訊,而無需轉變回連接狀態。如本文中進一步所示,該能力可以用於以UE 102的降低的功耗及/或減少的延時支援UE 102的定位。注意,僅有服務gNB 110可以暫停RRC連接以將UE 102移動到非啟用狀態,但是恢復回到連接狀態可以由UE 102或gNB 110觸發。In a 5G network supporting NR, the UE 102 may be in an RRC connected state (also referred to as "connected state"), an RRC idle state (also referred to as "idle state"), or an RRC inactive state (also referred to as "disabled state"). state"). The serving gNB 110-1 in the NG-RAN 112 may move the UE 102 (from the connected state) to the non-enabled state, where the UE connection context is maintained by the gNB 110-1 and the UE 102. The functionality of the UE 102 in the non-active state is largely the same as in the idle state, where the UE 102 will monitor for paging in a paging discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle. However, when in the non-enabled state, the UE 102 may also perform RAN-based notification area updates, for example periodically, and may obtain system information and may send system information when moving outside a configured RAN-based notification area (SI) Request (if configured). When resuming the RRC connection (i.e. when the UE 102 moves back to the connected state), since the gNB 110 and the UE 102 have already stored the UE connection context, compared to establishing the RRC connection from the idle state after the RRC connection is released, the data Activity recovery can be faster. Thus, by using the non-enabled state, the UE 102 can move back to the connected state with reduced power consumption and lower latency than entering the connected state from the idle state. Additionally, UE 102 may be able to perform limited communications with the 5G network (eg, with AMF 154 or LMF 152 ) while in the non-enabled state without transitioning back to the connected state. As further shown herein, this capability may be used to support positioning of the UE 102 with reduced power consumption and/or reduced latency of the UE 102 . Note that only the serving gNB 110 can suspend the RRC connection to move the UE 102 to the non-enabled state, but reverting back to the connected state can be triggered by either the UE 102 or the gNB 110 .

圖2舉例圖示簡單的UE RRC狀態機200和NR中的狀態轉變,例如,如在3GPP TS 38.331中所描述的。UE 102一次在NR中可能僅有一個RRC狀態。如圖所示,UE 102可以具有NR RRC_CONNECTED狀態202、NR RRC_INACTIVE狀態204或NR RRC_IDLE狀態206。當已經建立RRC連接時,UE 102可以處於RRC_CONNECTED狀態202或RRC_INACTIVE狀態204。若不是此種情況,亦即,若沒有建立RRC連接,則UE 102處於RRC_IDLE狀態206。Figure 2 illustrates by way of example a simple UE RRC state machine 200 and state transitions in NR, eg as described in 3GPP TS 38.331. UE 102 may only have one RRC state in NR at a time. As shown, UE 102 may have NR RRC_CONNECTED state 202 , NR RRC_INACTIVE state 204 or NR RRC_IDLE state 206 . When an RRC connection has been established, UE 102 may be in RRC_CONNECTED state 202 or RRC_INACTIVE state 204 . If this is not the case, ie if no RRC connection is established, the UE 102 is in the RRC_IDLE state 206 .

在RRC_IDLE狀態206中,UE特定的DRX可以由上層配置並且經UE控制的行動性可以基於網路配置。當處於RRC_IDLE狀態206時,UE 102可以監測經由下行鏈路控制資訊(DCI)使用傳呼無線電網路臨時辨識符(P-RNTI)傳輸的簡訊,使用5G服務臨時行動用戶身份(S-TMSI)監測核心網路(CN)傳呼的傳呼通道,執行相鄰細胞量測和細胞(重新)選擇,獲取系統資訊並發送SI請求(若配置了),並執行可用量測的記錄以及記錄的量測配置的UE的位置和時間。In RRC_IDLE state 206, UE-specific DRX may be configured by upper layers and UE-controlled behavior may be based on network configuration. While in the RRC_IDLE state 206, the UE 102 can monitor SMS messages transmitted via the Downlink Control Information (DCI) using the Paging Radio Network Temporary Identifier (P-RNTI), using the 5G Serving Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity (S-TMSI) monitoring Paging channel for core network (CN) paging, performs neighbor cell measurements and cell (re)selection, obtains system information and sends SI requests (if configured), and performs logging of available measurements and configuration of logged measurements The location and time of the UE.

在RRC_INACTIVE狀態204中,UE特定的DRX可以由上層或由RRC層配置並且經UE控制的行動性可以基於網路配置。另外,UE 102儲存UE非啟用存取層(AS)上下文,並且基於RAN的通知區域由RRC層配置。在處於RRC_INACTIVE狀態204中,UE 102可以監測經由DCI使用P-RNTI傳輸的簡訊,監測用於使用5G-S-TMSI進行CN傳呼和使用完全Inactive-RNTI(I-RNTI)進行RAN傳呼的傳呼通道;執行相鄰細胞量測和細胞(重新)選擇。另外,UE 102可以週期性地執行基於RAN的通知區域更新,並且當移動到配置的基於RAN的通知區域之外時,獲取系統資訊並發送SI請求(若配置了),並執行可用量測的記錄以及用於記錄的量測配置的UE的位置和時間。In RRC_INACTIVE state 204, UE-specific DRX may be configured by upper layer or by RRC layer and UE-controlled mobility may be based on network configuration. In addition, UE 102 stores UE non-enabled Access Stratum (AS) context and RAN based notification area is configured by RRC layer. While in RRC_INACTIVE state 204, the UE 102 can monitor SMS messages transmitted via DCI using P-RNTI, monitor paging channel for CN paging using 5G-S-TMSI and RAN paging using full Inactive-RNTI (I-RNTI) ; Perform neighbor cell measurement and cell (re)selection. Additionally, the UE 102 may periodically perform RAN-based notification area updates, and when moving outside the configured RAN-based notification area, obtain system information and send SI requests (if configured), and perform available measurements Record and configure the UE's location and time for the recorded measurements.

在RRC_CONNECTED狀態202中,UE 102儲存AS上下文,被配置為向/從UE 102傳送單播資料,並且在較低層處,UE 102可以被配置有UE特定的DRX。被配置為用於支援載波聚合(CA)的UE 102可以使用與服務主細胞(SpCell)聚合的一或多個次細胞(Scell)以增加頻寬。被配置為用於支援雙連接(DC)的UE 102可以使用與主細胞群組(MCG)聚合的一個次細胞群組(SCG)以增加頻寬。此外,RRC_Connected狀態202包括NR內和去往/來自E-UTRA的經網路控制的行動性。當處於RRC_CONNECTED狀態202時,UE 102可以監測經由DCI使用P-RNTI傳輸的簡訊(若配置了),監測與共享資料通道相關聯的控制通道以決定是否為其排程資料,提供通道品質和回饋資訊,執行相鄰細胞量測和量測報告,並且可獲取系統資訊。In the RRC_CONNECTED state 202, the UE 102 stores the AS context, is configured to transmit unicast material to/from the UE 102, and at lower layers, the UE 102 may be configured with UE-specific DRX. A UE 102 configured to support carrier aggregation (CA) may use one or more secondary cells (Scells) aggregated with a serving primary cell (SpCell) to increase bandwidth. A UE 102 configured to support dual connectivity (DC) may use a secondary cell group (SCG) aggregated with a main cell group (MCG) to increase bandwidth. Furthermore, RRC_Connected state 202 includes network controlled mobility within NR and to/from E-UTRA. When in the RRC_CONNECTED state 202, the UE 102 can monitor SMS messages transmitted via DCI using P-RNTI (if configured), monitor the control channel associated with the shared data channel to decide whether to schedule data for it, provide channel quality and feedback Information, perform neighbor cell measurement and measurement report, and obtain system information.

如圖2中所示,UE 102可以經由被服務gNB 110釋放而從NR RRC_CONNECTED狀態202轉變到NR RRC_IDLE狀態206。UE 102可以經由建立到服務gNB 110的RRC連接而從NR RRC IDLE狀態206轉變到NR RRC CONNECTED狀態202。As shown in FIG. 2 , UE 102 may transition from NR RRC_CONNECTED state 202 to NR RRC_IDLE state 206 via being released by serving gNB 110 . The UE 102 may transition from the NR RRC IDLE state 206 to the NR RRC CONNECTED state 202 via establishing an RRC connection to the serving gNB 110 .

另外,UE 102可以經由由服務gNB 110用暫停指示釋放(有時簡稱為暫停)而從NR RRC_CONNECTED狀態202轉變到NR RRC_INACTIVE狀態204。UE 102可以經由恢復RRC連接從NR RRC_INACTIVE狀態204轉變回NR RRC CONNECTED狀態202。因為服務gNB 110(在UE 102進入非啟用狀態之後亦稱為錨gNB)和UE 102皆儲存UE連接上下文(包括AS上下文),因此從NR RRC_INACTIVE狀態204恢復NR RRC_CONNECTED狀態202與從NR RRC_IDLE狀態206建立NR RRC_CONNECTED狀態202相比可以明顯更快並且需要更少的訊息傳遞。另外,如圖所示,當處於NR RRC_INACTIVE狀態204時,UE 102可以經由被gNB 110釋放而轉變到NR RRC_IDLE狀態206。Additionally, the UE 102 may transition from the NR RRC_CONNECTED state 202 to the NR RRC_INACTIVE state 204 via a release by the serving gNB 110 with a suspension indication (sometimes simply referred to as suspension). The UE 102 may transition from the NR RRC_INACTIVE state 204 back to the NR RRC CONNECTED state 202 via resuming the RRC connection. Since the serving gNB 110 (also known as the anchor gNB after the UE 102 enters the inactive state) and the UE 102 both store the UE connection context (including the AS context), the NR RRC_CONNECTED state 202 and the NR RRC_IDLE state 206 are restored from the NR RRC_INACTIVE state 204 Establishing the NR RRC_CONNECTED state 202 can be significantly faster and requires less messaging than that. Additionally, as shown, while in the NR RRC_INACTIVE state 204, the UE 102 may transition to the NR RRC_IDLE state 206 via being released by the gNB 110.

圖3圖示圖示在針對行動終止定位請求(MT-LR)的週期性觸發的延遲定位請求的定位準備程序期間在圖1中圖示的通訊系統100的元件之間發送的各種訊息的信號傳遞流程300。FIG. 3 schematically illustrates signals of various messages sent between elements of the communication system 100 illustrated in FIG. 1 during the location preparation procedure for periodically triggered delayed location requests for action-terminated location requests (MT-LRs Transfer process 300 .

在包括階段1a、1b-1和1b-2的階段1處,外部LCS客戶端130或AF 132(經由NEF 163)向GMLC 160發送針對週期性、觸發或UE可用的位置事件的位置報告的請求。例如,外部LCS客戶端130在階段1a處向GMLC 160發送LCS服務請求訊息,或者AF 132在階段1b-1處向NEF 163發送Nnef_EventExposure_Subscribe訊息,並且NEF 163在階段1b-2處發送Ngmlc_Location_ProvideLocation請求訊息。在階段1處發送的請求指示針對UE 102的週期性位置估計(例如,以固定的週期性間隔)針對或UE 102的觸發位置報告(例如,位置估計)的請求,該等週期性位置估計或觸發的位置報告只要在UE 102處發生觸發事件就返回給外部LCS客戶端130或AF 132。例如,當UE 102從位置報告(例如,位置估計)被發送到外部LCS客戶端130或AF 132時的前一位置移動了超過定義的閾值距離時,可能發生觸發事件,或者當UE 102移出或移入某個定義的地理區域時可能發生觸發事件。GMLC 160通常可以是用於UE 102的歸屬GMLC(H-GMLC)。At Phase 1, which includes Phases 1a, 1b-1, and 1b-2, the external LCS Client 130 or AF 132 (via NEF 163) sends a request to the GMLC 160 for a location report for a periodic, triggered, or UE-available location event . For example, external LCS client 130 sends LCS service request message to GMLC 160 at phase 1a, or AF 132 sends Nnef_EventExposure_Subscribe message to NEF 163 at phase 1b-1, and NEF 163 sends Ngmlc_Location_ProvideLocation request message at phase 1b-2. The request sent at Phase 1 indicates a request for periodic location estimates (e.g., at fixed periodic intervals) for or triggered location reporting (e.g., location estimates) of the UE 102 for the UE 102, which periodic location estimates or Triggered location reporting is returned to the external LCS client 130 or AF 132 whenever a triggering event occurs at the UE 102 . For example, a trigger event may occur when UE 102 moves more than a defined threshold distance from a previous location when a location report (e.g., location estimate) was sent to external LCS client 130 or AF 132, or when UE 102 moves out of or A trigger event may occur when moving into a defined geographic area. GMLC 160 may typically be a home GMLC (H-GMLC) for UE 102 .

在階段2處,GMLC 160可以經由Nudm_SDM_Get訊息用UDM 161驗證UE隱私要求。At Phase 2, GMLC 160 may verify UE privacy requirements with UDM 161 via Nudm_SDM_Get message.

在階段3處,GMLC 160經由Nudm_UECM_Get訊息向UDM 161查詢AMF位址(並且在漫遊的情況下,查詢VGMLC位址)。At Phase 3, the GMLC 160 queries the UDM 161 for the AMF address (and in case of roaming, the VGMLC address) via the Nudm_UECM_Get message.

在階段4處,GMLC 160經由Namf_Location_ProvidePositioningInfo請求訊息(在漫遊的情況下經由受探訪的GMLC(V-GMLC)(未圖示))向服務AMF 154發送位置請求。At phase 4, the GMLC 160 sends a location request to the serving AMF 154 via a Namf_Location_ProvidePositioningInfo request message (via a visited GMLC (V-GMLC) (not shown) in case of roaming).

在階段5處,AMF 154向GMLC 160返回指示該請求已被接受的認可(Namf_Location_ProvidePositioningInfo回應訊息)。At stage 5, the AMF 154 returns an acknowledgment (Namf_Location_ProvidePositioningInfo response message) to the GMLC 160 indicating that the request has been accepted.

在包括階段6a、6b-1和6b-2的階段6處,GMLC 160向外部LCS客戶端130或AF 132返回指示請求被接受的認可。例如,GMLC 160在階段6a處向外部LCS客戶端130發送LCS服務回應訊息,或者GMLC 160在階段6b-1處向NEF 163發送Ngmlc_Location_ProvideLocation回應訊息,並且NEF 163在階段6b-2處向AF 132發送Nnef_EventExposure_Notify訊息。At stage 6, which includes stages 6a, 6b-1 and 6b-2, GMLC 160 returns an acknowledgment to external LCS client 130 or AF 132 indicating that the request was accepted. For example, GMLC 160 sends LCS Service Response message to external LCS client 130 at stage 6a, or GMLC 160 sends Ngmlc_Location_ProvideLocation response message to NEF 163 at stage 6b-1 and NEF 163 sends Nnef_EventExposure_Notify message.

在階段7處,若UE 102當前不可達(例如,正在使用擴展非連續接收(eDRX)或處於省電模式(PSM)),則AMF 154等待UE 102變得可達。At stage 7, if UE 102 is currently unreachable (eg, using extended discontinuous reception (eDRX) or in power save mode (PSM)), AMF 154 waits for UE 102 to become reachable.

在階段8處,若UE 102隨後處於連接管理(CM)IDLE狀態,則AMF 154啟動網路觸發的服務請求程序以建立與UE 102的信號傳遞連接。At stage 8, if the UE 102 is then in the Connection Management (CM) IDLE state, the AMF 154 initiates a network-triggered service request procedure to establish a signaling connection with the UE 102 .

在階段9和10處,AMF 154可以將位置請求通知給UE 102,並且若需要,可以經由使用NAS傳送的位置通知引動請求和位置通知返回結果訊息來驗證隱私要求。At stages 9 and 10, the AMF 154 may notify the UE 102 of the location request and, if necessary, may verify the privacy requirements via the location notification trigger request and location notification return result messages transmitted using the NAS.

在階段11處,AMF 154選擇LMF 152。At stage 11 , AMF 154 selects LMF 152 .

在階段12處,AMF 154經由NlmfLocation_DetermineLocationRequest訊息向LMF 152啟動對延遲UE定位(週期性或觸發定位)的請求。由AMF 154向LMF 152發送的請求可以包括在階段1處包括在原始請求中的全部或至少一些資訊(其包括用於週期性或觸發定位請求的資訊),並且亦可以包括UE 102的身份、GMLC 160的身份或位址以及由信號傳遞流程300建立的定位通信期的一些標籤或參考。At phase 12, the AMF 154 initiates a request to the LMF 152 for delayed UE location (periodic or triggered location) via the NlmfLocation_DetermineLocationRequest message. The request sent by AMF 154 to LMF 152 may include all or at least some of the information included in the original request at Phase 1 (which includes information for periodic or triggered positioning requests), and may also include the identity of UE 102, The identity or address of the GMLC 160 and some tag or reference established by the signaling process 300 for the location communication session.

在階段13處,LMF 152可以執行與UE 102的定位程序。在該階段期間,LMF 152可以獲得UE 102定位能力並且亦可以例如經由與UE 102交換LPP訊息獲得(初始)UE 102位置。UE 102定位能力可以指示UE 102在處於RRC非啟用狀態時支援上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位、上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位中的至少一者或其組合。LMF 152隨後可以基於UE 102定位能力來在RRC非啟用狀態下決定是否在階段14和16處啟用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位及/或上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位。At stage 13 the LMF 152 may perform a positioning procedure with the UE 102 . During this phase, the LMF 152 may acquire the UE 102 positioning capabilities and may also acquire the (initial) UE 102 location eg via exchanging LPP messages with the UE 102 . The UE 102 positioning capability may indicate that the UE 102 supports at least one of uplink positioning, downlink positioning, uplink and downlink positioning, or a combination thereof when in the RRC non-enabled state. The LMF 152 may then decide whether to enable uplink positioning, downlink positioning, and/or uplink and downlink positioning at stages 14 and 16 in the RRC non-enabled state based on the UE 102 positioning capabilities.

在階段14處,由於請求了週期性或觸發定位,因此LMF 152向UE 102發送補充服務(SS)LCS週期性觸發引動請求訊息,其包括延遲的MT-LR資訊,該資訊可以包括關於所請求的週期性或觸發定位的資訊,諸如事件類型、所請求的定位方法(例如,UL、DL或UL+DL定位方法)和報告間隔,以及GMLC 160的身份或位址、對信號傳遞流程300正在建立的定位通信期的標籤或參考及/或指示某些允許或要求的位置量測的嵌入式LPP封包資料單元(PDU)。LMF 152可以指示UE 102可以在處於RRC非啟用狀態中發送事件報告(例如,如圖4A、圖4B、圖4C、圖4D和圖4E中所論述的)。若可以支援階段14處的請求,則UE 102在SS LCS週期性-觸發引動返回結果訊息中向LMF 152返回認可(階段15)。At stage 14, since periodic or triggered positioning is requested, LMF 152 sends a Supplementary Service (SS) LCS Periodic Triggered Induction Request message to UE 102, which includes delayed MT-LR information, which may include information on the requested Periodic or triggered positioning information, such as event type, requested positioning method (e.g., UL, DL, or UL+DL positioning method) and reporting interval, and the identity or address of the GMLC 160, the signaling process 300 is A tag or reference to an established location communication session and/or an embedded LPP packet data unit (PDU) indicating certain allowed or required location measurements. LMF 152 may indicate that UE 102 may send event reports while in the RRC non-enabled state (eg, as discussed in Figures 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D, and 4E). If the request at stage 14 can be supported, UE 102 returns an acknowledgment to LMF 152 in a SS LCS Periodic-Triggered Return Result message (stage 15).

在階段16至18處,LMF 152經由中間網路實體向外部LCS客戶端130或AF 132(經由NEF 163)提供回應。例如,在階段16處,LMF 152在Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation回應訊息中向AMF 154提供回應。在階段17處,AMF 154在Namf_Location_EventNotify訊息中向GMLC 160提供回應。在包括階段18a、18b-1和18b-2的階段18處,GMLC 160向外部LCS客戶端130或AF 132發送回應。例如,GMLC 160在階段18a處向外部LCS客戶端130發送LCS服務回應訊息,或者GMLC 160在階段18b-1處向NEF 163發送Ngmlc_Location_EventNotify訊息,並且NEF 163在階段18b-2處向AF 132發送Nnef_EventExposure_Notify訊息。該回應指示在UE 102中是否成功啟用了週期性定位或觸發定位。At stages 16-18, LMF 152 provides a response to external LCS client 130 or AF 132 (via NEF 163 ) via an intermediate network entity. For example, at stage 16, LMF 152 provides a response to AMF 154 in a Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation response message. At stage 17, AMF 154 provides a response to GMLC 160 in a Namf_Location_EventNotify message. At stage 18, which includes stages 18a, 18b-1 and 18b-2, GMLC 160 sends a reply to external LCS client 130 or AF 132. For example, GMLC 160 sends LCS Service Response message to external LCS client 130 at stage 18a, or GMLC 160 sends Ngmlc_Location_EventNotify message to NEF 163 at stage 18b-1 and NEF 163 sends Nnef_EventExposure_Notify to AF 132 at stage 18b-2 message. The response indicates whether periodic positioning or triggered positioning was successfully enabled in the UE 102 .

圖4A圖示圖示在圖1中圖示的通訊系統100的元件之間發送的用於針對在UE 102處於RRC非啟用狀態時經由用於UE 102的UL或UL+DL定位的SDT進行的週期性觸發的延遲MT-LR程序的事件報告的各種訊息的信號傳遞流程400。信號傳遞流程400可以是圖3所示的信號傳遞流程300的延續,如圖4A中的階段1a所示。因此,圖3中的階段1至18可能已經發生在針對圖4A描述的事件和階段之前。注意,此舉通常是此種情況,除非使用位於NG-RAN 112中的定位伺服器,在此種情況下,信號傳遞先前可能已經類似於圖3地發生,但是使用NG-RAN 112中的定位伺服器作為LMF 152的替代或補充而發生。在UL+DL定位方法的情況下,信號傳遞流程400利用由UE 102向LMF 152發送的兩個事件報告,其中第一事件報告支援UL定位部分,而第二事件報告支援DL定位部分。LMF 152在接收到每個事件報告之後向UE 102發送事件報告認可。此舉可以幫助將UE 102保持在RRC INACTIVE狀態,並且避免需要gNB 110-S將UE 102置於CONNECTED狀態,否則此舉會產生附加的延遲和信號傳遞。FIG. 4A schematically illustrates the SDT sent between elements of the communication system 100 illustrated in FIG. Signaling process 400 of various messages for periodically triggered event reports of delayed MT-LR procedures. The signal transfer process 400 may be a continuation of the signal transfer process 300 shown in FIG. 3, as shown in stage 1a in FIG. 4A. Thus, stages 1 to 18 in FIG. 3 may have occurred prior to the events and stages described for FIG. 4A. Note that this is usually the case unless a positioning server located in NG-RAN 112 is used, in which case signaling may have previously occurred similar to FIG. Servos occur as a replacement or addition to the LMF 152. In case of the UL+DL positioning method, the signaling flow 400 utilizes two event reports sent by the UE 102 to the LMF 152, where the first event report supports the UL positioning part and the second event report supports the DL positioning part. LMF 152 sends an event report acknowledgment to UE 102 after receiving each event report. This can help keep the UE 102 in the RRC INACTIVE state and avoid the need for the gNB 110-S to put the UE 102 in the CONNECTED state, which would otherwise incur additional delay and signaling.

圖4A圖示服務gNB 110-S和錨gNB 110-A在NG-RAN 112中的存在,在一些情況下服務gNB 110-S和錨gNB 110-A可以是相同的gNB 110。服務gNB 110-S與UE 102互動,而錨gNB 110-A代表UE 102維持與AMF 154的連接。錨gNB 110-A表示例如在UE 102進入RRC非啟用狀態之前用於UE 102的前一服務gNB 110。例如,在進入RRC非啟用狀態之前,UE 102處於與服務gNB 110和服務AMF 154的連接狀態。在某個時刻,服務gNB 110可能已經向UE 102發送了帶暫停指示的RRC釋放訊息。隨後,UE 102將進入RRC非啟用狀態,並且服務gNB 110可能隨後變成錨gNB 110-A(儘管在一些情況下,錨gNB 110-A可能已經並且仍然不同於上一服務gNB 110,如3GPP TS 38.300中描述)。在進入RRC非啟用狀態之後,UE 102可以移動。若UE 102要針對週期性或觸發性定位報告週期性或觸發事件,則UE 102的移動可能要求UE 102使用不同的服務gNB 110,在圖4A中被為服務gNB 110-S,而較早的服務gNB 110用作錨gNB 110-A。在一些實施方案中,例如,在UE 102沒有顯著移動的情況下,服務gNB 110-S和錨gNB 110-A可以是相同的實體。NG-RAN 112亦可以包括其他gNB 110(圖4A中未圖示),其可以統稱為gNB 110。4A illustrates the presence in the NG-RAN 112 of a serving gNB 110-S and an anchor gNB 110-A, which may be the same gNB 110 in some cases. Serving gNB 110-S interacts with UE 102, while anchor gNB 110-A maintains a connection with AMF 154 on behalf of UE 102. The anchor gNB 110-A represents the previous serving gNB 110 for the UE 102, eg, before the UE 102 entered the RRC non-enabled state. For example, UE 102 is in connected state with serving gNB 110 and serving AMF 154 before entering RRC non-enabled state. At some point, the serving gNB 110 may have sent the UE 102 an RRC release message with a pause indication. Subsequently, the UE 102 will enter the RRC non-enabled state, and the serving gNB 110 may then become the anchor gNB 110-A (although in some cases the anchor gNB 110-A may have been and still be different from the previous serving gNB 110, as in 3GPP TS described in 38.300). After entering the RRC non-enabled state, UE 102 may move. If the UE 102 is to report periodic or trigger events for periodic or triggered positioning, the movement of the UE 102 may require the UE 102 to use a different serving gNB 110, denoted serving gNB 110-S in FIG. 4A , and the earlier Serving gNB 110 acts as anchor gNB 110-A. In some embodiments, the serving gNB 110-S and the anchor gNB 110-A may be the same entity, eg, where the UE 102 is not significantly moving. The NG-RAN 112 may also include other gNBs 110 (not shown in FIG. 4A ), which may be collectively referred to as gNBs 110 .

圖4A圖示LMF 152的使用,該LMF在5GCN 150中,如圖1所示。gNB 110與LMF 152之間的通訊可以經由AMF 154傳輸。在一些實施方案中,定位伺服器可以位於NG-RAN 112中,例如,有時稱為定位伺服器代理(LSS)或位置管理元件(LMC)。對於信號傳遞流程400中的所有階段,可以位於例如錨gNB 110-A中的LSS或LMC不需要gNB 110到LMF 152 NRPPa訊息。FIG. 4A illustrates the use of LMF 152, which is in 5GCN 150, as shown in FIG. 1 . Communications between gNB 110 and LMF 152 may be transported via AMF 154 . In some embodiments, a location server may reside in the NG-RAN 112, eg, sometimes referred to as a location server agent (LSS) or a location management element (LMC). For all stages in signaling flow 400, no gNB 110 to LMF 152 NRPPa messages may be required by the LSS or LMC, which may be located, for example, in anchor gNB 110-A.

如階段1a所示,執行用於週期性或觸發定位事件的延遲5GC-MT-LR程序,諸如圖3所示或如3GPP TS 23.273中指定的一般。UE 102可以用週期性或觸發引動請求訊息接收延遲的MT-LR資訊,例如,其包括關於所請求的週期性或觸發定位的資訊,諸如事件類型、所請求的定位方法和報告間隔。UE 102或LMF 152可以將一些延遲的MT-LR資訊連同UE 102的定位能力資訊一起提供給UE 102的初始服務gNB 110(例如,其可以是gNB 110-A),並且初始服務gNB 110可以使用延遲的MT-LR資訊和UE 102的定位能力來將UE 102轉變到RRC非啟用狀態。LMF 152可以在圖3的階段13(或3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1的步驟15)處執行一或多個定位程序以請求和獲得UE 102定位能力或向UE 102提供任何必要的輔助資料。對於使用多RTT進行的UL+DL定位,圖3的階段14(或3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1的步驟16)處的LCS週期性觸發定位引動可以包括嵌入式LPP請求定位資訊訊息,其指示針對所報告的每個定位事件的所允許或需要的多RTT位置量測。初始服務gNB 110經由帶SuspendConfig的RRC釋放(圖4A中未圖示)將UE 102從RRC_CONECTED釋放到RRC_INACTIVE。UE 102可以被配置有用於小資料傳輸的CG-SDT或RA-SDT。As shown in Phase 1a, a delayed 5GC-MT-LR procedure for periodic or triggered location events, such as shown in Figure 3 or generally as specified in 3GPP TS 23.273, is performed. The UE 102 may receive delayed MT-LR information with a periodic or triggered trigger request message, eg, which includes information about the requested periodic or triggered positioning, such as event type, requested positioning method, and reporting interval. UE 102 or LMF 152 may provide some delayed MT-LR information together with positioning capability information of UE 102 to initial serving gNB 110 of UE 102 (which may be gNB 110-A for example), and initial serving gNB 110 may use The delayed MT-LR information and the positioning capabilities of the UE 102 are used to transition the UE 102 to the RRC inactive state. LMF 152 may perform one or more positioning procedures at stage 13 of FIG. 3 (or step 15 of 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1) to request and obtain UE 102 positioning capabilities or provide UE 102 with any necessary assistance information. For UL+DL positioning using multiple RTTs, the LCS Periodic Trigger Positioning Initiator at Phase 14 of Figure 3 (or step 16 of 3GPP TS 23.273 Clause 6.3.1) may include an embedded LPP Request Positioning Info message, which indicates for Allowed or required multi-RTT position measurements for each positioning event reported. The initial serving gNB 110 releases the UE 102 from RRC_CONECTED to RRC_INACTIVE via RRC Release with SuspendConfig (not shown in FIG. 4A ). UE 102 may be configured with CG-SDT or RA-SDT for small data transmission.

在階段1b處,初始服務gNB 110(此處示為gNB 110-A)可以從LMF 152接收NRPPa輔助資訊,諸如UE 102處於RRC_INACTIVE中時進行UL+DL定位的能力或UE 102中的配置的延遲MT-LR的資訊。初始服務gNB 110可以使用該資訊來將UE的RRC狀態傳送到RRC_INACTIVE而不是RRC_IDLE。對於週期性事件,初始服務gNB 110隨後亦可以知道何時通常期望來自UE 102的事件報告。At phase 1b, the initial serving gNB 110 (shown here as gNB 110-A) may receive NRPPa assistance information from the LMF 152, such as the capability for UL+DL positioning when the UE 102 is in RRC_INACTIVE or a configured delay in the UE 102 MT-LR information. The initial serving gNB 110 may use this information to transfer the UE's RRC state to RRC_INACTIVE instead of RRC_IDLE. For periodic events, the initial serving gNB 110 may then also know when an event report from the UE 102 is generally expected.

如方塊402所示,UE 102隨後處於RRC非啟用狀態。例如,UE 102可能已經進入如上文描述的RRC非啟用狀態。隨後,UE 102沒有與NG-RAN 112的活動RRC連接,但是仍然具有經由錨gNB 110-A與服務AMF 154連接的非存取層(NAS)信號傳遞。因此,當處於RRC非啟用狀態時,在AMF 154與錨gNB 110-A之間存在代表UE 102的信號傳遞連接,但是該信號傳遞連接不會主動擴展到UE 102。As represented by block 402, UE 102 is then in an RRC non-enabled state. For example, UE 102 may have entered the RRC non-enabled state as described above. Subsequently, UE 102 has no active RRC connection with NG-RAN 112, but still has Non-Access Stratum (NAS) signaling connected with serving AMF 154 via anchor gNB 110-A. Thus, there is a signaling connection between the AMF 154 and the anchor gNB 110-A on behalf of the UE 102 when in the RRC non-enabled state, but this signaling connection is not actively extended to the UE 102.

在階段2處,UE 102監測在階段1期間請求的觸發事件或週期性事件的發生。UE 102可以偵測在圖3中的階段14和15處在UE 102中發動的週期性或觸發延遲MT-LR的事件。該事件可以是週期性事件或觸發事件,例如針對圖3的階段1所描述的。在偵測到事件之後(或之前的某個時間),UE 102可以立即根據圖3的階段14中的請求決定何者定位方法將用於偵測到的事件。決定的定位方法可以基於:(i)在圖3的階段14處LCS週期性觸發引動請求中攜帶的LPP請求位置資訊訊息中所包括的定位方法;及/或(ii)用於由UE 102發送的上一事件報告的定位方法。UE 102亦可以基於以下各項來決定在RRC非啟用狀態下是否允許使用SDT進行事件報告:(i)在階段14處接收到的指示;或者(ii)較早地從前一服務gNB 110接收到的指示(例如,當UE 102首次進入或先前進入RRC非啟用狀態時接收到的指示)。當在RRC非啟用狀態下允許使用SDT進行事件報告並且在階段2處偵測到事件之後,UE 102僅執行用於UL定位方法的SDT程序#1(如下文描述)的階段,UE 102僅執行用於SDT程序#2(如下文描述)的階段加上階段14a而沒有用於DL定位方法的階段18b,或者UE 102執行用於UL+DL定位方法的SDT程序#1和#2的階段(加上階段14a)。當在RRC非啟用狀態下不允許事件報告時,UE 102可以向當前服務gNB(該服務gNB是gNB 110-S(如上文描述))發送RRC恢復請求以進入RRC連接狀態,隨後使用針對在3GPP TS 23.273和3GPP TS 38.305中描述的週期性或觸發延遲MT-LR的解決方案來報告事件。在彼種情況下,不執行信號傳遞流程400的其餘部分。否則,當在RRC非啟用狀態下允許事件報告時,UE 102執行下文針對信號傳遞流程400描述的階段。At Phase 2, UE 102 monitors for the occurrence of a trigger event or periodic event requested during Phase 1 . The UE 102 may detect periodic or events that trigger delayed MT-LR initiated in the UE 102 at stages 14 and 15 in FIG. 3 . The event may be a periodic event or a trigger event, such as described for stage 1 of FIG. 3 . Immediately after (or some time before) the event is detected, the UE 102 may decide which positioning method to use for the detected event according to the request in stage 14 of FIG. 3 . The determined positioning method may be based on: (i) the positioning method included in the LPP request location information message carried in the LCS periodic trigger trigger request at stage 14 of FIG. The targeting method of the previous event report for . The UE 102 may also decide whether to allow event reporting using SDT in the RRC non-enabled state based on: (i) an indication received at phase 14; or (ii) an earlier reception from the previous serving gNB 110 An indication of (eg, an indication received when UE 102 first entered or previously entered the RRC inactive state). When event reporting using SDT is enabled in the RRC non-enabled state and after an event is detected at stage 2, the UE 102 only performs the stage of SDT procedure #1 (described below) for the UL positioning method, the UE 102 only performs Phases for SDT procedure #2 (described below) plus phase 14a without phase 18b for the DL positioning method, or UE 102 performs phases of SDT procedures #1 and #2 for the UL+DL positioning method ( Plus stage 14a). When event reporting is not allowed in the RRC non-enabled state, the UE 102 may send an RRC resume request to the current serving gNB (the serving gNB is gNB 110-S (as described above)) to enter the RRC connected state, and then use the Periodic or triggered delay MT-LR solutions described in TS 23.273 and 3GPP TS 38.305 to report events. In that case, the rest of the signaling process 400 is not performed. Otherwise, when event reporting is enabled in the RRC non-enabled state, the UE 102 performs the stages described below for the signaling flow 400 .

SDT程序#1包括圖4A中的階段3至13並且可以針對UL-PRS(SRS)配置執行,該配置可以用於僅UL或UL+DL定位方法(但不用於僅DL定位方法)。SDT procedure #1 includes stages 3 to 13 in Figure 4A and can be performed for UL-PRS (SRS) configurations, which can be used for UL-only or UL+DL positioning methods (but not for DL-only positioning methods).

在階段3處,當偵測到事件時(或稍早之前),UE 102執行2步或4步隨機存取通道(RACH)程序。在2步RACH的情況下,UE 102在用於MsgA的PUSCH有效負荷中包括RRC恢復請求訊息;在4步RACH的情況下,UE 102在msg3中向gNB 110-S發送RRC恢復請求訊息。否則,若配置的容許(CG)-SDT資源配置在選定的UL載波上並且有效,則UE 102在CG傳輸中向gNB 110-S發送RRC恢復請求訊息。UE 102發送含有UL NAS傳輸訊息的RRC UL資訊傳送訊息以及帶SDT的RRC恢復請求。UE 102在UL NAS傳輸訊息的有效負荷容器中包括LCS事件報告,並且在UL NAS傳輸訊息的附加資訊參數中包括延遲路由辨識符(在階段1a期間接收)(例如,如3GPP TS 24.501中所定義)。對於UL+DL定位(多RTT),LCS事件報告包括嵌入式LPP請求輔助資料訊息,其資訊元素(IE)NR-Multi-RTT-RequestAssistanceData和nr-AdType被設定為「ul-srs」以請求用於多RTT定位的UL-PRS,例如3GPP TS 37.355中指定的。對於僅UL定位,LPP協定中當前未定義LPP請求輔助資料訊息。僅UL定位是一種基於網路的定位方法,其不需要來自UE的輔助資料或位置量測報告。因此,LPP請求/提供輔助資料和LPP請求/提供位置資訊程序不適用於僅UL定位。對於僅UL定位,新的LPP請求輔助資料訊息可以用於在僅UL定位的情況下允許請求UL PRS,或者亦可以擴展或推廣用於多RTT的LPP請求輔助資料訊息以支援僅UL定位。或者,對於僅UL定位,階段3處的LCS事件報告不包括嵌入式LPP請求輔助資料訊息。LMF 152隨後可以根據LCS事件報告中LPP訊息的不存在來推斷正在執行僅UL定位並且隨後亦可以推斷出UE 102將不執行第二SDT程序。亦即,LMF 152隨後可以在執行階段17.5之前不等待第二LCS事件報告。對於UL+DL定位(多RTT),LCS事件報告可能另外包括嵌入式LPP提供位置資訊訊息和(E)CID量測。嵌入式LPP請求輔助資料及/或LPP提供位置資訊中的細胞ID可以幫助LMF 152決定在UE 102處是否需要附加的DL-PRS輔助資料,或者是否應當在階段11處指示附加TRP進行UL量測(亦即,由於在階段1之後潛在的UE 102移動)。例如,若UE 102觀察到(例如,在階段1a期間)沒有為多RTT提供DL-PRS輔助資料的細胞,則UE 102可以在LCS事件報告中的LPP請求輔助資料訊息中除UL-PRS請求之外亦請求附加的DL-PRS輔助資料。UE 102觀察到的細胞ID可以在用於E-CID的LPP提供位置資訊訊息中提供。LMF 152亦可以使用UE報告的細胞ID來決定UE 102將在階段14a處量測其DL-PRS的細胞,並且在階段11處可以指示與該等細胞相對應的gNB 110/TRP量測UL PRS(由UE 102傳輸),由此幫助確保LMF 152將獲得UE 102將獲得DL量測的相同細胞的UL量測,由此使得LMF 152能夠在階段17.5處為該等細胞中的每一者決定RTT。At Phase 3, when an event is detected (or earlier), UE 102 performs a 2-step or 4-step Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure. In case of 2-step RACH, UE 102 includes the RRC recovery request message in the PUSCH payload for MsgA; in case of 4-step RACH, UE 102 sends the RRC recovery request message to gNB 110-S in msg3. Otherwise, if the configured allowed (CG)-SDT resources are configured on the selected UL carrier and valid, UE 102 sends an RRC recovery request message to gNB 110-S in a CG transmission. The UE 102 sends the RRC UL Information Transfer message including the UL NAS Transmission message and the RRC Recovery Request with SDT. The UE 102 includes the LCS event report in the payload container of the UL NAS transmission message, and includes the delayed route identifier (received during Phase 1a) in the additional info parameter of the UL NAS transmission message (e.g. as defined in 3GPP TS 24.501 ). For UL+DL positioning (Multi-RTT), the LCS event report includes an embedded LPP Request Assistance Data message with information element (IE) NR-Multi-RTT-RequestAssistanceData and nr-AdType set to "ul-srs" to request UL-PRS for multi-RTT positioning, such as specified in 3GPP TS 37.355. For UL-only positioning, the LPP Request Assistance Data message is currently not defined in the LPP protocol. UL-only positioning is a network-based positioning method that does not require assistance data or location measurement reports from the UE. Therefore, the LPP request/provide assistance data and LPP request/provide location information procedures are not applicable for UL positioning only. For UL-only positioning, a new LPP Request Assistance Data message can be used to allow requesting UL PRS in case of UL-only positioning, or the LPP Request Assistance Data message for multi-RTT can also be extended or generalized to support UL-only positioning. Alternatively, for UL positioning only, the LCS event report at Phase 3 does not include the embedded LPP request assistance data message. LMF 152 can then deduce from the absence of LPP messages in the LCS event report that UL-only positioning is being performed and can then also deduce that UE 102 will not perform the second SDT procedure. That is, the LMF 152 may then not wait for the second LCS event report before performing stage 17.5. For UL+DL positioning (multiple RTT), LCS event reporting may additionally include embedded LPP providing location information messages and (E)CID measurements. Embedded LPP request assistance data and/or Cell ID in LPP provided location information can help LMF 152 decide whether additional DL-PRS assistance data is required at UE 102 or additional TRP should be indicated for UL measurements at stage 11 (ie, due to potential UE 102 movement after Phase 1). For example, if UE 102 observes (e.g., during phase 1a) that there are no cells providing DL-PRS assistance data for multiple RTTs, UE 102 may include the UL-PRS request in the LPP request assistance data message in the LCS event report Also request additional DL-PRS ancillary information. The cell ID observed by UE 102 may be provided in the LPP Provide Location Information message for E-CID. The LMF 152 may also use the UE reported cell ID to decide the cells for which the UE 102 will measure the DL-PRS at stage 14a, and at stage 11 may instruct the gNB 110/TRP corresponding to those cells to measure the UL PRS (transmitted by UE 102), thereby helping to ensure that LMF 152 will get UL measurements for the same cells that UE 102 will get DL measurements, thereby enabling LMF 152 to decide for each of these cells at stage 17.5 RTT.

在階段4處,服務gNB 110-S在NGAP上行鏈路NAS傳輸訊息中向服務AMF 154發送帶LPP請求輔助資料訊息的LCS事件報告(當包含在階段3中時)。AMF根據在UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息的附加資訊IE中接收到的延遲路由辨識符來決定LMF 152,並經由觸發Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify服務操作向LMF 152轉發帶嵌入式LPP訊息的LCS事件報告。AMF 154亦包括有效負荷容器類型和被設定為延遲路由辨識符的相關辨識符。當gNB 110-S與gNB 110-A不同時,服務gNB 110-S可以經由錨gNB 110-A向AMF 154和LMF 152發送LCS事件報告。At Phase 4, the Serving gNB 110-S sends the LCS Event Report (when included in Phase 3) with the LPP Request Assistance Data message to the Serving AMF 154 in the NGAP Uplink NAS Transport message. The AMF determines the LMF 152 according to the delayed route identifier received in the Additional Information IE of the UL NAS TRANSPORT message, and forwards the LCS event report with the embedded LPP message to the LMF 152 by triggering the Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify service operation. AMF 154 also includes the payload container type and associated identifier set as the delayed routing identifier. When gNB 110-S is different from gNB 110-A, serving gNB 110-S may send LCS event reports to AMF 154 and LMF 152 via anchor gNB 110-A.

在階段5處,LMF 152向服務gNB 110-S(例如,經由gNB 110-A)發送NRPPa定位資訊請求訊息以請求UE 102的UL-PRS。NRPPa定位資訊請求PDU首先使用針對AMF 154的Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer服務操作提供給AMF 154,以請求將NRPPa PDU傳送到UE的服務gNB 110-S。AMF 154隨後在NGAP下行鏈路UE關聯的NRPPa傳輸訊息中(並且可能經由gNB 110-A)將NRPPa PDU轉發到服務gNB-110-S。At stage 5, LMF 152 sends an NRPPa Positioning Information Request message to serving gNB 110-S (eg, via gNB 110-A) to request UL-PRS for UE 102 . The NRPPa Location Information Request PDU is first provided to the AMF 154 using the Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer service operation for the AMF 154 to request the transfer of the NRPPa PDU to the serving gNB 110-S of the UE. The AMF 154 then forwards the NRPPa PDU to the serving gNB-110-S in an NGAP downlink UE-associated NRPPa transmission message (and possibly via the gNB 110-A).

在包括階段6a的階段6處,服務gNB 110-S決定可用於UL-PRS的資源。在一些實施方案中,服務gNB 110-S可以在階段6b處經由後續DL SDT向UE 102提供UL-PRS配置(例如,在半持久UL-PRS的情況下)。At Phase 6, which includes Phase 6a, the serving gNB 110-S decides the resources available for UL-PRS. In some embodiments, the serving gNB 110-S may provide the UL-PRS configuration to the UE 102 via a subsequent DL SDT at stage 6b (eg, in the case of semi-persistent UL-PRS).

在階段7處,服務gNB 110-S在NRPPa定位資訊回應訊息中向LMF 152提供UL-PRS配置資訊。NRPPa定位資訊回應PDU首先在NGAP上行鏈路UE關聯的NRPPa傳輸訊息中(例如,經由gNB 110-A)提供給AMF 154。AMF 154隨後經由向LMF 152引動Namf_Communication_N2InfoNotify服務操作將NRPPa PDU轉發給LMF 152。At Phase 7, serving gNB 110-S provides UL-PRS configuration information to LMF 152 in an NRPPa Positioning Information Response message. The NRPPa Positioning Information Response PDU is first provided to the AMF 154 in an NGAP uplink UE-associated NRPPa transmission message (eg, via gNB 110-A). AMF 154 then forwards the NRPPa PDU to LMF 152 by invoking a Namf_Communication_N2InfoNotify service operation to LMF 152 .

在階段8處,在半持久UL-PRS的情況下,LMF 152經由(例如,經由gNB 110-A)向UE 102的服務gNB 110-S發送NRPPa定位啟用請求訊息來請求啟用UL-PRS傳輸。At stage 8, in case of semi-persistent UL-PRS, LMF 152 requests enabling of UL-PRS transmission via (eg, via gNB 110-A) sending an NRPPa Positioning Enable Request message to UE 102's serving gNB 110-S.

在階段9處,在半持久UL-PRS的情況下,服務gNB 110-S經由MAC-CE UL PRS啟用請求來啟用UE 102中的UL-PRS傳輸。At stage 9, the serving gNB 110-S enables UL-PRS transmission in the UE 102 via a MAC-CE UL PRS enablement request in case of semi-persistent UL-PRS.

在階段10處,在半持久UL-PRS的情況下,服務gNB 110-S向LMF 152(例如,經由gNB 110-A)發送NRPPa定位啟用回應訊息,其指示在UE 102處成功啟用UL-PRS。At stage 10, in case of semi-persistent UL-PRS, the serving gNB 110-S sends an NRPPa Positioning Enable Response message to the LMF 152 (e.g., via gNB 110-A) indicating successful enablement of UL-PRS at the UE 102 .

在階段11處,LMF 152向一或多個gNB 110發送NRPPa量測請求,其包括UL-PRS量測配置。At stage 11, the LMF 152 sends an NRPPa measurement request to one or more gNBs 110, which includes the UL-PRS measurement configuration.

在階段12處,LMF 152(例如,經由gNB 110-A)向服務gNB 110-S發送補充服務LCS事件報告認可。At stage 12, LMF 152 (eg, via gNB 110-A) sends a supplementary service LCS event report acknowledgment to serving gNB 110-S.

在階段13處,服務gNB 110-S發送帶suspendConfig的RRC釋放訊息以將UE 102保持在RRC_INACTIVE狀態。服務gNB 110-S可以使用來自階段1b的NRPPa輔助資訊來輔助該步驟。例如,若錨gNB 110-A接收到來自階段1b的NRPPa輔助資訊,則gNB 110-A可以導引gNB 110-S將UE 102保持在RRC INACTIVE狀態。RRC釋放訊息包括RRC DL資訊傳送,其包括在階段12處接收到的事件報告認可。若階段6b沒有發生(例如,在週期性UL-PRS的情況下),則RRC釋放訊息包括UL-PRS配置。若階段9沒有發生(例如,在半持久UL-PRS的情況下),則RRC釋放訊息包括MAC-CE UL PRS啟用。At phase 13, the serving gNB 110-S sends a RRC release message with suspendConfig to keep the UE 102 in the RRC_INACTIVE state. The serving gNB 110-S may use the NRPPa assistance information from Phase 1b to assist this step. For example, if anchor gNB 110-A receives NRPPa assistance information from phase 1b, gNB 110-A may direct gNB 110-S to keep UE 102 in RRC INACTIVE state. The RRC release message includes the RRC DL information transfer including the event report acknowledgment received at phase 12 . If phase 6b does not occur (eg in case of periodic UL-PRS), the RRC release message includes the UL-PRS configuration. If phase 9 does not occur (eg in case of semi-persistent UL-PRS), the RRC release message includes MAC-CE UL PRS enablement.

SDT程序#2包括階段15至20並且可以被執行用於量測報告,例如,用於僅DL或UL+DL定位方法。不為僅UL定位方法執行階段14a、15、16、18至20。SDT procedure #2 includes stages 15 to 20 and can be performed for measurement reporting, eg, for DL-only or UL+DL positioning methods. Stages 14a, 15, 16, 18 to 20 are not performed for the UL-only positioning method.

在階段14a處,UE 102可以從一或多個gNB 110接收DL PRS並且若執行僅DL或UL+DL定位,則執行DL定位量測。例如,若在階段1a期間被請求,則UE 102亦可以或替代地執行用於其他定位方法(例如,諸如A-GNSS或WLAN)的DL位置量測。At stage 14a, UE 102 may receive DL PRS from one or more gNBs 110 and perform DL positioning measurements if performing DL only or UL+DL positioning. For example, UE 102 may also or alternatively perform DL position measurements for other positioning methods (eg, such as A-GNSS or WLAN), if requested during phase la.

在階段14b處,UE 102可以根據在階段6b或階段13處接收到的UL PRS配置來傳輸UL PRS(例如,UL SRS)。在階段11處配置的每個gNB 110執行UL-PRS(例如,UL SRS)量測。At stage 14b, UE 102 may transmit UL PRS (eg, UL SRS) according to the UL PRS configuration received at stage 6b or stage 13. Each gNB 110 configured at phase 11 performs UL-PRS (eg, UL SRS) measurements.

在階段15處,UE 102發送含有UL NAS傳輸訊息的RRC UL資訊傳送訊息以及帶SDT的RRC恢復請求。UE 102在UL NAS傳輸訊息的有效負荷容器中包括LCS事件報告和LPP提供位置資訊訊息,並且在UL NAS傳輸訊息的附加資訊中包括延遲路由辨識符(在階段1a期間接收)(如3GPP TS 24.501中所定義)。At stage 15, the UE 102 sends an RRC UL information transfer message containing the UL NAS transmission message and an RRC resume request with SDT. The UE 102 includes the LCS Event Report and LPP Provided Location Information messages in the payload container of the UL NAS transmission message, and includes the delayed route identifier (received during Phase 1a) in the additional information of the UL NAS transmission message (e.g. 3GPP TS 24.501 as defined in ).

在階段16處,服務gNB 110-S在NGAP上行鏈路NAS傳輸訊息中(例如,經由gNB 110-A)向服務AMF 154發送帶LPP提供位置資訊訊息的LCS事件報告。AMF 154根據在UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息的附加資訊IE中接收到的延遲路由辨識符來決定LMF 152,並經由觸發Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify服務操作向LMF 152轉發帶嵌入式LPP訊息的LCS事件報告。AMF 154亦包括有效負荷容器類型和被設定為延遲路由辨識符的相關辨識符。At stage 16, the serving gNB 110-S sends a LCS event report with LPP provision location information message to the serving AMF 154 in an NGAP uplink NAS transmission message (eg, via gNB 110-A). The AMF 154 determines the LMF 152 according to the delayed route identifier received in the Additional Information IE of the UL NAS TRANSPORT message, and forwards the LCS event report with the embedded LPP message to the LMF 152 by triggering the Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify service operation. AMF 154 also includes the payload container type and associated identifier set as the delayed routing identifier.

在階段17處,在執行UL-PRS(例如,UL SRS)量測之後,gNB 110各自在NRPPa量測回應訊息中向LMF 152提供UL量測。At stage 17, after performing UL-PRS (eg, UL SRS) measurements, gNBs 110 each provide the UL measurements to LMF 152 in NRPPa measurement response messages.

在階段17.5處,LMF 152可以使用在階段16處獲得的DL PRS量測(及/或其他DL量測)及/或在階段17處獲得的UL PRS量測來執行UE 102的位置決定。LMF 152隨後可以經由GMLC 160(在外部客戶端130的情況下)或經由GMLC 160和NEF 163(在AF 132的情況下)向外部客戶端130或AF 132發送含有針對UE 102決定的位置的事件報告),例如,如3GPP TS 23.273中描述,但未在圖4A中圖示。At stage 17.5, the LMF 152 may use the DL PRS measurements (and/or other DL measurements) obtained at stage 16 and/or the UL PRS measurements obtained at stage 17 to perform a location decision for the UE 102 . LMF 152 may then send an event containing the location decided for UE 102 to external client 130 or AF 132 via GMLC 160 (in case of external client 130) or via GMLC 160 and NEF 163 (in case of AF 132) report), for example, as described in 3GPP TS 23.273, but not illustrated in Figure 4A.

在階段18處,對於半持久UL-PRS,LMF 152可以在階段18a中(例如,經由gNB 110-A)向服務gNB 110-S發送NRPPa定位停用請求以請求在UE 102處停用UL-PRS傳輸。服務gNB 110-S經由在階段18b中發送的MAC-CE PRS停用來停用UL-PRS傳輸。At stage 18, for semi-persistent UL-PRS, LMF 152 may send an NRPPa Positioning Disable Request to serving gNB 110-S in stage 18a (eg, via gNB 110-A) to request that UL-PRS be deactivated at UE 102. PRS transmission. The serving gNB 110-S deactivates UL-PRS transmission via the MAC-CE PRS deactivation sent in phase 18b.

在階段19處,LMF 152(例如,經由gNB 110-A)向服務gNB 110-S發送LCS事件報告認可。At stage 19, LMF 152 (eg, via gNB 110-A) sends an LCS event report acknowledgment to serving gNB 110-S.

在階段20處,服務gNB 110-S發送帶suspendConfig的RRC釋放訊息以將UE 102保持在RRC_INACTIVE狀態。例如,gNB 110-A可以導引gNB 110-S將UE 102保持在RRC INACTIVE狀態。RRC釋放訊息包括RRC DL資訊傳送,其包括在階段19處接收到的事件報告認可。若階段18b沒有發生(在半持久UL-PRS的情況下),則RRC釋放訊息包括MAC-CE UL PRS停用。At phase 20, the serving gNB 110-S sends a RRC release message with suspendConfig to keep the UE 102 in the RRC_INACTIVE state. For example, gNB 110-A may direct gNB 110-S to keep UE 102 in RRC INACTIVE state. The RRC release message includes the RRC DL information transfer including the event report acknowledgment received at stage 19 . If phase 18b does not occur (in case of semi-persistent UL-PRS), the RRC release message includes MAC-CE UL PRS deactivation.

如圖所示,在方塊404處,UE 102可以保持在RRC非啟用狀態,並且可以重複該程序。As shown, at block 404, the UE 102 may remain in the RRC non-enabled state and the procedure may repeat.

在事件報告已經發生之後,信號傳遞流程400允許錨gNB 110-A在方塊404處保持UE 102的錨gNB。然而,服務gNB 110-S亦有可能在階段13期間或在階段20期間成為UE 102的新錨gNB。例如(例如,並且如3GPP TS 38.300中描述),服務gNB 110-S可以從錨gNB 110-A(圖4A中未圖示)請求並獲得UE 102上下文,隨後可以執行與UE 102的服務AMF 154的路徑切換,並向錨gNB 110-A(圖4A中未圖示)發送上下文釋放指示。服務gNB 110-S隨後成為UE 102的新錨gNB 110-A,此舉避免需要向LMF 152發送訊息和經由錨gNB 110-A從LMF 152接收訊息。成為新的錨gNB 110-A可能會增加附加的信號傳遞和延遲,但是亦可以經由避免服務gNB 110-S與錨gNB 110-A之間的進一步信號傳遞來減少延遲。具體地,若UE 102繼續存取相同的服務gNB 110-S以用於稍後的事件報告,則用於稍後的事件報告的延遲減少可能是有益的。The signaling flow 400 allows the anchor gNB 110 -A to remain the anchor gNB for the UE 102 at block 404 after the event reporting has occurred. However, it is also possible for the serving gNB 110-S to become the new anchor gNB for the UE 102 during Phase 13 or during Phase 20. For example (and as described in 3GPP TS 38.300), the serving gNB 110-S may request and obtain the UE 102 context from the anchor gNB 110-A (not shown in FIG. 4A ), and may then perform a serving AMF 154 and send a context release indication to the anchor gNB 110-A (not shown in FIG. 4A ). The serving gNB 110-S then becomes the new anchor gNB 110-A for the UE 102, which avoids the need to send messages to and receive messages from the LMF 152 via the anchor gNB 110-A. Becoming the new anchor gNB 110-A may add additional signaling and latency, but may also reduce latency by avoiding further signaling between the serving gNB 110-S and the anchor gNB 110-A. In particular, the reduced delay for later event reporting may be beneficial if UE 102 continues to access the same serving gNB 110-S for later event reporting.

包括圖4B-1和圖4B-2的圖4B圖示當UE 102處於RRC INACTIVE狀態時針對週期性或觸發定位事件的延遲5GC-MT-LR程序的定位事件的啟動和報告。該程序可以由於NR存取5GC而適用於UE 102。圖4B圖示與圖4A類似的程序,其中UE 102發送如圖4A中的一個或兩個事件報告。UE 102的服務gNB 110-S和錨gNB 110-A未在圖4B中圖示,但是可能仍存在於NG-RAN 112中,隨後在支援UE 102與AMF 154和LMF 152之間的信號傳遞態樣表現得如圖4A中描述的一般。FIG. 4B , which includes FIGS. 4B-1 and 4B-2 , illustrates initiation and reporting of a location event for a periodic or delayed 5GC-MT-LR procedure for a triggered location event when the UE 102 is in the RRC INACTIVE state. This procedure may apply to UE 102 due to NR access to 5GC. FIG. 4B illustrates a procedure similar to that of FIG. 4A, where UE 102 sends one or two event reports as in FIG. 4A. Serving gNB 110-S and Anchor gNB 110-A of UE 102 are not shown in FIG. 4B , but may still exist in NG-RAN 112 and subsequently support the signaling state between UE 102 and AMF 154 and LMF 152. This behaves as described in Figure 4A.

在圖4B中的階段1處,在具有以下差異的情況下執行用於週期性或觸發定位事件的延遲5GC-MT-LR程序,諸如圖3所示或如3GPP TS 23.273中指定的一般。At Phase 1 in Figure 4B, a delayed 5GC-MT-LR procedure for periodic or triggered location events is performed with the following differences, such as shown in Figure 3 or generally as specified in 3GPP TS 23.273.

在圖3中的階段14處或如3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1的步驟16所規定的,LMF 152向UE 102指示當UE 102處於RRC INACTIVE狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用UL、DL還是UL+DL定位。例如,LMF 152可以在圖3中的階段14處發送到UE 102的LCS週期性觸發引動請求中包括指示可以使用何種類型的定位的指示,或者可以在圖3中的階段14處(或3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1條中的步驟16)發送到UE 102的LCS週期性觸發引動請求中包括LPP訊息,該LPP訊息具有此種指示。若將使用UL定位,則LMF 152不在圖3中的階段14處發送給UE 102的LCS週期性觸發引動請求中包括LPP定位訊息。若將使用DL定位,LMF 152在圖3中的階段14處發送給UE 102的LCS週期性觸發引動請求中包括LPP定位訊息,其中LPP定位訊息(例如,LPP請求位置資訊訊息)請求DL位置量測或基於DL位置量測的位置估計。若將使用UL+DL定位,則LMF 152在階段14處發送給UE 102的LCS週期性觸發引動請求中包括LPP定位訊息,其中LPP定位訊息(例如,LPP請求位置資訊訊息)辨識UL+DL定位方法並請求DL位置量測用於該定位方法。LMF 152亦在作為LMF 152的辨識的LCS週期性觸發定位引動中包括延遲路由辨識符。若事件報告不需要UE 102的位置,或者若基於細胞ID的位置將滿足定位服務品質(QoS),則LMF 152遵循DL定位程序但不在在階段14處發送到UE 102的LCS週期性觸發引動請求中包括LPP定位訊息。UE 102隨後將不在階段4處獲得DL位置量測或在階段5處發送的補充服務事件報告訊息中包括LPP定位訊息。At stage 14 in Figure 3 or as specified in step 16 of 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1, the LMF 152 indicates to the UE 102 whether subsequent location reporting events when the UE 102 is in the RRC INACTIVE state will use UL, DL or UL+ DL positioning. For example, the LMF 152 may include an indication of what type of positioning may be used in the LCS periodic trigger trigger request sent to the UE 102 at stage 14 in FIG. Step 16 in clause 6.3.1 of TS 23.273) The LCS Periodic Trigger Initiation Request sent to the UE 102 includes an LPP message with such an indication. If UL positioning is to be used, the LMF 152 does not include the LPP positioning information in the LCS periodic triggering request sent to the UE 102 at stage 14 in FIG. 3 . If DL positioning is to be used, the LMF 152 includes the LPP positioning message in the LCS periodic trigger trigger request sent to the UE 102 at stage 14 in FIG. measurement or position estimation based on DL position measurement. If UL+DL positioning is to be used, LMF 152 includes an LPP positioning message in the LCS periodic trigger request sent to UE 102 at stage 14, where the LPP positioning message (e.g., LPP Request Location Information message) identifies UL+DL positioning method and request DL position measurements for this positioning method. The LMF 152 also includes the delay route identifier in the LCS Periodic Trigger Locator as an identification of the LMF 152 . If the event report does not require the UE 102's location, or if the location based on the cell ID would satisfy the location quality of service (QoS), the LMF 152 follows the DL location procedure but does not trigger the trigger request periodically in the LCS sent to the UE 102 at stage 14 Including LPP positioning information. The UE 102 will then not obtain the DL location measurements at Phase 4 or include the LPP positioning message in the SSR message sent at Phase 5 .

指示預設LMF 152的延遲路由辨識符可能不包括在圖3中的階段14處(3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1的步驟16)發送的LCS週期性觸發位置引動中,因為對於以下階段5至21處的事件報告,LMF 152需要知道在階段1處指示了何種類型的定位以便正確地支援該等後續階段。然而,預設LMF 152可能不知道在階段1處指示了何種類型的定位。The delayed route identifier indicating the preset LMF 152 may not be included in the LCS periodic trigger location trigger sent at phase 14 in Figure 3 (step 16 of 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1), because for the following phases 5 to 21 Event reporting at , the LMF 152 needs to know what type of positioning was indicated at Phase 1 in order to properly support the subsequent phases. However, the default LMF 152 may not know what type of positioning was indicated at stage 1 .

在圖4B中的階段2處,UE 102在偵測到事件之前的某個時間進入RRC INACTIVE狀態。例如,UE 102的前一服務gNB 110可能已經向UE 102發送帶暫停指示的RRC釋放訊息。隨後,UE 102將進入RRC非啟用狀態,並且前一服務gNB 110隨後可能隨後變成UE 102的錨gNB 110-A(儘管在一些情況下,UE 102的錨gNB 110-A可能已經並且仍然不同於UE 102的上一服務gNB 110,如3GPP TS 38.300中描述)。若在偵測到事件時(例如,在階段3處)UE 102不處於RRC INACTIVE狀態,則UE 102可以遵循針對3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的步驟22至31描述的程序以將事件報告給LMF 152和LCS客戶端130或AF 132,此舉取決於LPP訊息的類型或在階段1(例如,圖3中的階段14)處接收到的LPP訊息的缺失。LMF 152可能不知道UE 102是否處於RRC INACTIVE狀態。此情形允許LMF 152遵循此處描述的程序或在3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中針對事件報告描述的程序。利用此處在圖4B中描述的程序,最初處於RRC INACTIVE狀態的UE 102可以在該程序完成之後保持在RRC INACTIVE狀態。利用3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的程序,最初處於RRC INACTIVE狀態的UE 102可以在3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的程序期間移動到RRC CONNECTED狀態。At Phase 2 in Figure 4B, UE 102 enters the RRC INACTIVE state some time before the event is detected. For example, UE 102's previous serving gNB 110 may have sent UE 102 an RRC release message with a pause indication. Subsequently, the UE 102 will enter the RRC non-enabled state, and the previous serving gNB 110 may then subsequently become the anchor gNB 110-A for the UE 102 (although in some cases, the anchor gNB 110-A for the UE 102 may have been and still is different from UE 102's last serving gNB 110, as described in 3GPP TS 38.300). If the UE 102 was not in the RRC INACTIVE state when the event was detected (e.g., at phase 3), the UE 102 may follow the procedure described for steps 22 to 31 in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1 to report the event to LMF 152 and LCS Client 130 or AF 132, depending on the type of LPP message or the absence of an LPP message received at Phase 1 (eg, Phase 14 in FIG. 3 ). LMF 152 may not know if UE 102 is in RRC INACTIVE state. This situation allows the LMF 152 to follow the procedures described here or in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1 for event reporting. Utilizing the procedure described herein in FIG. 4B, a UE 102 that was initially in the RRC INACTIVE state may remain in the RRC INACTIVE state after completion of the procedure. Using the procedure in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1, a UE 102 initially in the RRC INACTIVE state may move to the RRC CONNECTED state during the procedure in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1.

在階段3處,UE 102監測並偵測在階段1期間請求的觸發事件。At Phase 3, UE 102 monitors and detects the triggering events requested during Phase 1 .

在階段4處,若在階段1處指示了DL定位,則UE 102獲得在階段1中接收的LPP訊息中請求的DL位置量測或位置估計。若在階段1處指示UL定位或UL+DL定位,則跳過階段4。At stage 4, if DL positioning was indicated at stage 1, UE 102 obtains the DL position measurements or location estimates requested in the LPP message received in stage 1. If UL positioning or UL+DL positioning is indicated at phase 1, then phase 4 is skipped.

在階段5處,UE 102向NG-RAN 112中的服務gNB 110(例如,gNB 110-S)發送帶小資料傳輸(SDT)的RRC恢復請求。RRC恢復請求包括含有UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息的RRC UL資訊傳送訊息,該UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息包括補充服務事件報告訊息。若在階段1處指示了DL定位,則UE 102在補充服務事件報告訊息中包括LPP定位訊息(例如,LPP提供位置資訊訊息),該LPP定位訊息包括在階段4處獲得的DL位置量測或位置估計。若在階段1處指示了UL+DL定位,則UE 102在補充服務事件報告訊息中包括LPP定位訊息(例如,LPP請求輔助資料訊息),該訊息包括針對UL配置支援在階段1處指示給UE 102的UL+DL定位方法的請求。若在階段1處指示了UL+DL定位,則事件報告訊息亦可以包括可以辨識事件報告訊息的辨識符(例如,數值辨識符)。若在階段1處指示了UL定位,則UE 102不在補充服務事件報告訊息中包括LPP定位訊息。事件報告訊息亦可以包括TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的步驟25中描述的其他資訊(例如,正在報告的事件類型)。UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息亦包括在圖3中的階段14中接收到的延遲路由辨識符。At Phase 5, UE 102 sends an RRC resume request with Small Data Transmission (SDT) to serving gNB 110 (eg, gNB 110-S) in NG-RAN 112 . The RRC resume request includes an RRC UL information transfer message including a UL NAS TRANSPORT message including a supplementary service event report message. If DL positioning is indicated at Phase 1, UE 102 includes in the Supplementary Service Event Report message an LPP positioning message (e.g., an LPP Provides Location Information message) that includes the DL position measurements obtained at Phase 4 or location estimate. If UL+DL positioning is indicated at Phase 1, the UE 102 includes in the Supplementary Service Event Report message the LPP Positioning message (e.g., LPP Request Assistance Data message), which includes support for UL configuration indicated to the UE at Phase 1 102 is a request for the UL+DL positioning method. If UL+DL positioning is indicated at Phase 1, the event report message may also include an identifier (eg, a numeric identifier) that can identify the event report message. If UL positioning is indicated at Phase 1, the UE 102 does not include the LPP positioning message in the SSE event report message. The event report message may also include other information (eg, the type of event being reported) described in step 25 of TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1. The UL NAS TRANSPORT message also includes the delayed route identifier received in stage 14 in FIG. 3 .

在階段6處,服務gNB 110在N2上行鏈路NAS傳輸訊息中將UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息轉發到服務AMF 154。若服務gNB 110不是UE 102的錨gNB 110(例如,不是gNB 110-A),則UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息可以經由錨gNB 110轉發到服務AMF 154。At phase 6, the serving gNB 110 forwards the UL NAS TRANSPORT message to the serving AMF 154 in the N2 uplink NAS transport message. If the serving gNB 110 is not the anchor gNB 110 of the UE 102 (eg, not gNB 110-A), the UL NAS TRANSPORT message may be forwarded to the serving AMF 154 via the anchor gNB 110 .

在階段7處,AMF 154檢查NAS訊息的完整性並解密其內容。AMF 154隨後引動Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify服務操作以將事件報告轉發給服務LMF 152。At stage 7, AMF 154 checks the integrity of the NAS message and decrypts its content. AMF 154 then invokes the Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify service operation to forward the event report to service LMF 152 .

在階段8處,若在階段1處向UE 102指示了UL或UL+DL定位,則LMF 152使用網路輔助定位程序(如圖4A中的階段5、6a、7、8、10中描述或如在3GPP TS 23.273條款6.11.2中描述)以請求服務gNB 110在階段12處向UE 102提供UL配置(例如,UL SRS或UL PRS配置)。服務gNB 110隨後決定UL配置(例如,如圖4A中的階段6a處的UL SRS或UL PRS配置)並將所決定的UL配置的細節提供回LMF 152(例如,如圖4A中的階段7處)。LMF 152亦使用非UE關聯網路輔助資料程序來請求NG-RAN 112 gNB 110節點對UE 102進行UL位置量測(例如,如圖4A中的階段11處)。因為UE 102處於RRC INACTIVE狀態並且因此處於CM CONNECTED狀態,所以AMF 154不會執行網路觸發服務請求來支援UL或UL+DL定位。此舉避免了UE 102轉變到RRC CONNECTED狀態。At stage 8, if UL or UL+DL positioning was indicated to the UE 102 at stage 1, the LMF 152 uses a network-assisted positioning procedure (as described in stages 5, 6a, 7, 8, 10 in FIG. 4A or As described in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.11.2) to request the serving gNB 110 to provide the UE 102 with the UL configuration (eg, UL SRS or UL PRS configuration) at stage 12 . Serving gNB 110 then decides on the UL configuration (e.g., UL SRS or UL PRS configuration at stage 6a as in FIG. 4A ) and provides details of the decided UL configuration back to LMF 152 (e.g., as at stage 7 in FIG. 4A ). ). The LMF 152 also requests the NG-RAN 112 gNB 110 node to make UL location measurements for the UE 102 using the non-UE-associated network assistance data procedure (eg, at stage 11 in FIG. 4A ). Since UE 102 is in RRC INACTIVE state and thus in CM CONNECTED state, AMF 154 will not perform a network triggered service request to support UL or UL+DL positioning. This avoids UE 102 transitioning to RRC CONNECTED state.

在階段9處,LMF 152引動Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer操作以返回對事件報告的認可。若LMF 152發生變化,則該認可可以包括新LMF 152的延遲路由辨識符。At stage 9, the LMF 152 invokes the Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer operation to return an acknowledgment of the event report. If the LMF 152 changes, the acknowledgment may include the new LMF 152's delayed route identifier.

在階段10處,AMF 154在封裝於N2下行鏈路NAS傳輸訊息中的DL NAS TRANSPORT訊息中將認可轉發給服務gNB 110。若服務gNB 110不是UE 102的錨gNB 110,則DL NAS TRANSPORT訊息可以經由錨gNB 110轉發到服務gNB 110。At phase 10, the AMF 154 forwards the acknowledgment to the serving gNB 110 in a DL NAS TRANSPORT message encapsulated in the N2 downlink NAS transport message. If the serving gNB 110 is not the anchor gNB 110 of the UE 102 , the DL NAS TRANSPORT message can be forwarded to the serving gNB 110 via the anchor gNB 110 .

在階段11處,服務gNB 110向UE 102發送後續DL SDT訊息,並且包括在階段10中接收到的NAS訊息。At phase 11 , serving gNB 110 sends a subsequent DL SDT message to UE 102 and includes the NAS message received in phase 10 .

在階段12處,服務gNB 110向UE 102發送RRC釋放訊息以將UE 102保持在RRC INACTIVE狀態,並且包括在階段8處由LMF 152請求的及/或在階段8處由服務gNB 110決定的任何UL配置以支援UL或UL+DL定位。在一些實施方案中(例如,在半持久UL-PRS的情況下),圖4A的階段6b及/或階段9亦可以在階段11和12之前由服務gNB 110執行。若在階段1處向UE 102指示了DL定位,則LMF 152和UE 102跳過階段13至21並前進到階段22。At Phase 12, serving gNB 110 sends an RRC Release message to UE 102 to keep UE 102 in RRC INACTIVE state, and includes any UL configuration to support UL or UL+DL positioning. In some implementations (eg, in the case of semi-persistent UL-PRS), stage 6b and/or stage 9 of FIG. 4A may also be performed by the serving gNB 110 before stages 11 and 12 . If DL positioning is indicated to UE 102 at stage 1, LMF 152 and UE 102 skip stages 13-21 and proceed to stage 22.

在階段13處,若在階段1處指示了UL或UL+DL定位,則UE 102根據在階段12處接收到的UL配置來傳輸UL定位信號。若在階段1處指示了UL+DL定位,則UE 102亦獲得在階段1處請求的DL位置量測。在階段8處被請求獲得UL位置量測的NG-RAN 112 gNB 110節點獲得由UE 102傳輸的UL定位信號的UL位置量測。At stage 13 , if UL or UL+DL positioning was indicated at stage 1 , UE 102 transmits a UL positioning signal according to the UL configuration received at stage 12 . If UL+DL positioning is indicated at Phase 1, the UE 102 also obtains the DL position measurements requested at Phase 1 . The NG-RAN 112 gNB 110 node requested to obtain UL location measurements at stage 8 obtains UL location measurements for the UL positioning signal transmitted by the UE 102 .

在階段14處,NG-RAN 112 gNB節點使用3GPP TS 23.273條款6.11.3條中的或如圖4A中的階段17處所示的非UE 102關聯網路輔助資料程序將在階段13處獲得的UL位置量測值傳送到LMF 152。若在階段1處向UE 102指示了UL定位,則LMF 152和UE 102跳過階段15至21並前進到階段22。若在階段1處向UE 102指示了UL+DL定位,則LMF 152和UE 102繼續進行階段15至21。At stage 14, the NG-RAN 112 gNB node uses the non-UE 102 associated network assistance profile procedure in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.11.3 or as shown at stage 17 in Figure 4A to be obtained at stage 13 The UL position measurements are communicated to the LMF 152 . If UL positioning is indicated to UE 102 at stage 1, LMF 152 and UE 102 skip stages 15-21 and proceed to stage 22. If UL+DL positioning is indicated to UE 102 at phase 1, LMF 152 and UE 102 proceed with phases 15-21.

在階段15處,UE 102向服務gNB 110發送帶小資料傳輸的RRC恢復請求。RRC恢復請求包括含有UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息的RRC UL資訊傳送訊息,該UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息包括補充服務事件報告訊息。事件報告訊息可以指示該事件報告是與在階段5處發送的第一事件報告相關聯的第二事件報告並且包括LPP定位訊息(例如,LPP提供位置資訊訊息),其包括在階段13處獲得的DL位置量測。例如,事件報告訊息可以包括指示該事件報告是與(在階段5至7處)已經發送到LMF 152的前一事件報告相關聯的第二事件報告的事件類型參數。事件報告訊息亦可以或替代地在事件報告訊息中包括辨識符(例如,數值辨識符),該辨識符與在階段5處發送的第一事件報告中包括的辨識符相同。若LMF 152發生變化,則UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息亦包括在圖3的階段14(或3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1條中的步驟16)或該程序中的階段11中接收到的延遲路由辨識符。At stage 15, the UE 102 sends an RRC resume request with small data transmission to the serving gNB 110 . The RRC resume request includes an RRC UL information transfer message including a UL NAS TRANSPORT message including a supplementary service event report message. The event report message may indicate that the event report is a second event report associated with the first event report sent at stage 5 and include LPP location information (e.g., LPP provides location information message), which includes the DL position measurement. For example, the event report message may include an event type parameter indicating that the event report is a second event report associated with a previous event report already sent to the LMF 152 (at stages 5-7). The event report message may also or alternatively include an identifier (eg, a numeric identifier) in the event report message that is the same as the identifier included in the first event report sent at stage 5 . If the LMF 152 changes, the UL NAS TRANSPORT message also includes the delayed route identifier received in stage 14 of Figure 3 (or step 16 in clause 6.3.1 of 3GPP TS 23.273 clause) or in stage 11 of this procedure.

在階段16處,服務gNB 110在N2上行鏈路NAS傳輸訊息中將UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息轉發到服務AMF 154。若服務gNB 110不是UE 102的錨gNB 110-A,則UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息可以經由錨gNB 110-A轉發到服務AMF 154。At stage 16, the serving gNB 110 forwards the UL NAS TRANSPORT message to the serving AMF 154 in an N2 uplink NAS transport message. If the serving gNB 110 is not the anchor gNB 110-A of the UE 102, the UL NAS TRANSPORT message may be forwarded to the serving AMF 154 via the anchor gNB 110-A.

在階段17處,AMF 154檢查NAS訊息的完整性並解密其內容。AMF 154隨後引動Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify服務操作以將事件報告轉發給服務LMF 152。At stage 17, AMF 154 checks the integrity of the NAS message and decrypts its content. AMF 154 then invokes the Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify service operation to forward the event report to service LMF 152 .

在階段18處,LMF 152引動Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer操作以返回對事件報告的認可。LMF 152可以使用對與在階段7處接收到的第一事件報告相關聯的第二事件報告的指示來將在階段17處從AMF 154接收到的事件報告視為第一事件報告的延續而不是單獨的無關事件報告。LMF 152亦可以或替代地使用第二事件報告中的辨識符,該辨識符與在階段7處的第一事件報告中接收的辨識符相同,以將在階段17處接收的事件報告視為第一事件報告的延續,而不是單獨的無關事件報告。例如,LMF 152不會將在階段17處接收到的第二事件報告與在階段7處接收到的第一事件報告視為相同。At stage 18, the LMF 152 invokes the Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer operation to return an acknowledgment of the event report. LMF 152 may use an indication of a second event report associated with the first event report received at stage 7 to treat the event report received at stage 17 from AMF 154 as a continuation of the first event report rather than Separate reports of unrelated incidents. The LMF 152 may also or instead use the same identifier in the second event report as received in the first event report at stage 7 to treat the event report received at stage 17 as the first event report. A continuation of an incident report rather than a separate unrelated incident report. For example, LMF 152 would not treat the second event report received at stage 17 as the same as the first event report received at stage 7 .

在階段19處,AMF 154在封裝於N2下行鏈路NAS傳輸訊息中的DL NAS TRANSPORT訊息中將認可轉發給服務gNB 110。若服務gNB 110不是UE 102的錨gNB 110-A,則DL NAS TRANSPORT訊息可以經由錨gNB 110-A轉發到服務gNB 110。At stage 19, the AMF 154 forwards the acknowledgment to the serving gNB 110 in a DL NAS TRANSPORT message encapsulated in the N2 downlink NAS transport message. If the serving gNB 110 is not the anchor gNB 110-A of the UE 102, the DL NAS TRANSPORT message may be forwarded to the serving gNB 110 via the anchor gNB 110-A.

在階段20處,服務gNB 110向UE 102發送後續DL SDT訊息,並且包括在階段19中接收到的NAS訊息。At stage 20 , serving gNB 110 sends a subsequent DL SDT message to UE 102 and includes the NAS message received in stage 19 .

在階段21處,服務gNB 110向UE 102發送RRC釋放訊息以將UE 102保持在RRC INACTIVE狀態。At stage 21, serving gNB 110 sends an RRC release message to UE 102 to keep UE 102 in RRC INACTIVE state.

在階段22處以及在當在階段1處指示UL+DL定位時的階段21、當在階段1處指示UL定位時的階段14或當在階段1處指示DL定位的階段12中的一者之後,UE 102保持在RRC INACTIVE狀態。At stage 22 and after one of stage 21 when UL+DL positioning is indicated at stage 1, stage 14 when UL positioning is indicated at stage 1, or stage 12 when DL positioning is indicated at stage 1 , UE 102 remains in the RRC INACTIVE state.

在階段23處,若事件報告需要位置估計,則LMF 152使用以下各項中的一者來決定UE 102位置:對於DL定位,LMF 152使用在階段7處接收的DL位置量測或位置估計或由AMF 154在階段7處提供的細胞ID;對於UL定位,LMF 152使用在階段14處接收的UL位置量測;對於UL+DL定位,LMF 152使用在階段14處接收的UL位置量測和在階段17處接收的DL位置量測。LMF 152可能不會嘗試從UE 102或從NG-RAN 112獲得附加的位置量測,例如因為此舉可能以其他方式導致UE 102進入RRC CONNECTED狀態,此舉將增加UE 102的功耗。At stage 23, if the event report requires a location estimate, the LMF 152 decides the UE 102 location using one of the following: For DL positioning, the LMF 152 uses the DL location measurements or location estimates received at stage 7 or Cell ID provided by AMF 154 at stage 7; for UL positioning, LMF 152 uses UL position measurements received at stage 14; for UL+DL positioning, LMF 152 uses UL position measurements received at stage 14 and DL position measurements received at stage 17 . LMF 152 may not attempt to obtain additional location measurements from UE 102 or from NG-RAN 112, eg, because doing so may otherwise cause UE 102 to enter RRC CONNECTED state, which would increase UE 102 power consumption.

在階段24處,執行3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1的步驟28至31以將事件報告從LMF 152發送到LCS客戶端130或AF 132,該事件報告包括在階段23處獲得的任何位置,並監測UE 102處的下一週期性或觸發事件。At stage 24, steps 28 to 31 of clause 6.3.1 of 3GPP TS 23.273 are performed to send an event report from the LMF 152 to the LCS client 130 or AF 132, including any positions obtained at stage 23, and monitor Next periodic or triggering event at UE 102.

圖4C圖示當UE 102處於RRC INACTIVE狀態時並且當事件報告使用DL定位或不使用定位時啟動和報告用於週期性或觸發定位事件的延遲5GC-MT-LR程序的定位事件。該程序可以由於NR存取5GC而適用於UE 102。圖4C圖示與圖4A和圖4B類似的程序但被限於UE 102的DL定位或無定位。UE 102的服務gNB 110-S和錨gNB 110-A未在圖4C中圖示,但是可能仍存在於NG-RAN 112中,隨後在支援UE 102與AMF 154和LMF 152之間的信號傳遞態樣表現得如圖4A中描述的一般。FIG. 4C illustrates positioning events initiated and reported for periodic or triggered positioning events delayed 5GC-MT-LR procedures when the UE 102 is in the RRC INACTIVE state and when the event is reported with DL positioning or without positioning. This procedure may apply to UE 102 due to NR access to 5GC. FIG. 4C illustrates a procedure similar to FIGS. 4A and 4B but limited to DL positioning of UE 102 or no positioning. Serving gNB 110-S and Anchor gNB 110-A of UE 102 are not shown in FIG. 4C, but may still exist in NG-RAN 112 and subsequently support the signaling state between UE 102 and AMF 154 and LMF 152. This behaves as described in Figure 4A.

在圖4C中的階段1處,在具有以下差異的情況下執行用於週期性或觸發定位事件的延遲5GC-MT-LR程序,諸如圖3所示或如3GPP TS 23.273中指定的一般。At Phase 1 in Figure 4C, a delayed 5GC-MT-LR procedure for periodic or triggered location events is performed with the following differences, such as shown in Figure 3 or generally as specified in 3GPP TS 23.273.

在圖3中的階段14處或如3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1的步驟16所規定的,LMF 152向UE 102指示當UE 102處於RRC INACTIVE狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用UL定位或不使用定位。若將使用DL定位,則LMF 152在圖3中的階段14處發送給UE 102的LCS週期性觸發引動請求中包括LPP定位訊息(例如,LPP請求位置資訊訊息),其中LPP定位訊息請求DL位置量測或基於DL位置量測的位置估計。若事件報告不需要UE 102的位置,或者若基於細胞ID的位置將滿足定位QoS,則LMF 152不在在圖3中的階段14處發送到UE 102的LCS週期性觸發引動請求中包括LPP定位訊息。指示預設LMF 152的延遲路由辨識符可能不包括在圖3中的階段14處(或在3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1的步驟16中)發送的LCS週期性觸發位置引動中,因為對於以下階段5至11處的事件報告,LMF 152需要知道在階段1處指示了何種類型的定位以便正確地支援該等後續階段。然而,預設LMF 152將通常不知道在階段1處指示了何種類型的定位。At stage 14 in Figure 3 or as specified in step 16 of 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1, the LMF 152 indicates to the UE 102 that subsequent location reporting events will use UL positioning or not use positioning when the UE 102 is in the RRC INACTIVE state . If DL positioning is to be used, LMF 152 includes an LPP positioning message (e.g., LPP request location information message) in the LCS periodic trigger trigger request sent to UE 102 at stage 14 in FIG. 3 , wherein the LPP positioning message requests DL location measurement or position estimation based on DL position measurement. If the location of the UE 102 is not required for the event report, or if the location QoS based on the cell ID would satisfy the location QoS, the LMF 152 does not include the LPP location information in the LCS periodic trigger request sent to the UE 102 at stage 14 in FIG. 3 . The delayed route identifier indicating the preset LMF 152 may not be included in the LCS periodic trigger location trigger sent at stage 14 in Figure 3 (or in step 16 of 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1), because for the following stages Event reports at 5 to 11, the LMF 152 needs to know what type of positioning was indicated at phase 1 in order to properly support these subsequent phases. However, by default the LMF 152 will generally not know what type of positioning was indicated at Phase 1 .

在圖4C中的階段2處,UE 102在偵測到事件之前的某個時間進入RRC INACTIVE狀態,例如,如針對圖4B中的階段2所描述的。若在偵測到事件時UE 102不處於RRC INACTIVE狀態,則UE 102可以遵循針對3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的步驟22至31描述的程序以將事件報告給LMF 152和LCS客戶端130或AF 132。LMF 152可能不知道UE 102是否處於RRC INACTIVE狀態。此舉允許LMF 152遵循此處針對圖4C描述的程序或在3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中針對事件報告描述的程序。利用此處針對圖4C描述的程序,最初處於RRC INACTIVE狀態的UE 102可以在該程序完成之後保持在RRC INACTIVE狀態。利用3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的程序,最初處於RRC INACTIVE狀態的UE 102可以在3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的程序期間移動到RRC CONNECTED狀態。At Phase 2 in Figure 4C, UE 102 enters the RRC INACTIVE state some time before the event is detected, eg, as described for Phase 2 in Figure 4B. If the UE 102 is not in the RRC INACTIVE state when the event is detected, the UE 102 may follow the procedure described for steps 22 to 31 in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1 to report the event to the LMF 152 and the LCS Client 130 or AF 132. LMF 152 may not know if UE 102 is in RRC INACTIVE state. This allows the LMF 152 to follow the procedure described here for Figure 4C or in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1 for event reporting. Utilizing the procedure described herein for FIG. 4C, a UE 102 that was initially in the RRC INACTIVE state may remain in the RRC INACTIVE state after completion of the procedure. Using the procedure in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1, a UE 102 initially in the RRC INACTIVE state may move to the RRC CONNECTED state during the procedure in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1.

在階段3處,UE 102監測並偵測在階段1期間請求的觸發事件。At Phase 3, UE 102 monitors and detects the triggering events requested during Phase 1 .

在階段4處,若在階段1處指示了DL定位,則UE 102獲得在階段1中接收的LPP訊息中請求的DL位置量測或位置估計。若在階段1處未指示DL定位,則跳過階段4。At stage 4, if DL positioning was indicated at stage 1, UE 102 obtains the DL position measurements or location estimates requested in the LPP message received in stage 1. If DL positioning is not indicated at Phase 1, then Phase 4 is skipped.

在階段5處,UE 102向NG-RAN 112中的服務gNB 110發送帶小資料傳輸(SDT)的RRC恢復請求。RRC恢復請求包括含有UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息的RRC UL資訊傳送訊息,該UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息包括補充服務事件報告訊息。若在階段1處指示了DL定位,則UE 102在補充服務事件報告訊息中包括LPP定位訊息(例如,LPP提供位置資訊訊息),該LPP定位訊息包括在階段4處獲得的DL位置量測或位置估計。若在階段1處未指示DL定位,則UE 102不在補充服務事件報告訊息中包括LPP定位訊息。事件報告訊息亦可以包括如TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的步驟25中描述的其他資訊(例如,正在報告的事件類型)。UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息亦包括在圖3中的階段14中接收到的延遲路由辨識符。At phase 5, the UE 102 sends an RRC resume request with Small Data Transmission (SDT) to the serving gNB 110 in the NG-RAN 112 . The RRC resume request includes an RRC UL information transfer message including a UL NAS TRANSPORT message including a supplementary service event report message. If DL positioning is indicated at Phase 1, UE 102 includes in the Supplementary Service Event Report message an LPP positioning message (e.g., an LPP Provides Location Information message) that includes the DL position measurements obtained at Phase 4 or location estimate. If DL positioning is not indicated at Phase 1, the UE 102 does not include the LPP positioning information in the SSE event report message. The event report message may also include other information (eg, the type of event being reported) as described in step 25 of TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1. The UL NAS TRANSPORT message also includes the delayed route identifier received in stage 14 in FIG. 3 .

在階段6處,服務gNB 110在N2上行鏈路NAS傳輸訊息中將UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息轉發到服務AMF 154。若服務gNB 110不是UE 102的錨gNB 110-A,則UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息可以經由錨gNB 110-A轉發到服務AMF 154。At phase 6, the serving gNB 110 forwards the UL NAS TRANSPORT message to the serving AMF 154 in the N2 uplink NAS transport message. If the serving gNB 110 is not the anchor gNB 110-A of the UE 102, the UL NAS TRANSPORT message may be forwarded to the serving AMF 154 via the anchor gNB 110-A.

在階段7處,AMF 154檢查NAS訊息的完整性並解密其內容。AMF 154隨後引動Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify服務操作以將事件報告轉發給服務LMF 152。At stage 7, AMF 154 checks the integrity of the NAS message and decrypts its content. AMF 154 then invokes the Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify service operation to forward the event report to service LMF 152 .

在階段8處,LMF 152引動Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer操作以返回對事件報告的認可。若LMF 152發生變化,則該認可可以包括新LMF 152的延遲路由辨識符。At stage 8, the LMF 152 invokes the Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer operation to return an acknowledgment of the event report. If the LMF 152 changes, the acknowledgment may include the new LMF 152's delayed route identifier.

在階段9處,AMF 154在封裝於N2下行鏈路NAS傳輸訊息中的DL NAS TRANSPORT訊息中將認可轉發給服務gNB 110。若服務gNB 110不是UE 102的錨gNB 110-A,則DL NAS TRANSPORT訊息可以經由錨gNB 110-A轉發到服務gNB 110。At phase 9, the AMF 154 forwards the acknowledgment to the serving gNB 110 in a DL NAS TRANSPORT message encapsulated in the N2 downlink NAS transport message. If the serving gNB 110 is not the anchor gNB 110-A of the UE 102, the DL NAS TRANSPORT message may be forwarded to the serving gNB 110 via the anchor gNB 110-A.

在階段10處,服務gNB 110向UE 102發送後續DL SDT訊息,並且包括在階段9處接收到的NAS訊息。At stage 10, serving gNB 110 sends a subsequent DL SDT message to UE 102 and includes the NAS message received at stage 9.

在階段11處,服務gNB 110向UE 102發送RRC釋放訊息以將UE 102保持在RRC INACTIVE狀態。At phase 11, serving gNB 110 sends an RRC release message to UE 102 to keep UE 102 in RRC INACTIVE state.

在階段12處,在階段11之後,UE 102保持在RRC INACTIVE狀態。At phase 12, after phase 11, the UE 102 remains in the RRC INACTIVE state.

在階段13處,若事件報告需要位置估計,則LMF 152使用在階段7處接收的DL位置量測或位置估計或由AMF 154在階段7處提供的細胞ID來決定UE 102位置。LMF 152可能不會嘗試從UE 102或從NG-RAN 112獲得附加的位置量測,例如因為此舉可能以其他方式導致UE 102進入RRC CONNECTED狀態,此舉將增加UE 102的功耗。At stage 13, if the event report requires a location estimate, the LMF 152 determines the UE 102 location using the DL location measurements or location estimates received at stage 7 or the cell ID provided by the AMF 154 at stage 7. LMF 152 may not attempt to obtain additional location measurements from UE 102 or from NG-RAN 112, eg, because doing so may otherwise cause UE 102 to enter RRC CONNECTED state, which would increase UE 102 power consumption.

在階段14處,執行條款6.3.1的步驟28至31以將事件報告從LMF 152發送到LCS客戶端130或AF 132,該事件報告包括在階段13處獲得的任何位置,並監測UE 102處的下一週期性或觸發事件。At stage 14, steps 28 to 31 of clause 6.3.1 are performed to send an event report from the LMF 152 to the LCS client 130 or AF 132, the event report including any location obtained at stage 13, and monitoring next periodic or trigger event.

圖4D圖示當UE 102處於RRC INACTIVE狀態時並且當事件報告使用UL定位時啟動和報告用於週期性或觸發定位事件的延遲5GC-MT-LR程序的定位事件。該程序可以由於NR存取5GC而適用於UE 102。圖4D圖示與圖4A和圖4B類似的程序但被限於UE 102的UL定位。UE 102的服務gNB 110-S和錨gNB 110-A未在圖4D中圖示,但是可能仍存在於NG-RAN 112中,隨後在支援UE 102與AMF 154和LMF 152之間的信號傳遞態樣表現得如圖4A中描述的一般。Figure 4D illustrates positioning events initiated and reported for periodic or triggered positioning events delayed 5GC-MT-LR procedures when UE 102 is in RRC INACTIVE state and when event reporting uses UL positioning. This procedure may apply to UE 102 due to NR access to 5GC. FIG. 4D illustrates a procedure similar to FIGS. 4A and 4B but limited to UE 102 UL positioning. Serving gNB 110-S and Anchor gNB 110-A of UE 102 are not shown in FIG. 4D , but may still exist in NG-RAN 112 and subsequently support the signaling state between UE 102 and AMF 154 and LMF 152. This behaves as described in Figure 4A.

在圖4D中的階段1處,在具有以下差異的情況下執行用於週期性或觸發定位事件的延遲5GC-MT-LR程序,諸如圖3所示或如3GPP TS 23.273中指定的一般。At Phase 1 in Figure 4D, a delayed 5GC-MT-LR procedure for periodic or triggered location events is performed with the following differences, such as shown in Figure 3 or generally as specified in 3GPP TS 23.273.

在圖3中的階段14處或如3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1的步驟16所規定的,LMF 152向UE 102指示當UE 102處於RRC INACTIVE狀態時,例如經由在階段14處發送到UE 102的LCS週期性-觸發的引動請求中不包括LPP定位訊息,後續位置報告事件可以使用UL定位。指示預設LMF 152的延遲路由辨識符可能不包括在圖3中的階段14處(或在3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的步驟16中)發送的LCS週期性觸發位置引動中,因為對於以下階段4至11處的事件報告,LMF 152需要知道在階段1處指示了何種類型的定位以便正確地支援該等後續階段。然而,預設LMF 152可能通常不知道在階段1處指示了何種類型的定位。At stage 14 in Figure 3 or as specified in step 16 of 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1, the LMF 152 indicates to the UE 102 when the UE 102 is in the RRC INACTIVE state, e.g. via the The LCS periodic-triggered trigger request does not include LPP positioning information, and subsequent location reporting events can use UL positioning. The delayed route identifier indicating the preset LMF 152 may not be included in the LCS periodic trigger location trigger sent at stage 14 in Figure 3 (or in step 16 in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1), because for the following Event reporting at stages 4 through 11, the LMF 152 needs to know what type of positioning was indicated at stage 1 in order to properly support these subsequent stages. However, the default LMF 152 may generally not know what type of positioning was indicated at stage 1 .

在圖4D中的階段2處,UE 102在偵測到事件之前的某個時間進入RRC INACTIVE狀態,例如,如針對圖4B中的階段2所描述的。若在偵測到事件時UE 102不處於RRC INACTIVE狀態,則UE 102可以遵循針對3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的步驟22至31描述的程序以將事件報告給LMF 152和LCS客戶端130或AF 132。LMF 152可能不知道UE 102是否處於RRC INACTIVE狀態。此舉允許LMF 152遵循此處針對圖4D描述的程序或在3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中針對事件報告描述的程序。利用此處針對圖4D描述的程序,最初處於RRC INACTIVE狀態的UE 102可以在該程序完成之後保持在RRC INACTIVE狀態。利用3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的程序,最初處於RRC INACTIVE狀態的UE可以在3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的程序期間移動到RRCCONNECTED狀態。At Phase 2 in Figure 4D, UE 102 enters the RRC INACTIVE state some time before the event is detected, eg, as described for Phase 2 in Figure 4B. If the UE 102 is not in the RRC INACTIVE state when the event is detected, the UE 102 may follow the procedure described for steps 22 to 31 in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1 to report the event to the LMF 152 and the LCS Client 130 or AF 132. LMF 152 may not know if UE 102 is in RRC INACTIVE state. This allows the LMF 152 to follow the procedure described here for Figure 4D or in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1 for event reporting. Utilizing the procedure described herein for FIG. 4D, a UE 102 that was initially in the RRC INACTIVE state may remain in the RRC INACTIVE state after completion of the procedure. Using the procedure in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1, a UE initially in the RRC INACTIVE state may move to the RRC CONNECTED state during the procedure in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1.

在圖4D中的階段3處,UE 102監測並偵測在階段1期間請求的觸發事件。At Phase 3 in FIG. 4D , UE 102 monitors and detects the trigger event requested during Phase 1 .

在階段4處,UE 102向NG-RAN 112中的服務gNB 110發送帶小資料傳輸(SDT)的RRC恢復請求。RRC恢復請求包括含有UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息的RRC UL資訊傳送訊息,該UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息包括補充服務事件報告訊息。UE 102可能不在補充服務事件報告訊息中包括LPP定位訊息。事件報告訊息可以包括如TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的步驟25中描述的其他資訊(例如,正在報告的事件類型)。UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息亦包括在圖3中的階段14處接收到的延遲路由辨識符。At phase 4, the UE 102 sends an RRC resume request with Small Data Transmission (SDT) to the serving gNB 110 in the NG-RAN 112 . The RRC resume request includes an RRC UL information transfer message including a UL NAS TRANSPORT message including a supplementary service event report message. UE 102 may not include LPP positioning information in the supplementary service event report message. The incident report message may include other information (eg, the type of incident being reported) as described in step 25 of TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1. The UL NAS TRANSPORT message also includes the delayed route identifier received at stage 14 in FIG. 3 .

在階段5處,服務gNB 110在N2上行鏈路NAS傳輸訊息中將UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息轉發到服務AMF 154。若服務gNB 110不是UE 102的錨gNB 110-A,則UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息可以經由錨gNB 110-A轉發到服務AMF 154。At phase 5, the serving gNB 110 forwards the UL NAS TRANSPORT message to the serving AMF 154 in the N2 uplink NAS transport message. If the serving gNB 110 is not the anchor gNB 110-A of the UE 102, the UL NAS TRANSPORT message may be forwarded to the serving AMF 154 via the anchor gNB 110-A.

在階段6處,AMF 154檢查NAS訊息的完整性並解密其內容。AMF 154隨後引動Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify服務操作以將事件報告轉發給服務LMF 152。At stage 6, AMF 154 checks the integrity of the NAS message and decrypts its content. AMF 154 then invokes the Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify service operation to forward the event report to service LMF 152 .

在階段7處,LMF 152使用網路輔助定位程序(如圖4A中的階段5、6a、7、8、10中描述或如在3GPP TS 23.273條款6.11.2中描述)以請求服務gNB 110在階段11處向UE 102提供UL配置(例如,UL SRS或UL PRS配置)。服務gNB 110隨後決定UL配置(例如,如圖4A中的階段6a處的UL SRS或UL PRS配置)並將所決定的UL配置的細節提供回LMF 152(例如,如圖4A中的階段7處)。LMF 152亦使用非UE關聯網路輔助資料程序來請求NG-RAN 112 gNB 110節點對UE 102進行UL位置量測(例如,在圖4A中的階段11處)。因為UE 102處於RRC INACTIVE狀態並且因此處於CM CONNECTED狀態,所以AMF 154不會執行網路觸發服務請求來支援UL定位。此舉避免了UE 102轉變到RRC CONNECTED狀態。At Phase 7, the LMF 152 uses the Network Assisted Location procedure (as described in Phases 5, 6a, 7, 8, 10 in Figure 4A or as described in 3GPP TS 23.273 Clause 6.11.2) to request the serving gNB 110 in The UL configuration (eg, UL SRS or UL PRS configuration) is provided to UE 102 at stage 11 . Serving gNB 110 then decides on the UL configuration (e.g., UL SRS or UL PRS configuration at stage 6a as in FIG. 4A ) and provides details of the decided UL configuration back to LMF 152 (e.g., as at stage 7 in FIG. 4A ). ). The LMF 152 also requests the NG-RAN 112 gNB 110 node to make UL location measurements for the UE 102 using the non-UE associated network assistance data procedure (eg, at stage 11 in FIG. 4A ). Because UE 102 is in RRC INACTIVE state and thus in CM CONNECTED state, AMF 154 will not perform a network triggered service request to support UL positioning. This avoids UE 102 transitioning to RRC CONNECTED state.

在階段8處,LMF 152引動Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer操作以返回對事件報告的認可。若LMF 152發生變化,則該認可可以包括新LMF 152的延遲路由辨識符。At stage 8, the LMF 152 invokes the Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer operation to return an acknowledgment of the event report. If the LMF 152 changes, the acknowledgment may include the new LMF 152's delayed route identifier.

在階段9處,AMF 154在封裝於N2下行鏈路NAS傳輸訊息中的DL NAS TRANSPORT訊息中將認可轉發給服務gNB 110。若服務gNB 110不是UE 102的錨gNB 110-A,則DL NAS TRANSPORT訊息可以經由錨gNB 110-A轉發到服務gNB 110。At phase 9, the AMF 154 forwards the acknowledgment to the serving gNB 110 in a DL NAS TRANSPORT message encapsulated in the N2 downlink NAS transport message. If the serving gNB 110 is not the anchor gNB 110-A of the UE 102, the DL NAS TRANSPORT message may be forwarded to the serving gNB 110 via the anchor gNB 110-A.

在階段10處,接收gNB節點向UE 102發送後續DL SDT訊息,並且包括在階段9處接收到的NAS訊息。At stage 10, the receiving gNB node sends a subsequent DL SDT message to UE 102 and includes the NAS message received at stage 9.

在階段11處,服務gNB 110向UE 102發送RRC釋放訊息以將UE 102保持在RRC INACTIVE狀態,並且包括在階段7處由LMF 152請求的及/或在階段7處由服務gNB 110決定的UL配置以支援UL定位。在一些實施方案中(例如,在半持久UL-PRS的情況下),圖4A的階段6b及/或階段9亦可以在階段10和11之前由服務gNB 110執行。At Phase 11, serving gNB 110 sends an RRC Release message to UE 102 to keep UE 102 in RRC INACTIVE state, and includes the UL Configure to support UL positioning. In some implementations (eg, in the case of semi-persistent UL-PRS), stage 6b and/or stage 9 of FIG. 4A may also be performed by the serving gNB 110 before stages 10 and 11 .

在階段12處,UE 102根據在階段11處接收到的UL配置來傳輸UL定位信號。在階段7處被請求獲得UL位置量測的NG-RAN 112 gNB 110節點獲得由UE 102傳輸的UL定位信號的UL位置量測。At stage 12, the UE 102 transmits a UL positioning signal according to the UL configuration received at stage 11. The NG-RAN 112 gNB 110 node requested to obtain UL location measurements at stage 7 obtains UL location measurements for the UL positioning signal transmitted by the UE 102 .

在階段13處,NG-RAN 112 gNB 110節點使用3GPP TS 23.273條款6.11.3條中的或如圖4A中的階段17處所示的非UE 102關聯網路輔助資料程序將在階段12處獲得的UL位置量測值傳送到LMF 152。At Phase 13, the NG-RAN 112 gNB 110 node uses the non-UE 102 associated network assistance data procedure in 3GPP TS 23.273 Clause 6.11.3 or as shown at Phase 17 in Figure 4A to be obtained at Phase 12 The UL position measurements of are transmitted to the LMF 152.

在階段14處,在階段13之後,UE 102保持在RRC INACTIVE狀態。At phase 14, after phase 13, the UE 102 remains in the RRC INACTIVE state.

在階段15處,LMF 152使用在階段13處接收的UL位置量測來決定UE 102的位置。LMF 152可能不會嘗試從UE 102或從NG-RAN 112獲得附加的位置量測,例如因為此舉可能以其他方式導致UE 102進入RRC CONNECTED狀態,此舉將增加UE 102的功耗。At stage 15 the LMF 152 uses the UL location measurements received at stage 13 to determine the location of the UE 102 . LMF 152 may not attempt to obtain additional location measurements from UE 102 or from NG-RAN 112, eg, because doing so may otherwise cause UE 102 to enter RRC CONNECTED state, which would increase UE 102 power consumption.

在階段16處,執行條款6.3.1的步驟28至31以將事件報告從LMF 152發送到LCS客戶端130或AF 132,該事件報告包括在階段15處獲得的任何位置,並監測UE 102處的下一週期性或觸發事件。At stage 16, steps 28 to 31 of clause 6.3.1 are performed to send an event report from the LMF 152 to the LCS client 130 or AF 132, the event report including any location obtained at stage 15, and monitoring next periodic or trigger event.

包括圖4E-1和圖4E-2的圖4E圖示當UE 102處於RRC INACTIVE狀態時並且當事件報告使用UL+DL定位時啟動和報告用於週期性或定位事件的延遲5GC-MT-LR程序的觸發定位事件。該程序可以由於NR存取5GC而適用於UE 102。圖4E圖示與圖4A和圖4B類似的程序但被限於UE 102的UL+DL定位。UE 102的服務gNB 110-S和錨gNB 110-A未在圖4E中圖示,但是可能仍存在於NG-RAN 112中,隨後在支援UE 102與AMF 154和LMF 152之間的信號傳遞態樣表現得如圖4A中描述的一般。Figure 4E, which includes Figures 4E-1 and 4E-2, illustrates the delay 5GC-MT-LR for periodic or positioning events initiated and reported when UE 102 is in RRC INACTIVE state and when event reporting uses UL+DL positioning The program's trigger positioning event. This procedure may apply to UE 102 due to NR access to 5GC. FIG. 4E illustrates a procedure similar to FIGS. 4A and 4B but limited to UL+DL positioning of UE 102 . Serving gNB 110-S and Anchor gNB 110-A of UE 102 are not shown in FIG. 4E , but may still exist in NG-RAN 112 and subsequently support the signaling state between UE 102 and AMF 154 and LMF 152. This behaves as described in Figure 4A.

在圖4E中的階段1處,在具有以下差異的情況下執行用於週期性或觸發定位事件的延遲5GC-MT-LR程序,諸如圖3所示或如3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中指定的一般。At phase 1 in Figure 4E, a delayed 5GC-MT-LR procedure for periodic or triggered location events is performed with the following differences, such as shown in Figure 3 or as specified in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1 the average.

在圖3的階段14處或如3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的步驟16中所規定的,LMF 152向UE 102指示當UE 102處於RRC INACTIVE狀態時,經由在圖3中的階段14處發送給UE 102的LCS週期性-觸發引動請求中包括LPP定位訊息(例如,LPP請求位置資訊訊息),後續位置報告事件將使用UL+DL定位,其中LPP定位訊息辨識UL+DL定位方法並請求DL位置量測用於該定位方法。LMF 152亦在作為LMF 152的辨識的LCS週期性觸發定位引動中包括延遲路由辨識符。指示預設LMF 152的延遲路由辨識符可能不包括在圖3的階段14處(或在3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的步驟16中)發送的LCS週期性觸發位置引動中,因為對於以下階段4至20處的事件報告,LMF 152需要知道在階段1處指示了何種類型的定位以便正確地支援該等後續階段。然而,預設LMF 152可能通常不知道在階段1處指示了何種類型的定位。At stage 14 of FIG. 3 or as specified in step 16 in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1, LMF 152 indicates to UE 102 that when UE 102 is in RRC INACTIVE state, via sending The LCS periodic-trigger trigger request to UE 102 includes LPP positioning message (for example, LPP request location information message), and subsequent location reporting events will use UL+DL positioning, where the LPP positioning message identifies the UL+DL positioning method and requests DL Position measurements are used for this positioning method. The LMF 152 also includes the delay route identifier in the LCS Periodic Trigger Locator as an identification of the LMF 152 . The delayed route identifier indicating the preset LMF 152 may not be included in the LCS periodic trigger location trigger sent at phase 14 of Figure 3 (or in step 16 in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1), because for the following phase Event reports at 4 to 20, the LMF 152 needs to know what type of positioning was indicated at Phase 1 in order to properly support these subsequent phases. However, the default LMF 152 may generally not know what type of positioning was indicated at stage 1 .

在階段2處,UE 102在偵測到事件之前的某個時間進入RRC INACTIVE狀態,例如,如針對圖4B中的階段2所描述的。若在步驟3處偵測到事件時UE 102不處於RRC INACTIVE狀態,則UE 102可以遵循針對3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的步驟22至31描述的程序以將事件報告給LMF 152和LCS客戶端130或AF 132。LMF 152可能不知道UE 102是否處於RRC INACTIVE狀態。此舉允許LMF 152遵循此處針對圖4E描述的程序或在條款6.3.1中針對事件報告描述的程序。利用此處針對圖4E描述的程序,最初處於RRC INACTIVE狀態的UE 102可以在該程序完成之後保持在RRC INACTIVE狀態。利用3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的程序,最初處於RRC INACTIVE狀態的UE可以在3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的程序期間移動到RRC CONNECTED狀態。At phase 2, UE 102 enters the RRC INACTIVE state some time before the event is detected, eg, as described for phase 2 in FIG. 4B. If the UE 102 is not in the RRC INACTIVE state when the event is detected at step 3, the UE 102 may follow the procedure described for steps 22 to 31 in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1 to report the event to the LMF 152 and the LCS client end 130 or AF 132. LMF 152 may not know if UE 102 is in RRC INACTIVE state. This allows the LMF 152 to follow the procedure described here for Figure 4E or in clause 6.3.1 for event reporting. Utilizing the procedure described herein for FIG. 4E, a UE 102 that was initially in the RRC INACTIVE state may remain in the RRC INACTIVE state after completion of the procedure. Using the procedure in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1, a UE initially in the RRC INACTIVE state may move to the RRC CONNECTED state during the procedure in 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1.

在階段3處,UE 102監測並偵測在階段1期間請求的觸發事件。At Phase 3, UE 102 monitors and detects the triggering events requested during Phase 1 .

在階段4處,UE 102向NG-RAN 112中的服務gNB 110發送帶小資料傳輸(SDT)的RRC恢復請求。RRC恢復請求包括含有UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息的RRC UL資訊傳送訊息,該UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息包括補充服務事件報告訊息。UE 102在補充服務事件報告訊息中包括LPP定位訊息(例如,LPP請求輔助資料訊息),該訊息包括針對UL配置支援在階段1處指示給UE 102的UL+DL定位方法的請求。事件報告訊息亦可以包括如3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1中的步驟25中描述的其他資訊(例如,正在報告的事件類型)。事件報告訊息亦可以包括可以辨識事件報告訊息的辨識符(例如,數值辨識符)。UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息亦包括在圖3中的階段14中接收到的延遲路由辨識符。At phase 4, the UE 102 sends an RRC resume request with Small Data Transmission (SDT) to the serving gNB 110 in the NG-RAN 112 . The RRC resume request includes an RRC UL information transfer message including a UL NAS TRANSPORT message including a supplementary service event report message. The UE 102 includes an LPP positioning message (eg, LPP Request Assistance Data message) in the supplementary service event report message, which includes a request for UL configuration to support the UL+DL positioning method indicated to the UE 102 at Phase 1 . The event report message may also include other information (eg, the type of event being reported) as described in step 25 of 3GPP TS 23.273 clause 6.3.1. The event report message may also include an identifier (eg, a numeric identifier) that can identify the event report message. The UL NAS TRANSPORT message also includes the delayed route identifier received in stage 14 in FIG. 3 .

在階段5處,服務gNB 110在N2上行鏈路NAS傳輸訊息中將UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息轉發到服務AMF 154。若服務gNB 110不是UE 102的錨gNB 110-A,則UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息可以經由錨gNB 110A轉發到服務AMF 154。At phase 5, the serving gNB 110 forwards the UL NAS TRANSPORT message to the serving AMF 154 in the N2 uplink NAS transport message. If the serving gNB 110 is not the anchor gNB 110-A of the UE 102, the UL NAS TRANSPORT message may be forwarded to the serving AMF 154 via the anchor gNB 110A.

在階段6處,AMF 154檢查NAS訊息的完整性並解密其內容。AMF 154隨後引動Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify服務操作以將事件報告轉發給服務LMF 152。At stage 6, AMF 154 checks the integrity of the NAS message and decrypts its content. AMF 154 then invokes the Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify service operation to forward the event report to service LMF 152 .

在階段7處,LMF 152使用網路輔助定位程序(如圖4A中的階段5、6a、7、8、10中描述或如在3GPP TS 23.273條款6.11.2中描述)以請求服務gNB 110在階段11處向UE 102提供UL配置(例如,UL SRS或UL PRS配置)。服務gNB 110隨後決定UL配置(例如,如圖4A中的階段6a處的UL SRS或UL PRS配置)並將所決定的UL配置的細節提供回LMF 152(例如,如圖4A中的階段7處)。LMF 152亦使用非UE 102關聯網路輔助資料程序來請求NG-RAN 112 gNB 110節點對UE 102進行UL位置量測(例如,如圖4A中的階段11處)。因為UE 102處於RRC INACTIVE狀態並且因此處於CM CONNECTED狀態,所以AMF 154不會執行網路觸發服務請求來支援UL+DL定位。此舉避免了UE 102轉變到RRC CONNECTED狀態。At Phase 7, the LMF 152 uses the Network Assisted Location procedure (as described in Phases 5, 6a, 7, 8, 10 in Figure 4A or as described in 3GPP TS 23.273 Clause 6.11.2) to request the serving gNB 110 in The UL configuration (eg, UL SRS or UL PRS configuration) is provided to UE 102 at stage 11 . Serving gNB 110 then decides on the UL configuration (e.g., UL SRS or UL PRS configuration at stage 6a as in FIG. 4A ) and provides details of the decided UL configuration back to LMF 152 (e.g., as at stage 7 in FIG. 4A ). ). The LMF 152 also requests the NG-RAN 112 gNB 110 node to make UL location measurements for the UE 102 using the non-UE 102 associated network assistance data procedure (eg, at stage 11 in FIG. 4A ). Since UE 102 is in RRC INACTIVE state and thus in CM CONNECTED state, AMF 154 will not perform a network triggered service request to support UL+DL positioning. This avoids UE 102 transitioning to RRC CONNECTED state.

在階段8處,LMF 152引動Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer操作以返回對事件報告的認可。若LMF 152發生變化,則該認可可以包括新LMF 152的延遲路由辨識符。At stage 8, the LMF 152 invokes the Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer operation to return an acknowledgment of the event report. If the LMF 152 changes, the acknowledgment may include the new LMF 152's delayed route identifier.

在階段9處,AMF 154在封裝於N2下行鏈路NAS傳輸訊息中的DL NAS TRANSPORT訊息中將認可轉發給服務gNB 110。若服務gNB 110不是UE 102的錨gNB 110-A,則DL NAS TRANSPORT訊息可以經由錨gNB 110-A轉發到服務gNB 110。At phase 9, the AMF 154 forwards the acknowledgment to the serving gNB 110 in a DL NAS TRANSPORT message encapsulated in the N2 downlink NAS transport message. If the serving gNB 110 is not the anchor gNB 110-A of the UE 102, the DL NAS TRANSPORT message may be forwarded to the serving gNB 110 via the anchor gNB 110-A.

在階段10處,服務gNB 110向UE 102發送後續DL SDT訊息,並且包括在階段9處接收到的NAS訊息。At stage 10, serving gNB 110 sends a subsequent DL SDT message to UE 102 and includes the NAS message received at stage 9.

在階段11處,服務gNB 110向UE 102發送RRC釋放訊息以將UE 102保持在RRC INACTIVE狀態,並且包括在階段7處由LMF 152請求的及/或在階段7處由服務gNB 110決定的任何UL配置以支援UL+DL定位。在一些實施方案中(例如,在半持久UL-PRS的情況下),圖4A的階段6b及/或階段9亦可以在階段10和11之前由服務gNB 110執行。At Phase 11, serving gNB 110 sends an RRC Release message to UE 102 to keep UE 102 in RRC INACTIVE state, and includes any UL configuration to support UL+DL positioning. In some implementations (eg, in the case of semi-persistent UL-PRS), stage 6b and/or stage 9 of FIG. 4A may also be performed by the serving gNB 110 before stages 10 and 11 .

在階段12處,UE 102根據在階段11處接收到的UL配置來傳輸UL定位信號。UE 102亦獲得在階段1處請求的DL位置量測。在階段7處被請求獲得UL位置量測的NG-RAN 112 gNB 110節點獲得由UE 102傳輸的UL定位信號的UL位置量測。At stage 12, the UE 102 transmits a UL positioning signal according to the UL configuration received at stage 11. UE 102 also obtains the DL location measurements requested at Phase 1 . The NG-RAN 112 gNB 110 node requested to obtain UL location measurements at stage 7 obtains UL location measurements for the UL positioning signal transmitted by the UE 102 .

在階段13處,NG-RAN 112 gNB 110節點使用3GPP TS 23.273條款6.11.3條中的或如圖4A中的階段17處所示的非UE 102關聯網路輔助資料程序將在階段12處獲得的UL位置量測值傳送到LMF 152。At Phase 13, the NG-RAN 112 gNB 110 node uses the non-UE 102 associated network assistance data procedure in 3GPP TS 23.273 Clause 6.11.3 or as shown at Phase 17 in Figure 4A to be obtained at Phase 12 The UL position measurements of are transmitted to the LMF 152.

在階段14處,UE 102向服務gNB 110發送帶小資料傳輸的RRC恢復請求。RRC恢復請求包括含有UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息的RRC UL資訊傳送訊息,該UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息包括補充服務事件報告訊息。事件報告訊息可以指示該事件報告是與在階段4處發送的第一事件報告相關聯的第二事件報告並且包括LPP定位訊息(例如,LPP提供位置資訊訊息),其包括在階段12處獲得的DL位置量測。例如,事件報告訊息可以包括指示該事件報告是與(在階段4至6處)已經發送到LMF 152的前一事件報告相關聯的第二事件報告的事件類型參數。事件報告訊息亦可以或替代地在事件報告訊息中包括辨識符(例如,數值辨識符),該辨識符與在階段4處發送的第一事件報告中包括的辨識符相同。若LMF 152發生變化,則UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息亦包括在圖3的階段14處(或3GPP TS 23.273條款6.3.1條中的步驟16)或該程序中的階段10中接收到的延遲路由辨識符。At stage 14, the UE 102 sends an RRC resume request with small data transmission to the serving gNB 110 . The RRC resume request includes an RRC UL information transfer message including a UL NAS TRANSPORT message including a supplementary service event report message. The event report message may indicate that the event report is a second event report associated with the first event report sent at stage 4 and include LPP location information (e.g., LPP provides location information message), which includes the DL position measurement. For example, the event report message may include an event type parameter indicating that the event report is a second event report associated with a previous event report already sent to the LMF 152 (at stages 4-6). The event report message may also or alternatively include an identifier (eg, a numeric identifier) in the event report message that is the same as the identifier included in the first event report sent at stage 4 . If the LMF 152 changes, the UL NAS TRANSPORT message also includes the delayed route identifier received at stage 14 of Figure 3 (or step 16 in clause 6.3.1 of 3GPP TS 23.273 clause) or in stage 10 of this procedure .

在階段15處,服務gNB 110在N2上行鏈路NAS傳輸訊息中將UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息轉發到服務AMF 154。若服務gNB 110不是UE 102的錨gNB 110-A,則UL NAS TRANSPORT訊息可以經由錨gNB 110-A轉發到服務AMF 154。At stage 15, the serving gNB 110 forwards the UL NAS TRANSPORT message to the serving AMF 154 in an N2 uplink NAS transport message. If the serving gNB 110 is not the anchor gNB 110-A of the UE 102, the UL NAS TRANSPORT message may be forwarded to the serving AMF 154 via the anchor gNB 110-A.

在階段16處,AMF 154檢查NAS訊息的完整性並解密其內容。AMF 154隨後引動Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify服務操作以將事件報告轉發給服務LMF 152。At stage 16, AMF 154 checks the integrity of the NAS message and decrypts its content. AMF 154 then invokes the Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify service operation to forward the event report to service LMF 152 .

在階段17處,LMF 152引動Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer操作以返回對事件報告的認可。LMF 152可以使用對與在階段6處接收到的第一事件報告相關聯的第二事件報告的指示來將在階段16處從AMF 154接收到的事件報告視為第一事件報告的延續而不是單獨的無關事件報告。LMF 152亦可以或替代地使用第二事件報告中的辨識符,該辨識符與在階段6處的第一事件報告中接收的辨識符相同,以將在階段16處接收的事件報告視為第一事件報告的延續,而不是單獨的無關事件報告。例如,LMF 152不會將在階段16處接收到的第二事件報告與在階段6處接收到的第一事件報告視為相同。At stage 17, the LMF 152 invokes the Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer operation to return an acknowledgment of the event report. LMF 152 may use an indication of a second event report associated with the first event report received at stage 6 to treat the event report received at stage 16 from AMF 154 as a continuation of the first event report rather than Separate reports of unrelated incidents. The LMF 152 may also or instead use the same identifier in the second event report as received in the first event report at stage 6 to treat the event report received at stage 16 as the first event report. A continuation of an incident report rather than a separate unrelated incident report. For example, LMF 152 would not treat the second event report received at stage 16 as the same as the first event report received at stage 6 .

在階段18處,AMF 154在封裝於N2下行鏈路NAS傳輸訊息中的DL NAS TRANSPORT訊息中將認可轉發給服務gNB 110。若服務gNB 110不是UE 102的錨gNB 110-A,則DL NAS TRANSPORT訊息可以經由錨gNB 110-A轉發到服務gNB 110。At stage 18, the AMF 154 forwards the acknowledgment to the serving gNB 110 in a DL NAS TRANSPORT message encapsulated in the N2 downlink NAS transport message. If the serving gNB 110 is not the anchor gNB 110-A of the UE 102, the DL NAS TRANSPORT message may be forwarded to the serving gNB 110 via the anchor gNB 110-A.

在階段19處,服務gNB 110向UE 102發送後續DL SDT訊息,並且包括在階段18處接收到的NAS訊息。At stage 19 , serving gNB 110 sends a subsequent DL SDT message to UE 102 and includes the NAS message received at stage 18 .

在階段20處,服務gNB 110向UE 102發送RRC釋放訊息以將UE 102保持在RRC INACTIVE狀態。At stage 20, serving gNB 110 sends an RRC release message to UE 102 to keep UE 102 in RRC INACTIVE state.

在階段21處,在階段20之後,UE 102保持在RRC INACTIVE狀態。At stage 21, after stage 20, the UE 102 remains in the RRC INACTIVE state.

在階段22處,LMF 152使用在階段13處接收的UL位置量測和在階段16處接收的DL位置量測來決定UE 102的位置。LMF 152可能不會嘗試從UE 102或從NG-RAN 112獲得附加的位置量測,例如因為此舉可能以其他方式導致UE 102進入RRC CONNECTED狀態,此舉將增加UE 102的功耗。At stage 22 the LMF 152 uses the UL location measurements received at stage 13 and the DL location measurements received at stage 16 to determine the location of the UE 102 . LMF 152 may not attempt to obtain additional location measurements from UE 102 or from NG-RAN 112, eg, because doing so may otherwise cause UE 102 to enter RRC CONNECTED state, which would increase UE 102 power consumption.

在階段23處,執行條款6.3.1的步驟28至31以將事件報告從LMF 152發送到LCS客戶端130或AF 132,該事件報告包括在階段22處獲得的任何位置,並監測UE 102處的下一週期性或觸發事件。At stage 23, steps 28 to 31 of clause 6.3.1 are performed to send an event report from the LMF 152 to the LCS client 130 or AF 132, the event report including any location obtained at stage 22, and monitoring next periodic or trigger event.

圖5圖示圖示UE 500的某些示例性特徵的示意性方塊圖,例如,該UE可以是圖1中所示的UE 102,該等示例性特徵被配置為在UE 500處於RRC非啟用狀態時支援該UE的定位,例如,如本文所論述。UE 500例如可以執行圖4A、圖4B、圖4C、圖4D及/或圖4E的信號傳遞流程、圖8中所示的過程流程以及本文揭示的伴隨演算法。UE 500可以例如包括:一或多個處理器502;記憶體504;外部介面(例如,無線網路介面),諸如至少一個無線收發器510的、SPS接收器515和一或多個感測器513,該外部介面可以經由一或多個連接件506(例如,匯流排、線路、光纖、連結等)可操作地耦合到非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體520和記憶體504。SPS接收器515例如可以接收並處理來自圖1中所示的SV 190的SPS信號。一或多個感測器513例如可以是慣性量測單元(IMU),其可以包括一或多個加速度計、一或多個陀螺儀、磁力計等。UE 500亦可以包括未圖示的附加物品,諸如可以包括例如顯示器、小鍵盤或其他輸入設備(諸如顯示器上的虛擬小鍵盤)的使用者介面,使用者可以經由該使用者介面與UE進行介接。在某些示例性實施方案中,UE 500的全部或部分可以採取晶片組等的形式。FIG. 5 illustrates a schematic block diagram illustrating certain exemplary features of a UE 500, for example, the UE may be the UE 102 shown in FIG. The state supports positioning of the UE, eg, as discussed herein. For example, UE 500 may execute the signaling flow shown in FIG. 4A , FIG. 4B , FIG. 4C , FIG. 4D and/or FIG. 4E , the process flow shown in FIG. 8 , and accompanying algorithms disclosed herein. UE 500 may, for example, include: one or more processors 502; memory 504; an external interface (e.g., a wireless network interface), such as at least one wireless transceiver 510, an SPS receiver 515, and one or more sensors 513, the external interface can be operatively coupled to the non-transitory computer readable medium 520 and the memory 504 via one or more connections 506 (eg, busses, wires, optical fibers, links, etc.). SPS receiver 515 may, for example, receive and process SPS signals from SV 190 shown in FIG. 1 . The one or more sensors 513 may be, for example, an inertial measurement unit (IMU), which may include one or more accelerometers, one or more gyroscopes, magnetometers, and the like. The UE 500 may also include additional items not shown, such as a user interface that may include, for example, a display, a keypad, or other input device (such as a virtual keypad on the display) through which a user may interface with the UE. catch. In certain exemplary embodiments, all or part of UE 500 may take the form of a chipset or the like.

至少一個無線收發器510可以是用於WWAN通訊系統和WLAN通訊系統兩者的收發器,或者可以包括用於WWAN和WLAN的單獨收發器。無線收發器510可以包括耦合到一或多個天線511的傳輸器512和接收器514,以用於傳輸(例如,在一或多個上行鏈路通道及/或一或多個側行鏈路通道上)及/或接收(例如,在一或多個下行鏈路通道及/或一或多個側行鏈路通道上)無線信號並且將信號從無線信號轉換為有線(例如,電氣及/或光學)信號以及從有線(例如,電氣及/或光學)信號轉換為無線信號。因此,傳輸器512可以包括可以是個別元件或組合/整合的元件的多個傳輸器,及/或接收器514可以包括可以是個別元件或組合/整合的元件的多個接收器。無線收發器510可以被配置為根據諸如以下各項的多種無線電存取技術(RAT)來傳送信號(例如,與基地站和存取點及/或一或多個其他設備通訊):5G新無線電(NR)、GSM(全球行動系統)、UMTS(通用行動電信系統)、AMPS(高級行動電話系統)、CDMA(分碼多工存取)、WCDMA(寬頻CDMA)、LTE(長期進化)、LTE直連(LTE-D)、3GPP LTE-V2X(PC5)、IEEE 802.11(包括IEEE 802.11p)、WiFi、WiFi直連(WiFi-D)、藍芽®、Zigbee等。新無線電可以使用mm波頻率及/或低於6 GHz的頻率。無線收發器510可以例如經由光學及/或電連接通訊地耦合到收發器介面,該收發器介面可以至少部分地與無線收發器510整合。The at least one wireless transceiver 510 may be a transceiver for both the WWAN communication system and the WLAN communication system, or may include separate transceivers for the WWAN and WLAN. Wireless transceiver 510 may include a transmitter 512 and a receiver 514 coupled to one or more antennas 511 for transmitting (e.g., on one or more uplink channels and/or one or more sidelink channels) and/or receive (e.g., on one or more downlink channels and/or one or more sidelink channels) wireless signals and convert signals from wireless to wired (e.g., electrical and/or or optical) signals and conversion from wired (e.g., electrical and/or optical) signals to wireless signals. Thus, transmitter 512 may include multiple transmitters, which may be separate elements or combined/integrated elements, and/or receiver 514 may include multiple receivers, which may be separate elements or combined/integrated elements. The wireless transceiver 510 may be configured to transmit signals (eg, communicate with base stations and access points and/or one or more other devices) according to various radio access technologies (RATs), such as: 5G New Radio (NR), GSM (Global Mobile System), UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System), AMPS (Advanced Mobile Phone System), CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access), WCDMA (Wideband CDMA), LTE (Long Term Evolution), LTE Direct (LTE-D), 3GPP LTE-V2X (PC5), IEEE 802.11 (including IEEE 802.11p), WiFi, WiFi Direct (WiFi-D), Bluetooth®, Zigbee, etc. New radios can use mm wave frequencies and/or frequencies below 6 GHz. Wireless transceiver 510 may be communicatively coupled to a transceiver interface, which may be at least partially integrated with wireless transceiver 510 , eg, via an optical and/or electrical connection.

在一些實施例中,UE 500可以包括天線511,其可以是內部的或外部的。UE天線511可以用於傳輸及/或接收由無線收發器510處理的信號。在一些實施例中,UE天線511可以耦合到無線收發器510。在一些實施例中,可以在UE天線511與無線收發器510的連接點處執行對由UE 500接收(傳輸)的信號的量測。例如,用於接收(傳輸)的RF信號量測的量測參考點可以是接收器514(傳輸器512)的輸入(輸出)端子和UE天線511的輸出(輸入)端子。在具有多個UE天線511或天線陣列的UE 500中,天線連接器可以被視為表示多個UE天線的聚合輸出(輸入)的虛擬點。在一些實施例中,UE 500可以量測包括信號強度和TOA量測的接收信號,並且原始量測可以由一或多個處理器502來處理。In some embodiments, UE 500 may include antenna 511, which may be internal or external. UE antenna 511 may be used to transmit and/or receive signals processed by wireless transceiver 510 . In some embodiments, UE antenna 511 may be coupled to wireless transceiver 510 . In some embodiments, measurements of signals received (transmitted) by the UE 500 may be performed at the connection point of the UE antenna 511 with the wireless transceiver 510 . For example, measurement reference points for received (transmitted) RF signal measurements may be the input (output) terminals of the receiver 514 (transmitter 512 ) and the output (input) terminals of the UE antenna 511 . In a UE 500 with multiple UE antennas 511 or antenna arrays, an antenna connector can be considered as a virtual point representing the aggregated output (input) of multiple UE antennas. In some embodiments, UE 500 may measure received signals including signal strength and TOA measurements, and the raw measurements may be processed by one or more processors 502 .

可以使用硬體、韌體和軟體的組合來實施一或多個處理器502。例如,一或多個處理器502可以被配置為經由在諸如媒體520及/或記憶體504之類的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體上實施一或多個指令或程式碼508來執行本文論述的功能。在一些實施例中,一或多個處理器502可以表示一或多個電路,該一或多個電路可配置為執行與UE 500的操作有關的資料信號計算程序或過程的至少一部分。One or more processors 502 may be implemented using a combination of hardware, firmware, and software. For example, one or more processors 502 may be configured to implement one or more instructions or code 508 on a non-transitory computer-readable medium, such as medium 520 and/or memory 504, to perform the tasks discussed herein. function. In some embodiments, one or more processors 502 may represent one or more circuits that may be configured to perform at least a portion of a data signal calculation procedure or process related to the operation of UE 500 .

媒體520及/或記憶體504可以儲存指令或程式碼508,該等指令或程式碼含有可執行代碼或軟體指令,該等可執行代碼或軟體指令在由一或多個處理器502執行時使一或多個處理器502充當專用電腦,該專用電腦被程式設計為執行所揭示技術。如UE 500所示,媒體520及/或記憶體504可以包括一或多個元件或模組,其可以由一或多個處理器502實施以執行本文所描述的方法。儘管元件或模組被示為媒體520中可由一或多個處理器502執行的軟體,但是應當理解,元件或模組可以儲存在記憶體504中或者可以是一或多個處理器502中或處理器外的專用硬體。Media 520 and/or memory 504 may store instructions or code 508 containing executable code or software instructions that, when executed by one or more processors 502, use One or more processors 502 act as a special purpose computer programmed to perform the disclosed techniques. As shown in UE 500, medium 520 and/or memory 504 may include one or more elements or modules, which may be implemented by one or more processors 502 to perform the methods described herein. Although elements or modules are shown as software in media 520 executable by one or more processors 502, it should be understood that elements or modules may be stored in memory 504 or may be in one or more processors 502 or Dedicated hardware outside of the processor.

許多軟體模組和資料表可以常駐在媒體520及/或記憶體504中,並且被一或多個處理器502利用以便管理本文描述的通訊和功能性。應當理解,如UE 500所示的媒體520及/或記憶體504的內容的組織僅是示例性的,並且因而模組及/或資料結構的功能性可以被組合、分離及/或以不同方式結構化,此舉取決於UE 500的實施方案。A number of software modules and tables may be resident on medium 520 and/or memory 504 and utilized by one or more processors 502 to manage the communications and functionality described herein. It should be understood that the organization of the contents of media 520 and/or memory 504 as shown by UE 500 is exemplary only, and thus the functionality of modules and/or data structures may be combined, separated, and/or differently Structured, this depends on the UE 500 implementation.

媒體520及/或記憶體504可以包括定位通信期模組522,其在由一或多個處理器502實施時將一或多個處理器502配置為經由服務基地站經由無線收發器510與定位伺服器進行定位通信期,其包括:接收包括週期性或觸發定位的定位服務請求;接收針對定位能力的請求和針對位置資訊的請求,諸如例如用於UE輔助定位過程的定位量測,或例如用於基於UE的定位過程的位置估計。一或多個處理器502被配置為例如經由提供定位能力和請求的位置資訊來發送對定位服務請求的回應。一或多個處理器502可以被配置為監測事件,例如週期性或觸發事件。一或多個處理器502可以被配置為在SDT中產生和發送帶RRC恢復請求的事件報告,該RRC恢復請求可以包括針對輔助資料(例如,針對UL PRS配置)的請求,例如,如在圖4A的階段3處所論述的。一或多個處理器502亦可以被配置為接收輔助資料和其他資訊,例如,用於接收和量測DL PRS以及用於傳輸UL PRS的其他資訊。例如,一或多個處理器502可以被配置為接收一或多個UL PRS配置,其可以在後續DL SDT中或在諸如RRC釋放訊息的RRC訊息中提供,諸如在圖4A的階段6b或階段13中所描述。一或多個處理器502可以被配置為例如在MAC-CE級別下或在諸如RRC釋放訊息的RRC訊息中接收MAC-CE UL PRS啟用,諸如在圖4A的階段9和13中所描述。一或多個處理器502可以被配置為執行定位相關程序,諸如傳輸UL PRS及/或接收和量測DL PRS用於定位量測,諸如Rx-Tx、AOA、AOD、TOA、RSRP等。一或多個處理器502可以被配置為在帶RRC恢復請求的SDT中的事件報告中產生定位資訊(例如,其包括DL PRS量測及/或位置估計(若已產生))並將其發送到LMF,例如,如圖4A的階段15處所論述的。一或多個處理器502可以被配置為例如在MAC-CE級別下或在諸如RRC釋放訊息的RRC訊息中接收MAC-CE UL-PRS停用,諸如在圖4A的階段18b和20中所描述。The medium 520 and/or memory 504 may include a location communication module 522 which, when implemented by the one or more processors 502, configures the one or more processors 502 to communicate with the location location via the serving base station via the wireless transceiver 510 The server performs a positioning communication period, which includes: receiving a positioning service request including periodic or triggered positioning; receiving a request for positioning capability and a request for position information, such as, for example, positioning measurements for UE-assisted positioning procedures, or for example Position estimation for UE based positioning procedures. The one or more processors 502 are configured to send a response to the location service request, eg, by providing location capabilities and requested location information. One or more processors 502 may be configured to monitor for events, such as periodic or trigger events. One or more processors 502 may be configured to generate and send an event report in SDT with an RRC recovery request, which may include a request for assistance material (for example, for UL PRS configuration), for example, as shown in FIG. Discussed at Stage 3 of 4A. The one or more processors 502 may also be configured to receive assistance data and other information, eg, for receiving and measuring DL PRS and other information for transmitting UL PRS. For example, one or more processors 502 may be configured to receive one or more UL PRS configurations, which may be provided in a subsequent DL SDT or in an RRC message such as an RRC Release message, such as in stage 6b or stage 4A of FIG. 4A as described in 13. The one or more processors 502 may be configured to receive MAC-CE UL PRS Enable, eg, at the MAC-CE level or in an RRC message such as an RRC Release message, such as described in stages 9 and 13 of FIG. 4A . The one or more processors 502 may be configured to perform positioning related procedures, such as transmitting UL PRS and/or receiving and measuring DL PRS for positioning measurements, such as Rx-Tx, AOA, AOD, TOA, RSRP, etc. One or more processors 502 may be configured to generate and send positioning information (e.g., including DL PRS measurements and/or position estimates (if generated)) in an event report in SDT with RRC recovery request to the LMF, eg, as discussed at stage 15 of Figure 4A. The one or more processors 502 may be configured to receive MAC-CE UL-PRS deactivation, for example at the MAC-CE level or in an RRC message such as an RRC Release message, such as described in stages 18b and 20 of FIG. 4A .

媒體520及/或記憶體504可以包括RRC非啟用模組524,其在由一或多個處理器502實施時將一或多個處理器502配置為與gNB發送和接收訊息以進入RRC非啟用狀態。The medium 520 and/or memory 504 may include an RRC deactivation module 524 which, when implemented by the one or more processors 502, configures the one or more processors 502 to send and receive messages with the gNB to enter RRC deactivation state.

媒體520及/或記憶體504可以包括RRC恢復模組526,其在由一或多個處理器502實施時將一或多個處理器502配置為向gNB發送和從gNB接收與RRC恢復請求相關的訊息。例如,一或多個處理器502可以被配置為向服務gNB發送帶RRC恢復請求訊息的SDT,並且可以被配置為包括請求UL PRS配置及/或定位位置資訊(例如,包括DL PRS量測及/或位置估計(若已產生))的LPP請求輔助資料訊息。一或多個處理器502可以被配置為從服務gNB接收後續的DL SDT訊息,其可以包括UL PRS配置。一或多個處理器502可以被配置為從服務gNB接收RRC釋放訊息,其可以包括事件報告認可,並且可以被配置為在RRC釋放訊息中接收UL PRS配置。The medium 520 and/or the memory 504 may include an RRC recovery module 526 which, when implemented by the one or more processors 502, configures the one or more processors 502 to send to and receive from the gNB associated with the RRC recovery request message. For example, one or more processors 502 may be configured to send an SDT with an RRC recovery request message to the serving gNB, and may be configured to include requests for UL PRS configuration and/or positioning location information (e.g., including DL PRS measurements and and/or location estimate (if generated)) LPP Request Auxiliary Data message. The one or more processors 502 may be configured to receive subsequent DL SDT messages from the serving gNB, which may include UL PRS configuration. The one or more processors 502 may be configured to receive an RRC release message from the serving gNB, which may include an event report acknowledgment, and may be configured to receive a UL PRS configuration in the RRC release message.

取決於應用,可以經由各種方式來實施本文描述的方法。例如,該等方法可以硬體、韌體、軟體或其任何組合來實施。對於硬體實施方案,一或多個處理器502可以在一或多個特殊應用積體電路(ASIC)、數位信號處理器(DSP)、數位信號處理設備(DSPD)、可程式設計邏輯設備(PLD)、現場可程式設計閘陣列(FPGA)、處理器、控制器、微控制器、微處理器、電子設備、被設計成執行本文描述的功能的其他電子單元或其組合內實施。Depending on the application, the methods described herein can be implemented in various ways. For example, the methods can be implemented in hardware, firmware, software or any combination thereof. For a hardware implementation, one or more processors 502 may be implemented on one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices ( PLD), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), processor, controller, microcontroller, microprocessor, electronic device, other electronic unit designed to perform the functions described herein, or a combination thereof.

對於韌體及/或軟體實施方案,可以用執行本文描述的功能的模組(例如,程序、功能等等)來實施方法。有形地體現指令的任何機器可讀取媒體皆可以用於實施本文描述的方法。例如,軟體代碼可以儲存在連接到一或多個處理器502並由其執行的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體520或記憶體504中。記憶體可以在一或多個處理器內或在一或多個處理器之外實施。如本文所使用的,術語「記憶體」是指任何類型的長期、短期、揮發性、非揮發性或其他記憶體,並且不限於任何特定類型的記憶體或特定數量的記憶體,或其上儲存有記憶體的媒體的類型。For a firmware and/or software implementation, the methodologies may be implemented with modules (eg, procedures, functions, and so on) that perform the functions described herein. Any machine-readable medium tangibly embodying instructions can be used to implement the methods described herein. For example, software code may be stored on a non-transitory computer-readable medium 520 or memory 504 that is coupled to and executed by one or more processors 502 . Memory may be implemented within the one or more processors or external to the one or more processors. As used herein, the term "memory" refers to any type of long-term, short-term, volatile, non-volatile or other memory, and is not limited to any particular type or quantity of memory, or The type of media on which the memory is stored.

若以韌體及/或軟體實施,則該等功能可以作為一或多個指令或程式碼508儲存在諸如媒體520及/或記憶體504之類的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體上。實例包括用資料結構編碼的電腦可讀取媒體和用電腦程式碼508編碼的電腦可讀取媒體。例如,包括儲存在其上的程式碼508的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體可以包括用於以與揭示的實施例一致的方式支援處於RRC非啟用狀態中的UE的定位的程式碼508。非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體520包括實體電腦儲存媒體。儲存媒體可以為可以由電腦存取的任何可用媒體。舉例而言而不限制,此種非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體可以包括RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其他光碟儲存、磁碟儲存或其他磁儲存設備,或者可以用於儲存具有指令或資料結構形式的期望的程式碼508並且可以由電腦進行存取的任何其他媒體;如本文中使用的磁碟及光碟包含壓縮光碟(CD)、鐳射光碟、光學光碟、數位多功能光碟(DVD)、軟碟及藍光光碟,其中磁碟通常磁性地再現資料,而光碟借助於鐳射光學地再現資料。上述組合亦應包括在電腦可讀取媒體的範疇內。If implemented in firmware and/or software, the functions may be stored as one or more instructions or code 508 on a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as medium 520 and/or memory 504 . Examples include computer readable media encoded with a data structure and computer readable media encoded with computer program code 508 . For example, a non-transitory computer-readable medium including code 508 stored thereon may include code 508 for supporting positioning of UEs in an RRC non-enabled state in a manner consistent with disclosed embodiments. The non-transitory computer readable medium 520 includes tangible computer storage media. Storage media may be any available media that can be accessed by a computer. By way of example and without limitation, such non-transitory computer-readable media may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM, or other optical storage, magnetic disk storage, or other magnetic storage devices, or may be used to store Desired program code 508 in the form of a data structure and any other medium that can be accessed by a computer; as used herein, disk and optical disc includes compact disc (CD), laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc (DVD) , floppy disk and Blu-ray disc, where magnetic disks usually reproduce data magnetically, and optical disks reproduce data optically with the help of lasers. The above combinations should also be included in the category of computer-readable media.

除了儲存在電腦可讀取媒體520上之外,指令及/或資料亦可以作為信號提供在通訊裝置中所包括的傳輸媒體上。例如,通訊裝置可以包括具有指示指令和資料的信號的無線收發器510。指令和資料被配置為使一或多個處理器實施請求項中概述的功能。亦即,通訊裝置包括具有指示用於執行所揭示的功能的資訊的信號的傳輸媒體。In addition to being stored on the computer-readable medium 520, instructions and/or data may also be provided as signals on a transmission medium included in the communication device. For example, the communication device may include a wireless transceiver 510 with signals indicative of commands and data. The instructions and materials are configured to cause one or more processors to perform the functions outlined in the claims. That is, the communication device includes a transmission medium with signals indicative of information for performing disclosed functions.

記憶體504可以表示任何資料儲存機制。記憶體504可以包括例如主記憶體及/或次記憶體。主記憶體可以包括例如隨機存取記憶體、唯讀記憶體等。儘管在該實例中被示為與一或多個處理器502分離,但是應當理解,主記憶體的全部或部分可以設置在一或多個處理器502的內部或者以其他方式與其共置/耦合。次記憶體可以包括例如與主記憶體相同或類似類型的記憶體及/或一或多個資料儲存設備或系統,諸如例如磁碟機、光碟機、磁帶碟機、固態記憶體驅動器等。Memory 504 may represent any data storage mechanism. The memory 504 may include, for example, primary memory and/or secondary memory. Main memory may include, for example, random access memory, read only memory, and the like. Although shown in this example as being separate from the one or more processors 502, it should be understood that all or part of the main memory may be located within or otherwise co-located/coupled with the one or more processors 502 . Secondary memory may include, for example, the same or similar type of memory as primary memory and/or one or more data storage devices or systems such as, for example, magnetic disk drives, optical disk drives, magnetic tape drives, solid-state memory drives, and the like.

在某些實施方案中,次記憶體可以在操作上接收非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體520,或者可配置以耦合到非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體。因而,在某些示例性實施方案中,本文呈現的方法及/或裝置可以採用電腦可讀取媒體520的全部或一部分的形式,該電腦可讀取媒體可以包括儲存在其上的電腦可實施程式碼508,若由一或多個處理器502執行,則該電腦可實施代碼可以在操作上能夠執行本文描述的示例性操作的全部或部分。電腦可讀取媒體520可以是記憶體504的一部分。In some embodiments, the secondary memory can be operable to receive the non-transitory computer-readable medium 520, or can be configured to be coupled to the non-transitory computer-readable medium. Thus, in certain exemplary embodiments, the methods and/or apparatus presented herein may take the form of all or a portion of a computer-readable medium 520, which may include computer-implementable The program code 508, when executed by the one or more processors 502, the computer-implementable code may be operable to perform all or a portion of the exemplary operations described herein. Computer readable medium 520 may be part of memory 504 .

圖6圖示圖示定位伺服器600的某些示例性特徵的示意性方塊圖,該等示例性特徵例如圖1中所示的LMF 152或SLP 162或位於NG-RAN 112中的LMC或LSS,該定位伺服器被配置為支援處於RRC非啟用狀態中的UE(例如,UE 102)的定位,如本文所論述的。定位伺服器600可以執行圖4A、圖4B、圖4C、圖4D及/或圖4E的信號傳遞流程、例如圖9中所示的過程流程以及本文揭示的演算法。定位伺服器600可以例如包括:一或多個處理器602;記憶體604;外部介面616(例如,到核心網路中的基地站及/或實體的有線或無線網路介面),該外部介面可以經由一或多個連接件606(例如,匯流排、線路、光纖、連結等)可操作地耦合到非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體620和記憶體604。在某些示例性實施方案中,定位伺服器600的全部或部分可以採取晶片組等的形式。FIG. 6 illustrates a schematic block diagram illustrating certain exemplary features of a positioning server 600, such as the LMF 152 or the SLP 162 shown in FIG. 1 or the LMC or LSS located in the NG-RAN 112 , the positioning server is configured to support positioning of a UE (eg, UE 102 ) in an RRC non-enabled state, as discussed herein. The positioning server 600 may execute the signal transmission flow shown in FIG. 4A , FIG. 4B , FIG. 4C , FIG. 4D and/or FIG. 4E , such as the process flow shown in FIG. 9 and the algorithm disclosed herein. Positioning server 600 may, for example, include: one or more processors 602; memory 604; external interface 616 (e.g., to a base station in a core network and/or a physical wired or wireless network interface), the external interface The non-transitory computer-readable medium 620 and the memory 604 can be operably coupled via one or more connections 606 (eg, busses, wires, optical fibers, links, etc.). In certain exemplary embodiments, all or part of positioning server 600 may take the form of a chipset or the like.

可以使用硬體、韌體和軟體的組合來實施一或多個處理器602。例如,一或多個處理器602可以被配置為經由在諸如媒體620及/或記憶體604之類的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體上實施一或多個指令或程式碼608來執行本文論述的功能。在一些實施例中,一或多個處理器602可以表示一或多個電路,該一或多個電路可配置為執行與定位伺服器600的操作有關的資料信號計算程序或過程的至少一部分。One or more processors 602 may be implemented using a combination of hardware, firmware, and software. For example, one or more processors 602 may be configured to implement one or more instructions or code 608 on a non-transitory computer-readable medium, such as medium 620 and/or memory 604, to perform the tasks discussed herein. function. In some embodiments, one or more processors 602 may represent one or more circuits that may be configured to perform at least a portion of a data signal calculation procedure or process related to the operation of positioning server 600 .

媒體620及/或記憶體604可以儲存指令或程式碼608,該等指令或程式碼含有可執行代碼或軟體指令,該等可執行代碼或軟體指令在由一或多個處理器602執行時使一或多個處理器602充當專用電腦,該專用電腦被程式設計為執行所揭示技術。如定位伺服器600所示,媒體620及/或記憶體604可以包括一或多個元件或模組,其可以由一或多個處理器602實施以執行本文所描述的方法。儘管元件或模組被示為媒體620中可由一或多個處理器602執行的軟體,但是應當理解,元件或模組可以儲存在記憶體604中或者可以是一或多個處理器602中或處理器外的專用硬體。Media 620 and/or memory 604 may store instructions or code 608 containing executable code or software instructions that, when executed by one or more processors 602, use One or more processors 602 act as a special purpose computer programmed to perform the disclosed techniques. As shown in location server 600 , medium 620 and/or memory 604 may include one or more components or modules, which may be implemented by one or more processors 602 to perform the methods described herein. Although elements or modules are shown as software in media 620 executable by one or more processors 602, it is to be understood that elements or modules may be stored in memory 604 or may be in one or more processors 602 or Dedicated hardware outside of the processor.

許多軟體模組和資料表可以常駐在媒體620及/或記憶體604中,並且被一或多個處理器602利用以便管理本文描述的通訊和功能性。應當理解,如定位伺服器600所示的媒體620及/或記憶體604的內容的組織僅是示例性的,並且因而模組及/或資料結構的功能性可以被組合、分離及/或以不同方式結構化,此舉取決於定位伺服器600的實施方案。A number of software modules and tables may be resident on medium 620 and/or memory 604 and utilized by one or more processors 602 to manage the communications and functionality described herein. It should be understood that the organization of the contents of media 620 and/or memory 604 as shown by location server 600 is exemplary only, and thus the functionality of modules and/or data structures may be combined, separated, and/or This can be structured in different ways, depending on the implementation of the positioning server 600 .

媒體620及/或記憶體604可以包括定位通信期模組622,其在由一或多個處理器602實施時將一或多個處理器602配置為經由服務基地站經由例如如本文論述的外部介面616與UE進行定位通信期,其包括:發送定位服務請求,諸如針對定位能力的請求和針對位置資訊的請求,諸如例如用於UE輔助定位過程的定位量測,或例如用於基於UE的定位過程的位置估計。一或多個處理器602被配置為接收對定位服務請求的回應,例如包括從UE接收定位能力和請求的位置資訊。一或多個處理器602可以被配置為發送和接收用於週期性定位通信期的訊息。一或多個處理器402可以被配置為從處於RRC非啟用狀態的UE接收事件報告,該事件報告包括指示針對UL PRS配置的請求的LPP請求輔助資料訊息。一或多個處理器602亦可以被配置為當UE處於RRC非啟用狀態時向UE的服務基地站發送NRPPa定位資訊請求以請求UE的UL定位參考信號。一或多個處理器602亦可以被配置為從服務基地站接收UL定位參考信號配置並且向至少一個基地站發送UL量測請求,其包括UL定位參考信號配置。一或多個處理器602亦可以被配置為向處於RRC非啟用狀態的UE發送事件報告認可。一或多個處理器602亦可以被配置為:從至少一個基地站接收量測回應,該量測回應包括由處於RRC非啟用狀態的UE傳輸的UL PRS的量測;並且至少部分地基於來自至少一個基地站的量測回應來決定UE的位置。一或多個處理器602亦可以被配置為從處於RRC非啟用狀態的UE接收事件報告,該事件報告包括LPP提供位置資訊訊息,該訊息包括由處於RRC非啟用狀態的UE諸如使用WiFi或SPS量測執行的位置量測,諸如Rx-Tx、AOA、TOA、RSRP等,或其他類型的量測。一或多個處理器602亦可以被配置為至少部分地基於LPP提供位置資訊訊息中的位置量測來決定UE的位置。Media 620 and/or memory 604 may include a location communication module 622 which, when implemented by one or more processors 602, configures one or more processors 602 to communicate via a serving base station via, for example, an external device as discussed herein. The interface 616 performs a positioning communication period with the UE, which includes: sending a positioning service request, such as a request for positioning capability and a request for location information, such as, for example, positioning measurement for UE-assisted positioning process, or for example, for UE-based Position estimation for the localization process. The one or more processors 602 are configured to receive a response to the location service request, including, for example, receiving location capabilities and requested location information from the UE. One or more processors 602 may be configured to send and receive messages for periodically locating communication sessions. The one or more processors 402 may be configured to receive an event report from a UE in an RRC non-enabled state, the event report including an LPP request assistance data message indicating a request for UL PRS configuration. The one or more processors 602 may also be configured to send an NRPPa positioning information request to the UE's serving base station to request the UE's UL positioning reference signal when the UE is in the RRC inactive state. The one or more processors 602 may also be configured to receive the UL positioning reference signal configuration from the serving base station and send a UL measurement request including the UL positioning reference signal configuration to at least one base station. The one or more processors 602 may also be configured to send an event report acknowledgment to the UE in the RRC non-enabled state. The one or more processors 602 may also be configured to: receive a measurement response from at least one base station, the measurement response including measurements of UL PRS transmitted by the UE in the RRC inactive state; The measurement response of at least one base station is used to determine the location of the UE. The one or more processors 602 may also be configured to receive an event report from a UE in an RRC non-enabled state, the event report including an LPP providing location information message, the message including a message sent by a UE in an RRC non-enabled state such as using WiFi or SPS Measurements perform position measurements, such as Rx-Tx, AOA, TOA, RSRP, etc., or other types of measurements. The one or more processors 602 can also be configured to determine the location of the UE based at least in part on the location measurements in the LPP provided location information message.

取決於應用,可以經由各種方式來實施本文描述的方法。例如,該等方法可以硬體、韌體、軟體或其任何組合來實施。對於硬體實施方案,一或多個處理器602可以在一或多個特殊應用積體電路(ASIC)、數位信號處理器(DSP)、數位信號處理設備(DSPD)、可程式設計邏輯設備(PLD)、現場可程式設計閘陣列(FPGA)、處理器、控制器、微控制器、微處理器、電子設備、被設計成執行本文描述的功能的其他電子單元或其組合內實施。Depending on the application, the methods described herein can be implemented in various ways. For example, the methods can be implemented in hardware, firmware, software or any combination thereof. For a hardware implementation, one or more processors 602 may be implemented on one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices ( PLD), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), processor, controller, microcontroller, microprocessor, electronic device, other electronic unit designed to perform the functions described herein, or a combination thereof.

對於韌體及/或軟體實施方案,可以用執行本文描述的功能的模組(例如,程序、功能等等)來實施方法。有形地體現指令的任何機器可讀取媒體皆可以用於實施本文描述的方法。例如,軟體代碼可以儲存在連接到一或多個處理器602並由其執行的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體620或記憶體604中。記憶體可以在一或多個處理器內或在一或多個處理器之外實施。如本文所使用的,術語「記憶體」是指任何類型的長期、短期、揮發性、非揮發性或其他記憶體,並且不限於任何特定類型的記憶體或特定數量的記憶體,或其上儲存有記憶體的媒體的類型。For a firmware and/or software implementation, the methodologies may be implemented with modules (eg, procedures, functions, and so on) that perform the functions described herein. Any machine-readable medium tangibly embodying instructions can be used to implement the methods described herein. For example, software code may be stored on a non-transitory computer-readable medium 620 or memory 604 that is coupled to and executed by one or more processors 602 . Memory may be implemented within the one or more processors or external to the one or more processors. As used herein, the term "memory" refers to any type of long-term, short-term, volatile, non-volatile or other memory, and is not limited to any particular type or quantity of memory, or The type of media on which the memory is stored.

若以韌體及/或軟體實施,則該等功能可以作為一或多個指令或程式碼608儲存在諸如媒體620及/或記憶體604之類的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體上。實例包括用資料結構編碼的電腦可讀取媒體和用電腦程式碼608編碼的電腦可讀取媒體。例如,包括儲存在其上的程式碼608的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體可以包括用於以與揭示的實施例一致的方式支援在定位通信期介於UE與基地站之間的RRC連接的暫停的程式碼608。非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體620包括實體電腦儲存媒體。儲存媒體可以為可以由電腦存取的任何可用媒體。舉例而言而不限制,此種非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體可以包括RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其他光碟儲存、磁碟儲存或其他磁儲存設備,或者可以用於儲存具有指令或資料結構形式的期望的程式碼608並且可以由電腦進行存取的任何其他媒體;如本文中使用的磁碟及光碟包含壓縮光碟(CD)、鐳射光碟、光學光碟、數位多功能光碟(DVD)、軟碟及藍光光碟,其中磁碟通常磁性地再現資料,而光碟借助於鐳射光學地再現資料。上述組合亦應包括在電腦可讀取媒體的範疇內。If implemented in firmware and/or software, the functions may be stored as one or more instructions or code 608 on a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as medium 620 and/or memory 604 . Examples include computer readable media encoded with a data structure and computer readable media encoded with computer program code 608 . For example, a non-transitory computer-readable medium including program code 608 stored thereon may include an RRC connection for supporting an RRC connection between a UE and a base station during positioning communications in a manner consistent with disclosed embodiments. Code 608 suspended. Non-transitory computer-readable media 620 include tangible computer storage media. Storage media may be any available media that can be accessed by a computer. By way of example and without limitation, such non-transitory computer-readable media may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM, or other optical storage, magnetic disk storage, or other magnetic storage devices, or may be used to store Desired program code 608 in the form of a data structure and any other medium that can be accessed by a computer; as used herein, disk and optical disc includes compact disc (CD), laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc (DVD) , floppy disk and Blu-ray disc, where magnetic disks usually reproduce data magnetically, and optical disks reproduce data optically with the help of lasers. The above combinations should also be included in the category of computer-readable media.

除了儲存在電腦可讀取媒體620上之外,指令及/或資料亦可以作為信號提供在通訊裝置中所包括的傳輸媒體上。例如,通訊裝置可以包括具有指示指令和資料的信號的外部介面616。指令和資料被配置為使一或多個處理器實施請求項中概述的功能。亦即,通訊裝置包括具有指示用於執行所揭示的功能的資訊的信號的傳輸媒體。In addition to being stored on the computer-readable medium 620, instructions and/or data may also be provided as signals on a transmission medium included in the communication device. For example, a communication device may include an external interface 616 with signals indicative of commands and data. The instructions and materials are configured to cause one or more processors to perform the functions outlined in the claims. That is, the communication device includes a transmission medium with signals indicative of information for performing disclosed functions.

記憶體604可以表示任何資料儲存機制。記憶體604可以包括例如主記憶體及/或次記憶體。主記憶體可以包括例如隨機存取記憶體、唯讀記憶體等。儘管在該實例中被示為與一或多個處理器602分離,但是應當理解,主記憶體的全部或部分可以設置在一或多個處理器602的內部或者以其他方式與其共置/耦合。次記憶體可以包括例如與主記憶體相同或類似類型的記憶體及/或一或多個資料儲存設備或系統,諸如例如磁碟機、光碟機、磁帶碟機、固態記憶體驅動器等。Memory 604 may represent any data storage mechanism. The memory 604 may include, for example, primary memory and/or secondary memory. Main memory may include, for example, random access memory, read only memory, and the like. Although shown in this example as being separate from the one or more processors 602, it should be understood that all or part of the main memory may be located within or otherwise co-located/coupled with the one or more processors 602 . Secondary memory may include, for example, the same or similar type of memory as primary memory and/or one or more data storage devices or systems such as, for example, magnetic disk drives, optical disk drives, magnetic tape drives, solid-state memory drives, and the like.

在某些實施方案中,次記憶體可以在操作上接收非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體620,或者可配置以耦合到非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體。因而,在某些示例性實施方案中,本文呈現的方法及/或裝置可以採用電腦可讀取媒體620的全部或一部分的形式,該電腦可讀取媒體可以包括儲存在其上的電腦可實施程式碼608,若由一或多個處理器602執行,則該電腦可實施代碼可以在操作上能夠執行本文描述的示例性操作的全部或部分。電腦可讀取媒體620可以是記憶體604的一部分。In some embodiments, the secondary memory can be operable to receive the non-transitory computer-readable medium 620, or can be configured to be coupled to the non-transitory computer-readable medium. Thus, in certain exemplary embodiments, the methods and/or apparatus presented herein may take the form of all or a portion of a computer-readable medium 620, which may include computer-executable The program code 608, when executed by the one or more processors 602, the computer-implementable code may be operable to perform all or a portion of the exemplary operations described herein. Computer readable medium 620 may be part of memory 604 .

圖7圖示圖示基地站700的某些示例性特徵的示意性方塊圖,該等示例性特徵例如圖1中所示的gNB 110,該基地站被啟用以支援處於RRC非啟用狀態中的UE(例如,UE 102)的定位,如本文所論述的。基地站700可以是eNB、gNB 110或ng-eNB 114。基地站700可以執行圖4A、圖4B、圖4C、圖4D及/或圖4E的信號傳遞流程。基地站700可以例如包括:一或多個處理器702;記憶體704;外部介面,其可以包括收發器710(例如,無線網路介面)和通訊介面716(例如,直接地或經由一或多個中間實體到其他基地站及/或核心網路中的實體(諸如定位伺服器)的有線或無線網路介面),該外部介面可以經由一或多個連接件706(例如,匯流排、線路、光纖、連結等)可操作地耦合到非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體720和記憶體704。基地站700亦可以包括未圖示的附加物品,諸如可以包括例如顯示器、小鍵盤或其他輸入設備(諸如顯示器上的虛擬小鍵盤)的使用者介面,使用者可以經由該使用者介面與基地站進行介接。在某些示例性實施方案中,基地站700的全部或部分可以採取晶片組等的形式。收發器710可以例如包括能夠在一或多個類型的無線通訊網路上傳輸一或多個信號的傳輸器712和用於接收在一或多個類型的無線通訊網路上傳輸的一或多個信號的接收器714。通訊介面716可以是能夠經由諸如圖1所示的AMF 154或UPF 158的各種實體連接到RAN或網路實體(諸如定位伺服器,例如LMF 152或SLP 162)中的其他基地站的有線或無線收發器。Figure 7 illustrates a schematic block diagram illustrating certain exemplary features of a base station 700, such as the gNB 110 shown in Figure 1, which is enabled to support Positioning of a UE (eg, UE 102), as discussed herein. Base station 700 may be an eNB, gNB 110 or ng-eNB 114. The base station 700 may execute the signal transmission process in FIG. 4A , FIG. 4B , FIG. 4C , FIG. 4D and/or FIG. 4E . Base station 700 may include, for example: one or more processors 702; memory 704; external interfaces, which may include transceiver 710 (e.g., a wireless network interface) and communication interface 716 (e.g., directly or via one or more wired or wireless network interface of an intermediate entity to other base stations and/or entities in the core network (such as a positioning server), the external interface may be via one or more connections 706 (e.g., bus, wire, , optical fiber, link, etc.) are operably coupled to non-transitory computer readable medium 720 and memory 704. Base station 700 may also include additional items not shown, such as a user interface that may include, for example, a display, a keypad, or other input device (such as a virtual keypad on a display) through which a user may communicate with the base station Make the interface. In certain exemplary embodiments, all or a portion of base station 700 may take the form of a chipset or the like. Transceiver 710 may, for example, include a transmitter 712 capable of transmitting one or more signals over one or more types of wireless communication networks and a receiver for receiving one or more signals transmitted over one or more types of wireless communication networks. device 714. Communication interface 716 may be wired or wireless capable of connecting to other base stations in a RAN or network entity such as a location server such as LMF 152 or SLP 162 via various entities such as AMF 154 or UPF 158 shown in FIG. transceiver.

在一些實施例中,基地站700可以包括天線711,其可以是內部的或外部的。天線711可以用於傳輸及/或接收由收發器710處理的信號。在一些實施例中,天線711可以耦合到收發器710。在一些實施例中,可以在天線711與收發器710的連接點處執行對由基地站700接收(傳輸)的信號的量測。例如,用於接收(傳輸)的RF信號量測的量測參考點可以是接收器714(傳輸器712)的輸入(輸出)端子和天線711的輸出(輸入)端子。在具有多個天線711或天線陣列的基地站700中,天線連接器可以被視為表示多個天線的聚合輸出(輸入)的虛擬點。在一些實施例中,基地站700可以量測包括信號強度和TOA量測的接收信號,並且原始量測可以由一或多個處理器702來處理。In some embodiments, base station 700 may include antenna 711, which may be internal or external. Antenna 711 may be used to transmit and/or receive signals processed by transceiver 710 . In some embodiments, an antenna 711 may be coupled to the transceiver 710 . In some embodiments, measurements of signals received (transmitted) by base station 700 may be performed at the point of connection of antenna 711 to transceiver 710 . For example, measurement reference points for measurements of received (transmitted) RF signals may be the input (output) terminals of the receiver 714 (transmitter 712 ) and the output (input) terminals of the antenna 711 . In a base station 700 with multiple antennas 711 or antenna arrays, an antenna connector may be considered as a virtual point representing the aggregated output (input) of the multiple antennas. In some embodiments, base station 700 may measure received signals including signal strength and TOA measurements, and the raw measurements may be processed by one or more processors 702 .

可以使用硬體、韌體和軟體的組合來實施一或多個處理器702。例如,一或多個處理器702可以被配置為經由在諸如媒體720及/或記憶體704之類的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體上實施一或多個指令或程式碼708來執行本文論述的功能。在一些實施例中,一或多個處理器702可以表示一或多個電路,該一或多個電路可配置為執行與基地站700的操作有關的資料信號計算程序或過程的至少一部分。One or more processors 702 may be implemented using a combination of hardware, firmware, and software. For example, one or more processors 702 may be configured to implement one or more instructions or code 708 on a non-transitory computer-readable medium, such as medium 720 and/or memory 704, to perform the tasks discussed herein. function. In some embodiments, one or more processors 702 may represent one or more circuits that may be configured to perform at least a portion of a data signal calculation procedure or process related to the operation of base station 700 .

媒體720及/或記憶體704可以儲存指令或程式碼708,該等指令或程式碼含有可執行代碼或軟體指令,該等可執行代碼或軟體指令在由一或多個處理器702執行時使一或多個處理器702充當專用電腦,該專用電腦被程式設計為執行所揭示技術。如基地站700所示,媒體720及/或記憶體704可以包括一或多個元件或模組,其可以由一或多個處理器702實施以執行本文所描述的方法。儘管元件或模組被示為媒體720中可由一或多個處理器702執行的軟體,但是應當理解,元件或模組可以儲存在記憶體704中或者可以是一或多個處理器702中或處理器外的專用硬體。許多軟體模組和資料表可以常駐在媒體720及/或記憶體704中,並且被一或多個處理器702利用以便管理本文描述的通訊和功能性。應當理解,如基地站700所示的媒體720及/或記憶體704的內容的組織僅是示例性的,並且因而模組及/或資料結構的功能性可以被組合、分離及/或以不同方式結構化,此舉取決於基地站700的實施方案。Media 720 and/or memory 704 may store instructions or code 708 containing executable code or software instructions that, when executed by one or more processors 702, use One or more processors 702 act as a special purpose computer programmed to perform the disclosed techniques. As shown in base station 700, medium 720 and/or memory 704 may include one or more components or modules, which may be implemented by one or more processors 702 to perform the methods described herein. Although elements or modules are shown as software in media 720 executable by one or more processors 702, it should be understood that elements or modules may be stored in memory 704 or may be in one or more processors 702 or Dedicated hardware outside of the processor. A number of software modules and tables may be resident in the medium 720 and/or memory 704 and utilized by the one or more processors 702 to manage the communications and functionality described herein. It should be understood that the organization of the contents of media 720 and/or memory 704 as shown by base station 700 is exemplary only, and thus the functionality of modules and/or data structures may be combined, separated, and/or in different The manner in which this is structured depends on the base station 700 implementation.

媒體720及/或記憶體704可以包括RRC非啟用模組722,其在由一或多個處理器702實施時將一或多個處理器702配置為發送和接收與RRC非啟用狀態相關的訊息,包括帶恢復請求的SDT訊息和流入和流出UE的RRC釋放訊息。一或多個處理器702可以被配置為在UE處於RRC非啟用狀態時經由收發器710從UE接收帶事件報告和RRC恢復請求訊息的SDT,並且將事件報告轉發給定位伺服器(LMF),例如,如圖4A的階段3、4和15、16處所論述的。一或多個處理器702可以被配置為經由收發器710從UE發送RRC釋放訊息,其中UE保持在RRC非啟用狀態。例如,RRC釋放訊息可以包括來自LMF的事件報告認可作為UE定位的一部分,並且可以包括UL PRS配置或UL PRS停用。The medium 720 and/or the memory 704 may include an RRC deactivation module 722 which, when implemented by the one or more processors 702, configures the one or more processors 702 to send and receive messages related to the RRC deactivation state , including the SDT message with the recovery request and the RRC release message flowing into and out of the UE. The one or more processors 702 may be configured to receive an SDT with an event report and an RRC recovery request message from the UE via the transceiver 710 when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state, and forward the event report to a location server (LMF), For example, as discussed at stages 3, 4 and 15, 16 of Figure 4A. The one or more processors 702 may be configured to send an RRC release message via the transceiver 710 from the UE, wherein the UE remains in the RRC inactive state. For example, the RRC release message may include an event reporting acknowledgment from the LMF as part of UE positioning, and may include UL PRS configuration or UL PRS deactivation.

媒體720及/或記憶體704可以包括定位通信期模組724,其在由一或多個處理器702實施時將一或多個處理器702配置為例如經由外部介面(收發器710和通訊介面716)與UE和定位伺服器(例如,LMF)進行定位通信期。例如,一或多個處理器702可以被配置為在UE偵測到事件之後(或之前)例如在接收到的帶RRC恢復訊息的SDT中接收事件報告,並且經由外部介面向LMF發送對事件的指示。一或多個處理器702可以被配置為從定位伺服器接收NRPPa定位資訊請求並決定UE的UL PRS配置,其可以在UE處於RRC非啟用狀態時經由後續DL SDT或RRC釋放訊息被提供給該UE。此外,一或多個處理器702可以被配置為向LMF提供在帶RRC恢復訊息的SDT中從UE接收的定位資訊。一或多個處理器702可以被配置為例如在MAC-CE級別下或在諸如RRC釋放訊息的RRC訊息中發送MAC-CE UL PRS啟用,諸如在圖4A的階段9和13中所描述。一或多個處理器702可以被配置為例如在MAC-CE級別下或在諸如RRC釋放訊息的RRC訊息中發送MAC-CE UL-PRS停用,諸如在圖4A的階段18b和20中所描述。Media 720 and/or memory 704 may include location communication module 724 which, when implemented by one or more processors 702, configures one or more processors 702 to communicate, for example, via external interfaces (transceiver 710 and communication interface 716 ) Perform a positioning communication period with the UE and the positioning server (eg, LMF). For example, the one or more processors 702 may be configured to receive an event report after (or before) the UE detects the event, e.g. instruct. The one or more processors 702 may be configured to receive the NRPPa location information request from the location server and determine the UE's UL PRS configuration, which may be provided to the UE via a subsequent DL SDT or RRC release message when the UE is in the RRC inactive state UE. Additionally, the one or more processors 702 may be configured to provide the LMF with positioning information received from the UE in SDT with RRC resume message. The one or more processors 702 may be configured to send a MAC-CE UL PRS Enable, eg, at the MAC-CE level or in an RRC message such as an RRC Release message, such as described in stages 9 and 13 of FIG. 4A . The one or more processors 702 may be configured to send MAC-CE UL-PRS deactivation, for example at the MAC-CE level or in an RRC message such as an RRC Release message, such as described in stages 18b and 20 of FIG. 4A .

取決於應用,可以經由各種方式來實施本文描述的方法。例如,該等方法可以硬體、韌體、軟體或其任何組合來實施。對於硬體實施方案,一或多個處理器702可以在一或多個特殊應用積體電路(ASIC)、數位信號處理器(DSP)、數位信號處理設備(DSPD)、可程式設計邏輯設備(PLD)、現場可程式設計閘陣列(FPGA)、處理器、控制器、微控制器、微處理器、電子設備、被設計成執行本文描述的功能的其他電子單元或其組合內實施。Depending on the application, the methods described herein can be implemented in various ways. For example, the methods can be implemented in hardware, firmware, software or any combination thereof. For a hardware implementation, one or more processors 702 may be implemented on one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices ( PLD), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), processor, controller, microcontroller, microprocessor, electronic device, other electronic unit designed to perform the functions described herein, or a combination thereof.

對於韌體及/或軟體實施方案,可以用執行本文描述的功能的模組(例如,程序、功能等等)來實施方法。有形地體現指令的任何機器可讀取媒體皆可以用於實施本文描述的方法。例如,軟體代碼可以儲存在連接到一或多個處理器702並由其執行的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體720或記憶體704中。記憶體可以在一或多個處理器內或在一或多個處理器之外實施。如本文所使用的,術語「記憶體」是指任何類型的長期、短期、揮發性、非揮發性或其他記憶體,並且不限於任何特定類型的記憶體或特定數量的記憶體,或其上儲存有記憶體的媒體的類型。For a firmware and/or software implementation, the methodologies may be implemented with modules (eg, procedures, functions, and so on) that perform the functions described herein. Any machine-readable medium tangibly embodying instructions can be used to implement the methods described herein. For example, software code may be stored on a non-transitory computer-readable medium 720 or memory 704 that is coupled to and executed by one or more processors 702 . Memory may be implemented within the one or more processors or external to the one or more processors. As used herein, the term "memory" refers to any type of long-term, short-term, volatile, non-volatile or other memory, and is not limited to any particular type or quantity of memory, or The type of media on which the memory is stored.

若以韌體及/或軟體實施,則該等功能可以作為一或多個指令或程式碼708儲存在諸如媒體720及/或記憶體704之類的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體上。實例包括用資料結構編碼的電腦可讀取媒體和用電腦程式碼708編碼的電腦可讀取媒體。例如,包括儲存在其上的程式碼708的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體可以包括用於以與揭示的實施例一致的方式支援在定位通信期介於UE與基地站之間的RRC連接的暫停的程式碼708。非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體720包括實體電腦儲存媒體。儲存媒體可以為可以由電腦存取的任何可用媒體。舉例而言而不限制,此種非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體可以包括RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其他光碟儲存、磁碟儲存或其他磁儲存設備,或者可以用於儲存具有指令或資料結構形式的期望的程式碼708並且可以由電腦進行存取的任何其他媒體;如本文中使用的磁碟及光碟包含壓縮光碟(CD)、鐳射光碟、光學光碟、數位多功能光碟(DVD)、軟碟及藍光光碟,其中磁碟通常磁性地再現資料,而光碟借助於鐳射光學地再現資料。上述組合亦應包括在電腦可讀取媒體的範疇內。If implemented in firmware and/or software, the functions may be stored as one or more instructions or code 708 on a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as medium 720 and/or memory 704 . Examples include computer readable media encoded with a data structure and computer readable media encoded with computer program code 708 . For example, a non-transitory computer-readable medium including program code 708 stored thereon may include a device for supporting an RRC connection between a UE and a base station during positioning communications in a manner consistent with disclosed embodiments. Code 708 suspended. Non-transitory computer readable media 720 include physical computer storage media. A storage media may be any available media that can be accessed by a computer. By way of example and without limitation, such non-transitory computer-readable media may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM, or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage, or other magnetic storage devices, or may be used to store Desired program code 708 in the form of a data structure and any other medium that can be accessed by a computer; as used herein, disk and optical disc includes compact disc (CD), laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc (DVD) , floppy disk, and Blu-ray disc, where disks usually reproduce data magnetically, and optical discs reproduce data optically with the help of lasers. The above combinations should also be included in the category of computer-readable media.

除了儲存在電腦可讀取媒體720上之外,指令及/或資料亦可以作為信號提供在通訊裝置中所包括的傳輸媒體上。例如,通訊裝置可以包括具有指示指令和資料的信號的收發器710。指令和資料被配置為使一或多個處理器實施請求項中概述的功能。亦即,通訊裝置包括具有指示用於執行所揭示的功能的資訊的信號的傳輸媒體。In addition to being stored on the computer-readable medium 720, instructions and/or data may also be provided as signals on a transmission medium included in the communication device. For example, a communication device may include a transceiver 710 with signals indicative of commands and data. The instructions and materials are configured to cause one or more processors to perform the functions outlined in the claims. That is, the communication device includes a transmission medium with signals indicative of information for performing disclosed functions.

記憶體704可以表示任何資料儲存機制。記憶體704可以包括例如主記憶體及/或次記憶體。主記憶體可以包括例如隨機存取記憶體、唯讀記憶體等。儘管在該實例中被示為與一或多個處理器702分離,但是應當理解,主記憶體的全部或部分可以設置在一或多個處理器702的內部或者以其他方式與其共置/耦合。次記憶體可以包括例如與主記憶體相同或類似類型的記憶體及/或一或多個資料儲存設備或系統,諸如例如磁碟機、光碟機、磁帶碟機、固態記憶體驅動器等。Memory 704 may represent any data storage mechanism. Memory 704 may include, for example, primary memory and/or secondary memory. Main memory may include, for example, random access memory, read only memory, and the like. Although shown in this example as being separate from the one or more processors 702, it should be understood that all or part of the main memory may be located within or otherwise co-located/coupled with the one or more processors 702 . Secondary memory may include, for example, the same or similar type of memory as primary memory and/or one or more data storage devices or systems such as, for example, magnetic disk drives, optical disk drives, magnetic tape drives, solid-state memory drives, and the like.

在某些實施方案中,次記憶體可以在操作上接收非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體720,或者可配置以耦合到非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體。因而,在某些示例性實施方案中,本文呈現的方法及/或裝置可以採用電腦可讀取媒體720的全部或一部分的形式,該電腦可讀取媒體可以包括儲存在其上的電腦可實施程式碼708,若由一或多個處理器702執行,則該電腦可實施代碼可以在操作上能夠執行本文描述的示例性操作的全部或部分。電腦可讀取媒體720可以是記憶體704的一部分。In some embodiments, the secondary memory can be operative to receive the non-transitory computer-readable medium 720, or can be configured to be coupled to the non-transitory computer-readable medium. Thus, in certain exemplary embodiments, the methods and/or apparatus presented herein may take the form of all or a portion of a computer-readable medium 720, which may include computer-implementable Program code 708, when executed by one or more processors 702, the computer-implementable code may be operable to perform all or a portion of the exemplary operations described herein. Computer readable medium 720 may be part of memory 704 .

圖8圖示由使用者設備(UE)(諸如圖1中所示的UE 102或圖5中所示的UE 500)以與所揭示的實施方案一致的方式執行的用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態中的UE的定位的示例性方法800的流程圖。FIG. 8 illustrates the steps performed by a user equipment (UE), such as the UE 102 shown in FIG. 1 or the UE 500 shown in FIG. 5 , in a manner consistent with disclosed embodiments, to support A flowchart of an example method 800 of positioning of a UE in a (RRC) non-enabled state.

在方塊802處,UE接收針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求,例如,如圖3的階段14處所論述。例如,可以從諸如位置管理功能(例如,LMF 152)的第一定位伺服器接收針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求。用於接收針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求的構件可以包括例如無線收發器510和一或多個處理器502,其具有專用硬體或在UE 500中的記憶體504及/或媒體520中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖5中所示的定位通信期模組522。At block 802, the UE receives a request to perform periodic or triggered positioning, eg, as discussed at stage 14 of FIG. 3 . For example, a request to perform a periodic or triggered positioning may be received from a first positioning server, such as a location management function (eg, LMF 152 ). Means for receiving requests to perform periodic or triggered positioning may include, for example, a wireless transceiver 510 and one or more processors 502 with dedicated hardware or in memory 504 and/or medium 520 in UE 500 Implement executable code or software instructions, such as location communication module 522 shown in FIG. 5 .

在方塊804處,UE接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示,例如,如在圖3的階段14中以及圖4B、圖4C、圖4D和圖4E的階段1中所論述的。在一種實施方案中,針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求包括對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示,例如,如在圖3的階段14中以及圖4B、圖4C、圖4D和圖4E的階段1中所論述的。用於接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示的構件可以包括例如無線收發器510和一或多個處理器502,其具有專用硬體或在UE 500中的記憶體504及/或媒體520中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖5中所示的定位通信期模組522。At block 804, the UE receives an indication that subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state, e.g., as shown in FIG. 3, and stage 1 of FIGS. 4B, 4C, 4D, and 4E. In one embodiment, the request to perform periodic or triggered positioning includes whether subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state. Indication of location, for example, as discussed in stage 14 of Figure 3 and stage 1 of Figures 4B, 4C, 4D and 4E. The means for receiving an indication of whether a subsequent location reporting event will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or both uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state may include, for example, a wireless transceiver 510 and One or more processors 502 having dedicated hardware or implementing executable code or software instructions in memory 504 and/or media 520 in UE 500 , such as location communication module 522 shown in FIG. 5 .

在方塊806處,UE在處於RRC非啟用狀態中時偵測事件,例如,如在圖4A的方塊402和階段2以及圖4B、圖4C、圖4D和圖4E的階段2和3處所論述的。用於在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時偵測事件的構件可以包括例如無線收發器510和一或多個處理器502,其具有專用硬體或在UE 500中的記憶體504及/或媒體520中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖5中所示的RRC非啟用模組524和定位通信期模組522。At block 806, the UE detects an event while in the RRC non-enabled state, e.g., as discussed at block 402 and stage 2 of FIG. 4A and stages 2 and 3 of FIGS. 4B, 4C, 4D, and 4E . Means for detecting events while in the RRC non-enabled state may include, for example, a wireless transceiver 510 and one or more processors 502 with dedicated hardware or memory 504 and/or media in the UE 500 Executable code or software instructions are implemented in 520 , such as RRC disable module 524 and location communication period module 522 shown in FIG. 5 .

在方塊808處,UE發送第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該事件並啟用UE定位,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送,例如,如圖4A的階段3和15、圖4B的階段5和15以及圖4E的階段4和14處所論述的。第一事件報告和第二事件報告可以被發送到例如第二定位伺服器,諸如位置管理功能(例如,LMF 152),其可以與第一定位伺服器相同。用於發送第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該事件並啟用UE定位(其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送)的構件可以包括例如無線收發器510和一或多個處理器502,其具有專用硬體或在UE 500中的記憶體504及/或媒體520中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖5中所示的定位通信期模組522和RRC恢復模組526。At block 808, the UE sends a first event report and a second event report to report the event and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state, wherein the first event report and the second event report are each via a small Data transmission (SDT), eg, as discussed at stages 3 and 15 of FIG. 4A , stages 5 and 15 of FIG. 4B , and stages 4 and 14 of FIG. 4E . The first event report and the second event report may be sent, for example, to a second positioning server, such as a location management function (eg, LMF 152 ), which may be the same as the first positioning server. Used to send a first event report and a second event report to report the event and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state (wherein the first event report and the second event report are each via Small Data Transmission (SDT ) and sending) may include, for example, a wireless transceiver 510 and one or more processors 502 having dedicated hardware or implementing executable code or software instructions in memory 504 and/or media 520 in UE 500, Such as the positioning communication period module 522 and the RRC recovery module 526 shown in FIG. 5 .

在一些實施方案中,該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告中的每一者例如由UE在RRC恢復請求訊息中發送,例如,如圖4A的階段3和15、圖4B的階段5和15以及圖4E的階段4和14處所論述的。用於在RRC恢復請求訊息中發送第一事件報告和第二事件報告中的每一者的構件可以包括例如無線收發器510和一或多個處理器502,其具有專用硬體或在UE 500中的記憶體504及/或媒體520中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖5中所示的定位通信期模組522和RRC恢復模組526。In some embodiments, each of the first event report and the second event report is sent, for example, by the UE in an RRC recovery request message, for example, as in stages 3 and 15 of FIG. 4A , and stages 5 and 15 of FIG. 4B . 15 and as discussed at stages 4 and 14 of Figure 4E. The means for sending each of the first event report and the second event report in the RRC recovery request message may include, for example, a wireless transceiver 510 and one or more processors 502 with dedicated hardware or in the UE 500 Executable code or software instructions are implemented in the memory 504 and/or the medium 520, such as the location communication module 522 and the RRC recovery module 526 shown in FIG. 5 .

在一些實施方案中,該第二事件報告包括對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示,例如,如圖4B的階段15和圖4E的階段14中所論述的。在一種實施方案中,對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括事件類型參數,例如,如圖4B的階段15和圖4E的階段14中所論述的。在一種實施方案中,該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自包括共用辨識符,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括該共用辨識符,例如,如圖4B的階段5和15和圖4E的階段4和14中所論述的。在一種實施方案中,對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示使得(例如,第二定位伺服器)能夠將該第二事件報告視為該第一事件報告的延續,例如,如針對圖4B的階段18和圖4E的階段17所論述的。In some embodiments, the second event report includes an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report, eg, as discussed in stage 15 of Figure 4B and stage 14 of Figure 4E. In one embodiment, the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes an event type parameter, eg, as discussed in stage 15 of Figure 4B and stage 14 of Figure 4E. In one embodiment, the first event report and the second event report each include a shared identifier, wherein an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes the shared identifier, for example, as shown in FIG. Stages 5 and 15 of Figure 4B and Stages 4 and 14 of Figure 4E are discussed. In one embodiment, the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report enables (e.g., the second positioning server) to treat the second event report as a continuation of the first event report, e.g. , as discussed for stage 18 of FIG. 4B and stage 17 of FIG. 4E.

在某些實施方案(在此處稱為UL+DL實施方案)中,(例如,UE)接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示,例如,如在圖3的階段14中以及圖4B和圖4E的階段1中所論述的。該第一事件報告可以包括指示針對例如UE所包括的上行鏈路(UL)定位參考信號(PRS)配置的請求的長期進化(LTE)定位協定(LPP)請求輔助資料訊息,如圖4A的階段3、圖4B的階段5以及圖4E的階段4處所論述的。隨後UE可以從服務基地站接收該UL PRS配置,例如,如圖4A的階段6b和13、圖4B的階段12以及圖4E的階段11處所論述的。在一種實施方案中,該UL PRS配置是在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT中接收到的,例如,如圖4A的階段6b處所論述的。在一種實施方案中,該UL PRS配置是在RRC釋放訊息中接收到的,例如,如圖4A的階段13、圖4B的階段12以及圖4E的階段11處所論述的。在另一種實施方案中,該UL PRS配置是在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT中接收到的,例如,如圖4A的階段6b處所論述的。用於接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示的構件可以包括例如無線收發器510和一或多個處理器502,其具有專用硬體或在UE 500中的記憶體504及/或媒體520中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖5中所示的定位通信期模組522。用於在第一事件報告包括指示針對上行鏈路(UL)定位參考信號(PRS)配置的請求的長期進化(LTE)定位協定(LPP)請求輔助資料訊息的構件可以包括例如無線收發器510和一或多個處理器502,其具有專用硬體或在UE 500中的記憶體504及/或媒體520中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖5中所示的定位通信期模組522和RRC恢復模組526。用於從基地站接收UL定位參考信號配置的構件可以包括例如無線收發器510和一或多個處理器502,其具有專用硬體或在UE 500中的記憶體504及/或媒體520中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖5中所示的定位通信期模組522和RRC恢復模組526。In certain embodiments (referred to herein as UL+DL implementations), the (e.g., UE) receiver will use uplink and downlink positioning for subsequent location reporting events when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state. An indication of , for example, as discussed in stage 14 of FIG. 3 and stage 1 of FIGS. 4B and 4E . The first event report may include a Long Term Evolution (LTE) Positioning Protocol (LPP) Request Assistance Data message indicating a request for, for example, an uplink (UL) Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration comprised by the UE, as in the phase of FIG. 4A 3. As discussed at Stage 5 of Figure 4B and Stage 4 of Figure 4E. The UE may then receive the UL PRS configuration from the serving base station, eg as discussed at stages 6b and 13 of Figure 4A, stage 12 of Figure 4B and stage 11 of Figure 4E. In one embodiment, the UL PRS configuration is received in a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT, eg, as discussed at stage 6b of Figure 4A. In one embodiment, the UL PRS configuration is received in an RRC release message, eg, as discussed at stage 13 of Figure 4A, stage 12 of Figure 4B, and stage 11 of Figure 4E. In another embodiment, the UL PRS configuration is received in a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT, eg, as discussed at stage 6b of Figure 4A. Means for receiving an indication that subsequent location reporting events will use uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state may include, for example, a wireless transceiver 510 and one or more processors 502 having Dedicated hardware or executable code or software instructions implemented in memory 504 and/or medium 520 in UE 500, such as location communication module 522 shown in FIG. 5 . Means for reporting at a first event including a Long Term Evolution (LTE) Positioning Protocol (LPP) Request Assistance Data message indicating a request for an uplink (UL) Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration may include, for example, a wireless transceiver 510 and One or more processors 502, which have dedicated hardware or implement executable code or software instructions in memory 504 and/or medium 520 in UE 500, such as positioning communication period module 522 and RRC recovery module 526 . Means for receiving UL positioning reference signal configurations from a base station may include, for example, a wireless transceiver 510 and one or more processors 502 having dedicated hardware or implemented in memory 504 and/or medium 520 in UE 500 Executable code or software instructions, such as the positioning communication period module 522 and the RRC recovery module 526 shown in FIG. 5 .

在一些實施方案中(例如,在DL實施方案或一些UL+DL實施方案中),第二事件報告包括LPP提供位置資訊訊息(例如,UE所包括的),其包括由UE產生的位置量測,例如,如在圖4A、圖4B的階段15和圖4E的階段14處所論述的。UE可以從一或多個基地站(例如,一或多個gNB 110)接收下行鏈路(DL)PRS,例如,如圖4A的階段14a、圖4B的階段13以及圖4E的階段12處所論述的。UE隨後可以在處於RRC非啟用狀態時量測DL PRS以產生位置量測,例如,如圖4A的階段14a、圖4B的階段13以及圖4E的階段12處所論述的。用於在第二事件報告包括LPP提供位置資訊訊息(該LPP提供位置資訊訊息包括由該UE產生的位置量測)的構件可以包括例如無線收發器510和一或多個處理器502,其具有專用硬體或在UE 500中的記憶體504及/或媒體520中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖5中所示的定位通信期模組522和RRC恢復模組526。用於從一或多個基地站接收下行鏈路(DL)PRS的構件可以包括例如無線收發器510和一或多個處理器502,其具有專用硬體或在UE 500中的記憶體504及/或媒體520中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖5中所示的定位通信期模組522。用於在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時量測該等DL PRS以產生該等位置量測的構件可以包括例如無線收發器510和一或多個處理器502,其具有專用硬體或在UE 500中的記憶體504及/或媒體520中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖5中所示的定位通信期模組522。In some embodiments (e.g., in DL implementations or some UL+DL implementations), the second event report includes the LPP providing location information message (e.g., included by the UE), which includes location measurements generated by the UE , for example, as discussed at FIG. 4A, stage 15 of FIG. 4B and stage 14 of FIG. 4E. A UE may receive a downlink (DL) PRS from one or more base stations (eg, one or more gNBs 110 ), eg, as discussed at stage 14a of FIG. 4A , stage 13 of FIG. 4B , and stage 12 of FIG. 4E of. The UE may then measure DL PRS to generate location measurements while in the RRC non-enabled state, eg, as discussed at stage 14a of FIG. 4A , stage 13 of FIG. 4B and stage 12 of FIG. 4E . The means for including an LPP location information message including location measurements generated by the UE in the second event report may include, for example, a wireless transceiver 510 and one or more processors 502 having Dedicated hardware or executable code or software instructions implemented in memory 504 and/or medium 520 in UE 500, such as positioning communication period module 522 and RRC recovery module 526 shown in FIG. 5 . Means for receiving downlink (DL) PRS from one or more base stations may include, for example, a wireless transceiver 510 and one or more processors 502 with dedicated hardware or memory 504 in the UE 500 and Executable code or software instructions are embodied in/or medium 520 , such as location communication module 522 shown in FIG. 5 . Means for measuring the DL PRSs to generate the position measurements while in the RRC inactive state may include, for example, a wireless transceiver 510 and one or more processors 502 with dedicated hardware or at the UE The memory 504 and/or the medium 520 in 500 implement executable code or software instructions, such as the location communication module 522 shown in FIG. 5 .

在一些UL+DL實施方案中,UE亦可以基於UL PRS配置在處於RRC非啟用狀態時傳輸UL PRS,此舉可以經由複數個基地站(例如,gNB 110)實現UL PRS量測,其中UE的位置例如由第二定位伺服器至少部分地基於UL PRS量測來決定,例如,如圖4A的階段14b、17和17.5、圖4B的階段13、14和23以及圖4E的階段12、13和22處所論述的。例如,複數個基地站可以基於傳輸的UL PRS獲得UL PRS量測並且可以將UL PRS量測發送到第二定位伺服器。用於在處於RRC非啟用狀態時基於UL PRS配置來傳輸UL PRS(此舉可以實現由複數個基地站進行的UL PRS量測,其中至少部分地基於該等UL PRS量測來決定該UE的位置)的構件可以包括例如無線收發器510和一或多個處理器502,其具有專用硬體或在UE 500中的記憶體504及/或媒體520中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖5中所示的定位通信期模組522。In some UL+DL implementation schemes, UE can also transmit UL PRS when RRC is not enabled based on UL PRS configuration, which can realize UL PRS measurement through multiple base stations (eg, gNB 110), where UE's The position is determined, for example, by a second positioning server based at least in part on UL PRS measurements, for example, as in stages 14b, 17 and 17.5 of FIG. 4A , stages 13, 14 and 23 of FIG. 4B and stages 12, 13 and 22 discussed. For example, base stations may obtain UL PRS measurements based on the transmitted UL PRS and may send the UL PRS measurements to the second positioning server. Used to transmit UL PRS based on UL PRS configuration when RRC is not enabled (this enables UL PRS measurements by a plurality of base stations, wherein the UE's location) may include, for example, a wireless transceiver 510 and one or more processors 502 having dedicated hardware or implementing executable code or software instructions in memory 504 and/or media 520 in UE 500, such as those shown in FIG. The positioning communication period module 522 shown in FIG.

在一些實施方案(例如,一些UL+DL實施方案)中,UE可以在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT或RRC釋放訊息中的一者中從服務基地站(例如,服務gNB 110)接收媒體存取控制-控制元素(MAC-CE)UL PRS啟用,例如,如圖4A的階段9和13所論述的。該UE可以隨後在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT或RRC釋放訊息中的一者中從該服務基地站接收MAC-CE UL PRS停用,例如,如圖4A的階段18b和20所論述的。用於在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT或RRC釋放訊息中的一者中從該服務基地站接收媒體存取控制-控制元素(MAC-CE)UL PRS啟用並在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT或RRC釋放訊息中的一者中從該服務基地站接收MAC-CE UL PRS停用的構件可以包括例如無線收發器510和一或多個處理器502,其具有專用硬體或在UE 500中的記憶體504及/或媒體520中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖5中所示的定位通信期模組522和RRC恢復模組526。In some implementations (e.g., some UL+DL implementations), the UE may receive the medium memory from the serving base station (e.g., serving gNB 110) in one of subsequent downlink (DL) SDT or RRC release messages. Take Control-Control Element (MAC-CE) UL PRS Enable, eg, as discussed in stages 9 and 13 of Figure 4A. The UE may then receive MAC-CE UL PRS deactivation from the serving base station in one of subsequent downlink (DL) SDT or RRC release messages, eg, as discussed in stages 18b and 20 of FIG. 4A . For receiving a medium access control-control element (MAC-CE) UL PRS enable from the serving base station in one of subsequent downlink (DL) SDT or RRC release messages and in subsequent downlink (DL) The means for receiving MAC-CE UL PRS deactivation from the serving base station in one of the SDT or RRC release message may include, for example, a wireless transceiver 510 and one or more processors 502 with dedicated hardware or in the UE 500 Executable code or software instructions are implemented in the memory 504 and/or the medium 520, such as the location communication module 522 and the RRC recovery module 526 shown in FIG. 5 .

在一些實施方案中,UE可以向服務基地站、定位伺服器(例如,第一或第二定位伺服器)或兩者提供UE的定位能力,該等定位能力指示在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時支援上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位、上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位中的至少一者或其組合,例如,如在圖3的階段13和圖4A的階段1a處所論述的。用於向服務基地站、定位伺服器或兩者提供UE的定位能力(該等定位能力指示在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時支援上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位、上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位中的至少一者或其組合)的構件可以包括例如無線收發器510和一或多個處理器502,其具有專用硬體或在UE 500中的記憶體504及/或媒體520中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖5中所示的定位通信期模組522。In some embodiments, the UE may provide the UE's positioning capabilities to a serving base station, a positioning server (e.g., a first or a second positioning server), or both, the positioning capabilities indicating that in the RRC inactive state Uplink positioning, downlink positioning, at least one of uplink and downlink positioning or a combination thereof are supported at times, eg, as discussed at stage 13 of FIG. 3 and stage 1a of FIG. 4A . Used to provide the UE's positioning capabilities to the serving base station, positioning server, or both (these positioning capabilities indicate support for uplink positioning, downlink positioning, uplink and downlink positioning when in the RRC inactive state) at least one or a combination of road positioning) may include, for example, a wireless transceiver 510 and one or more processors 502 with dedicated hardware or implemented in memory 504 and/or media 520 in UE 500 Executable code or software instructions, such as the location communication module 522 shown in FIG. 5 .

在一些實施方案中,例如,針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求(其可以從第一定位伺服器接收)包括該UE的延遲MT-LR資訊,並且UE可以向服務基地站(例如,服務gNB 110)提供該UE的延遲MT-LR資訊和該UE的定位能力,其中該延遲MT-LR資訊包括事件類型、所請求的定位方法、報告間隔中的一者或多者,並且其中該UE的延遲MT-LR資訊和定位能力使得能夠(例如,經由服務基地站)將該UE轉變到該RRC非啟用狀態,例如,如在圖3的階段14和圖4A的階段1a和方塊402中所論述的。用於向服務基地站提供UE的延遲MT-LR資訊和UE的定位能力的構件可以包括例如無線收發器510和一或多個處理器502,其具有專用硬體或在UE 500中的記憶體504及/或媒體520中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖5中所示的定位通信期模組522。In some embodiments, for example, the request to perform periodic or triggered positioning (which may be received from the first positioning server) includes the UE's delayed MT-LR information, and the UE may send a request to the serving base station (e.g., serving gNB 110) Provide the UE's delayed MT-LR information and the UE's positioning capability, wherein the delayed MT-LR information includes one or more of event type, requested positioning method, and reporting interval, and wherein the UE's Delaying MT-LR information and positioning capabilities enables (e.g. via serving base station) the UE to transition to the RRC non-enabled state, e.g. as discussed in stage 14 of FIG. 3 and stage 1a of FIG. 4A and block 402 of. Means for providing the UE's delayed MT-LR information and the UE's positioning capabilities to the serving base station may include, for example, a wireless transceiver 510 and one or more processors 502 with dedicated hardware or memory in the UE 500 504 and/or medium 520 implement executable code or software instructions, such as location communication module 522 shown in FIG. 5 .

圖9圖示由定位伺服器(諸如圖1中所示的LMF 152或圖6中所示的定位伺服器600)以與所揭示的實施方案一致的方式執行的用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態中的使用者設備(例如,UE 102)的定位的示例性方法900的流程圖。FIG. 9 illustrates the steps performed by a positioning server, such as the LMF 152 shown in FIG. 1 or the positioning server 600 shown in FIG. A flowchart of an exemplary method 900 of positioning of a user equipment (eg, UE 102 ) in an RRC) non-enabled state.

在方塊902處,定位伺服器向UE發送針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求,例如,如圖3的階段14處所論述。用於向該UE發送針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求的構件可以包括例如外部介面616和一或多個處理器602,其具有專用硬體或在定位伺服器600中的記憶體604及/或媒體620中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖6中所示的定位通信期模組622。At block 902 , the positioning server sends a request to the UE to perform periodic or triggered positioning, eg, as discussed at stage 14 of FIG. 3 . Means for sending requests to the UE to perform periodic or triggered positioning may include, for example, an external interface 616 and one or more processors 602 with dedicated hardware or memory 604 in the positioning server 600 and/or Executable code or software instructions are embodied in or medium 620 , such as location communication module 622 shown in FIG. 6 .

在方塊904處,定位伺服器向該UE發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示,例如,如在圖3的階段14中以及圖4B、圖4C、圖4D和圖4E的階段1中所論述的。用於向該UE發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示的構件可以包括例如外部介面616和一或多個處理器602,其具有專用硬體或在定位伺服器600中的記憶體604及/或媒體620中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖6中所示的定位通信期模組622。At block 904, the positioning server sends to the UE an indication whether subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or both uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state, For example, as discussed in stage 14 of Figure 3 and stage 1 of Figures 4B, 4C, 4D and 4E. The means for sending an indication to the UE whether subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or both uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state may include, for example, an external interface 616 and one or more processors 602, which have dedicated hardware or implement executable code or software instructions in memory 604 and/or medium 620 in positioning server 600, such as the positioning communication period shown in FIG. 6 Module 622.

在方塊906處,定位伺服器從該UE接收第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該UE對事件的偵測並啟用UE定位,其中當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時,該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自由該UE經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送,例如,如圖4A的階段3、4和15、16、圖4B的階段5至7、15至17以及圖4E的階段4至6和14至16處所論述的。用於從該UE接收第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該UE對事件的偵測並啟用UE定位(其中當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時,該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自由該UE經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送)的構件可以包括例如外部介面616和一或多個處理器602,其具有專用硬體或在定位伺服器600中的記憶體604及/或媒體620中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖6中所示的定位通信期模組622。At block 906, the positioning server receives a first event report and a second event report from the UE to report the UE's detection of an event and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state, wherein when the UE is in the RRC inactive state When the RRC is not enabled, the first event report and the second event report are each sent by the UE via small data transmission (SDT), for example, as shown in phases 3, 4 and 15, 16 of Figure 4A, and in Figure 4B Stages 5-7, 15-17, and stages 4-6 and 14-16 of Figure 4E are discussed. For receiving a first event report and a second event report from the UE to report the UE's detection of an event and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state (wherein when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state , the first event report and the second event report are each sent by the UE via a small data transfer (SDT)) components may include, for example, an external interface 616 and one or more processors 602, which have dedicated hardware or in The memory 604 and/or the medium 620 in the positioning server 600 implement executable code or software instructions, such as the positioning communication module 622 shown in FIG. 6 .

在一種實施方案中,該第二事件報告包括對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示,例如,如圖4B的階段15至18和圖4E的階段14至17中所論述的。在一種實施方案中,對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括事件類型參數,例如,如圖4B的階段15至18和圖4E的階段14至17中所論述的。在一種實施方案中,該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自包括共用辨識符,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括該共用辨識符,例如,如圖4B的階段5和15至18和圖4E的階段4和14至17中所論述的。定位伺服器可以基於對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示而將該第二事件報告視為該第一事件報告的延續,例如,如圖4B的階段18和圖4E的階段17中所論述的。用於基於對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示而將該第二事件報告視為該第一事件報告的延續的構件可以包括例如外部介面616和一或多個處理器602,其具有專用硬體或在定位伺服器600中的記憶體604及/或媒體620中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖6中所示的定位通信期模組622。In one embodiment, the second event report includes an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report, for example, as discussed in stages 15 to 18 of FIG. 4B and stages 14 to 17 of FIG. 4E of. In one embodiment, the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes an event type parameter, eg, as discussed in stages 15 to 18 of Figure 4B and stages 14 to 17 of Figure 4E. In one embodiment, the first event report and the second event report each include a shared identifier, wherein an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes the shared identifier, for example, as shown in FIG. Stages 5 and 15 to 18 of Figure 4B and Stages 4 and 14 to 17 of Figure 4E. The positioning server may treat the second event report as a continuation of the first event report based on an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report, for example, as in stage 18 of FIG. 4B and FIG. 4E As discussed in Phase 17. Means for treating the second event report as a continuation of the first event report based on an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report may include, for example, an external interface 616 and one or more processors 602 having dedicated hardware or implementing executable code or software instructions in memory 604 and/or medium 620 in location server 600 , such as location communication module 622 shown in FIG. 6 .

在一些實施方案(在此處稱為UL+DL實施方案)中,(例如,定位伺服器)發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示,例如,如在圖3的階段14中以及圖4B和圖4E的階段1中所論述的。該第一事件報告隨後可以包括指示針對例如UE所包括的上行鏈路(UL)定位參考信號(PRS)配置的請求的長期進化(LTE)定位協定(LPP)請求輔助資料訊息,例如,如圖4A的階段3、圖4B的階段5以及圖4E的階段4處所論述的。定位伺服器隨後可以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時向該UE的服務基地站(例如,服務gNB 110)發送針對該UL PRS配置的請求,例如,如圖4A的階段5、圖4B的階段8以及圖4E的階段7處所論述的。定位伺服器隨後可以從該服務基地站接收該UL PRS配置,其中該服務基地站向該UE發送該UL PRS配置,例如,如圖4A的階段6b、7和13、圖4B的階段8和12以及圖4E的階段7和11處所論述的。用於發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示的構件可以包括例如外部介面616和一或多個處理器602,其具有專用硬體或在定位伺服器600中的記憶體604及/或媒體620中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖6中所示的定位通信期模組622。用於在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時向該UE的服務基地站發送針對該UL定位參考信號的請求的構件可以包括例如外部介面616和一或多個處理器602,其具有專用硬體或在定位伺服器600中的記憶體604及/或媒體620中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖6中所示的定位通信期模組622。用於從服務基地站接收UL定位參考信號配置的構件可以包括例如外部介面616和一或多個處理器602,其具有專用硬體或在定位伺服器600中的記憶體604及/或媒體620中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖6中所示的定位通信期模組622。In some implementations (referred to herein as UL+DL implementations), sending (e.g., a positioning server) a response to subsequent location reporting events when the UE is in the RRC inactive state will use uplink and downlink Indication of location, eg, as discussed in stage 14 of Figure 3 and stage 1 of Figures 4B and 4E. This first event report may then include a Long Term Evolution (LTE) Positioning Protocol (LPP) Request Assistance Data message indicating a request for, for example, an uplink (UL) Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration comprised by the UE, e.g. 4A, Stage 3, FIG. 4B, Stage 5, and FIG. 4E, Stage 4. The positioning server may then send a request for the UL PRS configuration to the UE's serving base station (eg, serving gNB 110) when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state, for example, as shown in phase 5 of FIG. 4A, phase 5 of FIG. 4B Stage 8 and Stage 7 of Figure 4E are discussed. The positioning server may then receive the UL PRS configuration from the serving base station, wherein the serving base station sends the UL PRS configuration to the UE, for example, as in stages 6b, 7 and 13 of FIG. 4A , and stages 8 and 12 of FIG. 4B and as discussed at stages 7 and 11 of Figure 4E. Means for sending an indication that subsequent location reporting events will use uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state may include, for example, an external interface 616 and one or more processors 602 with dedicated Executable code or software instructions are implemented in hardware or in memory 604 and/or medium 620 in location server 600 , such as location communication module 622 shown in FIG. 6 . Means for sending a request for the UL positioning reference signal to the serving base station of the UE when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state may include, for example, an external interface 616 and one or more processors 602 having dedicated hardware Or implement executable code or software instructions in the memory 604 and/or the medium 620 in the location server 600 , such as the location communication module 622 shown in FIG. 6 . Means for receiving UL positioning reference signal configurations from a serving base station may include, for example, an external interface 616 and one or more processors 602 with dedicated hardware or memory 604 and/or media 620 in the positioning server 600 Executable code or software instructions are implemented in an implementation, such as the positioning communication period module 622 shown in FIG. 6 .

在一些UL+DL實施方案中,定位伺服器向至少一個基地站(例如,gNB 110)發送UL量測請求,其包括UL PRS配置,例如,如圖4A的階段11、圖4B的階段8以及圖4E的階段7處所論述的。用於向至少一個基地站發送包括該UL PRS配置的UL量測請求的構件,例如外部介面616和一或多個處理器602,其具有專用硬體或在定位伺服器600中的記憶體604及/或媒體620中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖6中所示的定位通信期模組622。In some UL+DL implementations, the positioning server sends a UL measurement request to at least one base station (eg, gNB 110), which includes a UL PRS configuration, eg, as in phase 11 of FIG. 4A , phase 8 of FIG. 4B , and As discussed at stage 7 of Figure 4E. Means for sending a UL measurement request including the UL PRS configuration to at least one base station, such as an external interface 616 and one or more processors 602 with dedicated hardware or memory 604 in the positioning server 600 And/or the medium 620 implements executable code or software instructions, such as the location communication module 622 shown in FIG. 6 .

在一些UL+DL實施方案中,該第二事件報告可以包括LPP提供位置資訊訊息,該LPP提供位置資訊訊息包括由處於該RRC非啟用狀態的UE執行的位置量測,例如,如圖4A的階段15和16、圖4B的階段15至17以及圖4E的階段14至16處所論述的。定位伺服器隨後可以至少部分地基於該LPP提供位置資訊訊息中的位置量測來決定該UE的位置,例如,如圖4A的階段17.5、圖4B的階段23以及圖4E的階段22處所論述的。用於至少部分地基於該LPP提供位置資訊訊息中的位置量測來決定該UE的位置的構件可以包括例如外部介面616和一或多個處理器602,其具有專用硬體或在定位伺服器600中的記憶體604及/或媒體620中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖6中所示的定位通信期模組622。In some UL+DL implementations, the second event report may include an LPP provide location information message including location measurements performed by the UE in the RRC inactive state, e.g., as shown in FIG. 4A Stages 15 and 16, stages 15 to 17 of FIG. 4B and stages 14 to 16 of FIG. 4E are discussed. The location server may then determine the location of the UE based at least in part on location measurements in the LPP provided location information message, e.g., as discussed at stage 17.5 of FIG. 4A , stage 23 of FIG. 4B , and stage 22 of FIG. 4E . Means for determining the location of the UE based at least in part on location measurements in the LPP providing location information message may include, for example, an external interface 616 and one or more processors 602 with dedicated hardware or in a location server The memory 604 and/or the medium 620 in 600 implement executable code or software instructions, such as the location communication module 622 shown in FIG. 6 .

在一些UL+DL實施方案中,定位伺服器可以從該至少一個基地站接收量測回應,該量測回應包括由處於該RRC非啟用狀態的UE傳輸的UL PRS的量測,例如,如圖4A的階段17、圖4B的階段14以及圖4E的階段13處所論述的。定位伺服器隨後可以進一步基於來自該至少一個基地站的量測回應來決定UE的位置,例如,如圖4A的階段17.5、圖4B的階段23以及圖4E的階段22處所論述的。用於從該至少一個基地站接收量測回應(該量測回應包括由處於該RRC非啟用狀態的UE傳輸的UL定位參考信號的量測)的構件可以包括例如外部介面616和一或多個處理器602,其具有專用硬體或在定位伺服器600中的記憶體604及/或媒體620中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖6中所示的定位通信期模組622。用於進一步基於來自該至少一個基地站的量測回應來決定UE的位置的構件可以包括例如外部介面616和一或多個處理器602,其具有專用硬體或在定位伺服器600中的記憶體604及/或媒體620中實施可執行代碼或軟體指令,諸如圖6中所示的定位通信期模組622。In some UL+DL implementations, the positioning server may receive a measurement response from the at least one base station, the measurement response including the measurement of the UL PRS transmitted by the UE in the RRC inactive state, for example, as shown in FIG. 4A, stage 14 of FIG. 4B, and stage 13 of FIG. 4E. The location server may then further determine the location of the UE based on the measurement responses from the at least one base station, eg as discussed at stage 17.5 of Figure 4A, stage 23 of Figure 4B and stage 22 of Figure 4E. The means for receiving a measurement response from the at least one base station (the measurement response includes a measurement of the UL positioning reference signal transmitted by the UE in the RRC inactive state) may include, for example, an external interface 616 and one or more Processor 602, which has dedicated hardware or implements executable code or software instructions in memory 604 and/or medium 620 in positioning server 600, such as positioning communication module 622 shown in FIG. 6 . Means for further determining the location of the UE based on the measurement responses from the at least one base station may include, for example, an external interface 616 and one or more processors 602 with dedicated hardware or memory in the positioning server 600 Executable code or software instructions are implemented in the body 604 and/or the medium 620 , such as the positioning communication module 622 shown in FIG. 6 .

熟習此項技術者應當理解,可以使用各種不同科技和技術中的任一種來表示資訊和信號。例如,可以經由電壓、電流、電磁波、磁場或粒子、光場或粒子或者其任何組合來表示可能在整個上述描述中提及的資料、指令、命令、資訊、信號、位元、符號和晶片。Those of skill in the art will understand that information and signals may be represented using any of a variety of different technologies and techniques. For example, data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, and chips that may be referred to throughout the above description may be represented by voltages, currents, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or particles, optical fields or particles, or any combination thereof.

此外,熟習此項技術者應當理解,結合本文揭示的態樣描述的各種說明性的邏輯區塊、模組、電路和演算法步驟可以被實施成電子硬體、電腦軟體或兩者的組合。為了清楚地說明硬體和軟體的此種可互換性,上文已經對各種說明性元件、方塊、模組、電路和步驟在其功能態樣進行了整體描述。將此種功能性實施為硬體還是軟體取決於強加於整體系統的特定應用和設計約束。熟習此項技術者可以針對每個特定應用以不同方式實施所描述的功能性,但是此種實施決策不應被解釋為導致脫離本案的範疇。Furthermore, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the various illustrative logical blocks, modules, circuits, and algorithm steps described in connection with the aspects disclosed herein may be implemented as electronic hardware, computer software, or a combination of both. To clearly illustrate this interchangeability of hardware and software, various illustrative elements, blocks, modules, circuits, and steps have been described above generally in terms of their functionality. Whether such functionality is implemented as hardware or software depends upon the particular application and design constraints imposed on the overall system. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality in varying ways for each particular application, but such implementation decisions should not be interpreted as causing a departure from the scope of the present disclosure.

與在本文揭示的各態樣結合描述的各種說明性邏輯區塊、模組和電路可以用以下各項實施或執行:通用處理器、數位信號處理器(DSP)、特殊應用積體電路(ASIC)、現場可程式設計閘陣列(FPGA),或其他可程式設計邏輯設備)、個別閘門或電晶體邏輯、離散硬體元件,或設計以用於執行在本文描述的功能的其任何組合。通用處理器可以是微處理器,但是任選地,處理器可以是任何習知處理器、控制器、微控制器或狀態機。處理器亦可以被實施為計算設備的組合,例如,DSP與微處理器的組合、複數個微處理器、一或多個微處理器結合DSP核或者任何其他此種配置。The various illustrative logic blocks, modules, and circuits described in connection with the aspects disclosed herein can be implemented or performed by a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC) ), field programmable gate array (FPGA), or other programmable logic device), individual gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described herein. A general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor, but, optionally, the processor can be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. A processor may also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, eg, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core, or any other such configuration.

結合本文揭示的態樣描述的方法、序列及/或演算法的步驟可以直接體現於硬體中、由處理器執行的軟體模組中或兩者的組合中。軟體模組可以常駐在隨機存取記憶體(RAM)、快閃記憶體、唯讀記憶體(ROM)、可抹除可程式設計ROM(EPROM)、電子可抹除可程式設計ROM(EEPROM)、暫存器、硬碟、抽取式磁碟、CD-ROM或本領域已知的任何其他形式的儲存媒體。示範性儲存媒體耦合到處理器,使得處理器可以從儲存媒體讀取資訊和向儲存媒體寫入資訊。在替代方案中,儲存媒體可以與處理器成一體。處理器和儲存媒體可以常駐在ASIC中。ASIC可以常駐在使用者終端(例如,UE)中。在替代方案中,處理器和儲存媒體可以作為個別元件常駐在使用者終端中。The steps of the methods, sequences and/or algorithms described in conjunction with the aspects disclosed herein may be embodied directly in hardware, in software modules executed by a processor, or in a combination of both. Software modules can reside in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read only memory (ROM), erasable programmable ROM (EPROM), electronically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM) , scratchpad, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium. In the alternative, the storage medium may be integral to the processor. The processor and storage medium can be resident in the ASIC. The ASIC may be resident in a user terminal (eg, UE). In the alternative, the processor and storage medium may reside as separate components in the user terminal.

在一或多個示範性態樣中,所描述的功能可以在硬體、軟體、韌體或其任何組合中實施。若以軟體實施,則功能可以作為一或多個指令或代碼儲存在電腦可讀取媒體上或經由該電腦可讀取媒體傳輸。電腦可讀取媒體包含電腦儲存媒體和通訊媒體(包括促進將電腦程式從一處傳送到另一處的任何媒體)兩者。儲存媒體可以是可以由電腦存取的任何可用媒體。經由實例的方式而不是限制的方式,此種電腦可讀取媒體可以包括RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其他光碟儲存、磁碟儲存媒體或其他磁儲存設備,或者可以用於攜帶或儲存具有指令或資料結構形式的期望的程式碼並能夠由電腦進行存取的任何其他媒體。而且,將任何連接適當地稱為電腦可讀取媒體。例如,若使用同軸電纜、光纖電纜、雙絞線、數位用戶線(DSL)或例如紅外線、無線電及微波等無線技術從網站、伺服器或其他遠端源傳輸軟體,則在媒體的定義中包括同軸電纜、光纖電纜、雙絞線、DSL或例如紅外線、無線電及微波等無線技術。如本文中使用的磁碟及光碟包含壓縮光碟(CD)、鐳射光碟、光學光碟、數位多功能光碟(DVD)、軟碟及藍光光碟,其中磁碟通常磁性地再現資料,而光碟借助於鐳射光學地再現資料。上述組合亦應包括於電腦可讀取媒體的範疇內。In one or more exemplary aspects, the functions described may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media (including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another). A storage media may be any available media that can be accessed by a computer. By way of example and not limitation, such computer readable media may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or may be used to carry or store Any other medium that has desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer. Also, any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium. For example, if software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave, then the definition of medium includes Coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio and microwave. Disk and disc, as used herein, includes compact disc (CD), laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc (DVD), floppy disc and blu-ray disc where disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs usually reproduce data with the aid of lasers. Optically reproduces data. The above combinations should also be included in the category of computer-readable media.

根據本說明書,實施例可以包括不同的特徵組合。在下列編號條款中描述了實施實例:According to the description, embodiments may comprise different combinations of features. Implementation examples are described in the following numbered clauses:

條款1.一種由使用者設備(UE)執行的用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的UE的定位的方法,該方法包括以下步驟:接收針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求;接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時偵測事件;及發送第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該事件並啟用UE定位,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。Clause 1. A method performed by a user equipment (UE) for supporting positioning of a UE in a radio resource control (RRC) non-enabled state, the method comprising the steps of: receiving a request to perform periodic or triggered positioning; receiving an indication of whether subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or both uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state; detecting while in the RRC non-enabled state event; and sending a first event report and a second event report to report the event and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state, wherein the first event report and the second event report are each transmitted via small data ( SDT) and sent.

條款2.根據條款1之方法,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求是從定位伺服器接收的,並且該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告被發送到該定位伺服器。Clause 2. The method of clause 1, wherein a request to perform a periodic or triggered positioning is received from a positioning server, and the first event report and the second event report are sent to the positioning server.

條款3.根據條款2之方法,其中該定位伺服器包括位置管理功能(LMF)。Clause 3. The method of clause 2, wherein the location server includes a location management function (LMF).

條款4.根據條款1至3中任一項之方法,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告中的每一者在RRC恢復請求訊息中發送。Clause 4. The method according to any one of clauses 1 to 3, wherein each of the first event report and the second event report is sent in an RRC recovery request message.

條款5.根據條款1至4中任一項之方法,其中該第二事件報告包括對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示。Clause 5. The method of any one of clauses 1 to 4, wherein the second event report includes an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report.

條款6.根據條款5之方法,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括事件類型參數。Clause 6. The method of clause 5, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes an event type parameter.

條款7.根據條款5至6中任一項之方法,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自包括共用辨識符,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括該共用辨識符。Clause 7. The method of any one of clauses 5 to 6, wherein the first event report and the second event report each include a shared identifier, wherein the second event report is associated with an indication of the first event report Include the shared identifier.

條款8.根據條款5至7中任一項之方法,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示使得能夠將該第二事件報告視為該第一事件報告的延續。Clause 8. The method according to any one of clauses 5 to 7, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report enables the second event report to be considered a continuation of the first event report.

條款9.根據條款1至8中任一項之方法,其中:接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;該第一事件報告包括指示針對上行鏈路(UL)定位參考信號(PRS)配置的請求的長期進化(LTE)定位協定(LPP)請求輔助資料訊息;並且該方法亦包括以下步驟:從服務基地站接收該UL PRS配置。Clause 9. The method of any one of clauses 1 to 8, wherein: an indication is received that subsequent location reporting events will use uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state; the first event The report includes a Long Term Evolution (LTE) Positioning Protocol (LPP) Request Assistance Data message indicating a request for uplink (UL) Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration; and the method also includes the step of: receiving the UL from the serving base station PRS configuration.

條款10.根據條款9之方法,其中該UL PRS配置是在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT中接收到的。Clause 10. The method of clause 9, wherein the UL PRS configuration is received in a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT.

條款11.根據條款9至10中任一項之方法,其中該UL PRS配置是在RRC釋放訊息中接收到的。Clause 11. The method according to any one of clauses 9 to 10, wherein the UL PRS configuration is received in an RRC release message.

條款12.根據條款9至11中任一項之方法,其亦包括以下步驟:在處於該RRC非啟用狀態時基於該UL定位參考信號(PRS)配置實現由複數個基地站進行的UL PRS量測來傳輸UL PRS,其中至少部分地基於該等UL PRS量測來決定該UE的位置。Clause 12. The method according to any one of clauses 9 to 11, further comprising the step of: implementing UL PRS amounts by base stations based on the UL Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration while in the RRC inactive state and transmitting UL PRS based on at least in part the UL PRS measurements, wherein the location of the UE is determined based at least in part on the UL PRS measurements.

條款13.根據條款9至12中任一項之方法,其亦包括以下步驟:在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT或RRC釋放訊息中的一者中從該服務基地站接收媒體存取控制-控制元素(MAC-CE)UL PRS啟用;及在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT或RRC釋放訊息中的一者中從該服務基地站接收MAC-CE UL PRS停用。Clause 13. The method according to any one of clauses 9 to 12, further comprising the step of: receiving medium access control from the serving base station in one of a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT or RRC release message - control element (MAC-CE) UL PRS enable; and receive MAC-CE UL PRS deactivation from the serving base station in one of a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT or RRC release message.

條款14.根據條款1至13中任一項之方法,其中該第二事件報告包括LPP提供位置資訊訊息,該LPP提供位置資訊訊息包括由該UE產生的位置量測。Clause 14. The method according to any one of clauses 1 to 13, wherein the second event report includes an LPP provided location information message including location measurements generated by the UE.

條款15.根據條款14之方法,其亦包括以下步驟:從一或多個基地站接收下行鏈路(DL)PRS;及在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時量測該等DL PRS以產生該等位置量測。Clause 15. The method of clause 14, further comprising the steps of: receiving downlink (DL) PRSs from one or more base stations; and measuring the DL PRSs while in the RRC inactive state to generate the Iso-position measurement.

條款16.根據條款1至15中任一項之方法,其亦包括以下步驟:向服務基地站、定位伺服器或兩者提供定位能力,該等定位能力指示在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時支援上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位、上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位中的至少一者或其組合。Clause 16. The method according to any one of clauses 1 to 15, further comprising the step of providing positioning capabilities to a serving base station, a positioning server, or both, the positioning capabilities indicating that while in the RRC inactive state At least one of uplink positioning, downlink positioning, uplink and downlink positioning, or a combination thereof is supported.

條款17.根據條款1至16中任一項之方法,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求包括該UE的延遲MT-LR資訊,該方法亦包括以下步驟:向服務基地站提供該UE的延遲MT-LR資訊和該UE的定位能力,其中該延遲MT-LR資訊包括事件類型、所請求的定位方法、報告間隔中的一者或多者,並且其中該UE的延遲MT-LR資訊和定位能力使得能夠將該UE轉變到該RRC非啟用狀態。Clause 17. The method according to any one of clauses 1 to 16, wherein the request to perform periodic or triggered positioning includes delayed MT-LR information of the UE, the method further comprising the step of: providing the serving base station with the UE's Delayed MT-LR information and positioning capabilities of the UE, wherein the delayed MT-LR information includes one or more of event type, requested positioning method, and reporting interval, and wherein the delayed MT-LR information of the UE and Positioning capability enables transition of the UE to the RRC non-enabled state.

條款18.根據條款1至17中任一項之方法,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求包括對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示。Clause 18. The method according to any one of clauses 1 to 17, wherein the request to perform periodic or triggered positioning comprises uplink positioning, downlink positioning, downlink Road positioning is also an indication of uplink and downlink positioning.

條款19.一種使用者設備(UE),其被配置為用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的UE的定位,該UE包括:無線收發器,該無線收發器被配置為與無線網路中的實體進行無線通訊;至少一個記憶體;至少一個處理器,該至少一個處理器耦合到該無線收發器和該至少一個記憶體,其中該至少一個處理器被配置為:經由該無線收發器接收針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求;經由該無線收發器接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時偵測事件;及經由該無線收發器發送第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該事件並啟用UE定位,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。Clause 19. A user equipment (UE) configured to support positioning of a UE in a radio resource control (RRC) non-enabled state, the UE comprising: a wireless transceiver configured to communicate with a wireless Entities in the network communicate wirelessly; at least one memory; at least one processor coupled to the wireless transceiver and the at least one memory, wherein the at least one processor is configured to: via the wireless The transceiver receives a request to perform periodic or triggered positioning; whether subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning or uplink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state is received via the wireless transceiver an indication of downlink positioning; detecting an event while in the RRC inactive state; and sending a first event report and a second event report via the radio to report the event when the UE is in the RRC inactive state And enabling UE positioning, wherein the first event report and the second event report are respectively sent via Small Data Transmission (SDT).

條款20.根據條款19之UE,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求是從定位伺服器接收的,並且該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告被發送到該定位伺服器。Clause 20. The UE of clause 19, wherein the request to perform periodic or triggered positioning is received from a positioning server, and the first event report and the second event report are sent to the positioning server.

條款21.根據條款20之UE,其中該定位伺服器包括位置管理功能(LMF)。Clause 21. The UE according to clause 20, wherein the positioning server comprises a location management function (LMF).

條款22.根據條款19至21中任一項之UE,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告中的每一者在RRC恢復請求訊息中發送。Clause 22. The UE according to any one of clauses 19 to 21, wherein each of the first event report and the second event report is sent in an RRC recovery request message.

條款23.根據條款19至22中任一項之UE,其中該第二事件報告包括對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示。Clause 23. The UE according to any one of clauses 19 to 22, wherein the second event report includes an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report.

條款24.根據條款23之UE,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括事件類型參數。Clause 24. The UE of clause 23, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report comprises an event type parameter.

條款25.根據條款23至24中任一項之UE,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自包括共用辨識符,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括該共用辨識符。Clause 25. The UE according to any one of clauses 23 to 24, wherein the first event report and the second event report each comprise a common identifier, wherein the second event report is associated with an indication of the first event report Include the shared identifier.

條款26.根據條款23至25中任一項之UE,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示使得能夠將該第二事件報告視為該第一事件報告的延續。Clause 26. The UE according to any one of clauses 23 to 25, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report enables the second event report to be considered a continuation of the first event report.

條款27.根據條款19至26中任一項之UE,其中:接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;該第一事件報告包括指示針對上行鏈路(UL)定位參考信號(PRS)配置的請求的長期進化(LTE)定位協定(LPP)請求輔助資料訊息;並且該至少一個處理器亦被配置為經由該無線收發器從服務基地站接收該UL PRS配置。Clause 27. The UE according to any one of clauses 19 to 26, wherein: receiving an indication that subsequent location reporting events will use uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state; the first event The report includes a Long Term Evolution (LTE) Positioning Protocol (LPP) Request Assistance Data message indicating a request for uplink (UL) Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration; and the at least one processor is also configured to, via the wireless transceiver The UL PRS configuration is received from the serving base station.

條款28.根據條款27之UE,其中該UL PRS配置是在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT中接收到的。Clause 28. The UE of clause 27, wherein the UL PRS configuration is received in a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT.

條款29.根據條款27至28中任一項之UE,其中該UL PRS配置是在RRC釋放訊息中接收到的。Clause 29. The UE according to any one of clauses 27 to 28, wherein the UL PRS configuration is received in an RRC release message.

條款30.根據條款27至29中任一項之UE,其中該至少一個處理器亦被配置為:在處於該RRC非啟用狀態時基於該UL定位參考信號(PRS)配置實現由複數個基地站進行的UL PRS量測來經由該無線收發器傳輸UL PRS,其中至少部分地基於該等UL PRS量測來決定該UE的位置。Clause 30. The UE according to any one of clauses 27 to 29, wherein the at least one processor is also configured to: when in the RRC non-enabled state, enable a plurality of base stations based on the UL Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration UL PRS measurements are made to transmit UL PRS via the wireless transceiver, wherein a location of the UE is determined based at least in part on the UL PRS measurements.

條款31.根據條款27至30中任一項之UE,其中該至少一個處理器亦被配置為經由該無線收發器在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT或RRC釋放訊息中的一者中從該服務基地站接收媒體存取控制-控制元素(MAC-CE)UL PRS啟用,並且在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT或RRC釋放訊息中的一者中從該服務基地站接收MAC-CE UL PRS停用。Clause 31. The UE according to any one of clauses 27 to 30, wherein the at least one processor is also configured to, via the wireless transceiver, in one of a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT or RRC release message from the The serving base station receives a medium access control-control element (MAC-CE) UL PRS enablement and receives the MAC-CE UL PRS from the serving base station in one of a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT or RRC release message disabled.

條款32.根據條款19至31中任一項之UE,其中該第二事件報告包括LPP提供位置資訊訊息,該LPP提供位置資訊訊息包括由該UE產生的位置量測。Clause 32. The UE according to any one of clauses 19 to 31, wherein the second event report comprises an LPP provided location information message comprising location measurements generated by the UE.

條款33.根據條款32之UE,其中該至少一個處理器亦被配置為:經由該無線收發器從一或多個基地站接收下行鏈路(DL)PRS;及在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時量測該等DL PRS以產生該等位置量測。Clause 33. The UE of clause 32, wherein the at least one processor is also configured to: receive a downlink (DL) PRS from one or more base stations via the wireless transceiver; and in the RRC inactive state The DL PRSs are measured over time to generate the position measurements.

條款34.根據條款19至33中任一項之UE,其向服務基地站、定位伺服器或兩者提供定位能力,該等定位能力指示在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時支援上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位、上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位中的至少一者或其組合。Clause 34. A UE according to any one of clauses 19 to 33, which provides positioning capabilities to a serving base station, a positioning server, or both, the positioning capabilities indicating that uplink positioning is supported when in the RRC inactive state , downlink positioning, at least one of uplink and downlink positioning, or a combination thereof.

條款35.根據條款19至34中任一項之UE,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求包括該UE的延遲MT-LR資訊,該方法亦包括以下步驟:向服務基地站提供該UE的延遲MT-LR資訊和該UE的定位能力,其中該延遲MT-LR資訊包括事件類型、所請求的定位方法、報告間隔中的一者或多者,並且其中該UE的延遲MT-LR資訊和定位能力使得能夠將該UE轉變到該RRC非啟用狀態。Clause 35. The UE according to any one of clauses 19 to 34, wherein the request to perform periodic or triggered positioning includes delayed MT-LR information of the UE, the method further comprising the step of: providing the serving base station with the UE's Delayed MT-LR information and positioning capabilities of the UE, wherein the delayed MT-LR information includes one or more of event type, requested positioning method, and reporting interval, and wherein the delayed MT-LR information of the UE and Positioning capability enables transition of the UE to the RRC non-enabled state.

條款36.根據條款19至35中任一項之UE,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求包括對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示。Clause 36. The UE according to any one of clauses 19 to 35, wherein the request to perform periodic or triggered positioning includes that subsequent location reporting events when the UE is in the RRC inactive state will use uplink positioning, downlink Road positioning is also an indication of uplink and downlink positioning.

條款37.一種使用者設備(UE),其被配置為用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的UE的定位,該UE包括:用於接收針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求的構件;用於接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示的構件;用於在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時偵測事件的構件;及用於發送第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該事件並啟用UE定位的構件,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。Clause 37. A user equipment (UE) configured to support positioning of a UE in a radio resource control (RRC) non-enabled state, the UE comprising: for receiving a request to perform periodic or triggered positioning means for receiving an indication that subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or both uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state; means for detecting an event while in an RRC inactive state; and means for sending a first event report and a second event report to report the event and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state, wherein the first event report The event report and the second event report are each sent via Small Data Transfer (SDT).

條款38.根據條款37之UE,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求是從定位伺服器接收的,並且該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告被發送到該定位伺服器。Clause 38. The UE of clause 37, wherein the request to perform periodic or triggered positioning is received from a positioning server, and the first event report and the second event report are sent to the positioning server.

條款39.根據條款38之UE,其中該定位伺服器包括位置管理功能(LMF)。Clause 39. The UE according to clause 38, wherein the positioning server comprises a location management function (LMF).

條款40.根據條款37至39中任一項之UE,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告中的每一者在RRC恢復請求訊息中發送。Clause 40. The UE according to any one of clauses 37 to 39, wherein each of the first event report and the second event report is sent in an RRC recovery request message.

條款41.根據條款37至40中任一項之UE,其中該第二事件報告包括對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示。Clause 41. The UE according to any one of clauses 37 to 40, wherein the second event report comprises an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report.

條款42.根據條款41之UE,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括事件類型參數。Clause 42. The UE of clause 41, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report comprises an event type parameter.

條款43.根據條款41至42中任一項之UE,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自包括共用辨識符,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括該共用辨識符。Clause 43. The UE according to any one of clauses 41 to 42, wherein the first event report and the second event report each include a common identifier, wherein the second event report is associated with an indication of the first event report Include the shared identifier.

條款44.根據條款41至43中任一項之UE,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示使得能夠將該第二事件報告視為該第一事件報告的延續。Clause 44. The UE according to any one of clauses 41 to 43, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report enables the second event report to be considered a continuation of the first event report.

條款45.根據條款37至44中任一項之UE,其中:接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;該第一事件報告包括指示針對上行鏈路(UL)定位參考信號(PRS)配置的請求的長期進化(LTE)定位協定(LPP)請求輔助資料訊息;並且該UE亦包括用於從服務基地站接收該UL PRS配置的構件。Clause 45. The UE according to any one of clauses 37 to 44, wherein: receiving an indication that subsequent location reporting events will use uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state; the first event The report includes a Long Term Evolution (LTE) Positioning Protocol (LPP) Request Assistance Data message indicating a request for uplink (UL) Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration; and the UE also includes a message for receiving the UL PRS from the serving base station Configuration artifacts.

條款46.根據條款45之UE,其中該UL PRS配置是在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT中接收到的。Clause 46. The UE of clause 45, wherein the UL PRS configuration is received in a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT.

條款47.根據條款45至46中任一項之UE,其中該UL PRS配置是在RRC釋放訊息中接收到的。Clause 47. The UE according to any one of clauses 45 to 46, wherein the UL PRS configuration is received in an RRC release message.

條款48.根據條款45至47中任一項之UE,其亦包括:用於在處於該RRC非啟用狀態時基於該UL定位參考信號(PRS)配置實現由複數個基地站進行的UL PRS量測來傳輸UL PRS的構件,其中至少部分地基於該等UL PRS量測來決定該UE的位置。Clause 48. The UE according to any one of clauses 45 to 47, further comprising: an amount for implementing UL PRS by base stations based on the UL positioning reference signal (PRS) configuration when in the RRC non-enabled state means for transmitting UL PRS based at least in part on the UL PRS measurements, wherein the location of the UE is determined based at least in part on the UL PRS measurements.

條款49.根據條款45至48中任一項之UE,其亦包括用於進行以下各項的構件:在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT或RRC釋放訊息中的一者中從該服務基地站接收媒體存取控制-控制元素(MAC-CE)UL PRS啟用;及在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT或RRC釋放訊息中的一者中從該服務基地站接收MAC-CE UL PRS停用。Clause 49. A UE according to any one of clauses 45 to 48, further comprising means for: receiving from the serving base station in one of a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT or RRC release message receiving medium access control-control element (MAC-CE) UL PRS enablement; and receiving MAC-CE UL PRS deactivation from the serving base station in one of a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT or RRC release message.

條款50.根據條款37至49中任一項之UE,其中該第二事件報告包括LPP提供位置資訊訊息,該LPP提供位置資訊訊息包括由該UE執行的位置量測。Clause 50. The UE according to any one of clauses 37 to 49, wherein the second event report comprises an LPP provided location information message comprising location measurements performed by the UE.

條款51.根據條款50之UE,其亦包括:用於從一或多個基地站接收下行鏈路(DL)PRS的構件;及用於在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時量測該等DL PRS以產生該等位置量測的構件。Clause 51. The UE according to clause 50, further comprising: means for receiving downlink (DL) PRSs from one or more base stations; and for measuring the DLs while in the RRC inactive state PRS is used to generate the components of the position measurements.

條款52.根據條款37至51中任一項之UE,其亦包括用於向服務基地站、定位伺服器或兩者提供定位能力的構件,該等定位能力指示在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時支援上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位、上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位中的至少一者或其組合。Clause 52. A UE according to any one of clauses 37 to 51, which also comprises means for providing positioning capabilities to a serving base station, a positioning server, or both, the positioning capabilities being indicated in the RRC inactive state At least one of uplink positioning, downlink positioning, uplink and downlink positioning, or a combination thereof is supported at times.

條款53.根據條款37至52中任一項之UE,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求包括該UE的延遲MT-LR資訊,該方法亦包括以下步驟:向服務基地站提供該UE的延遲MT-LR資訊,其中該延遲MT-LR資訊包括事件類型、所請求的定位方法、報告間隔中的一者或多者,並且其中該UE的延遲MT-LR資訊和定位能力使得能夠將該UE轉變到該RRC非啟用狀態。Clause 53. The UE according to any one of clauses 37 to 52, wherein the request to perform periodic or triggered positioning includes delayed MT-LR information of the UE, the method further comprising the step of: providing the serving base station with the UE's Delayed MT-LR information, wherein the delayed MT-LR information includes one or more of event type, requested positioning method, reporting interval, and wherein the delayed MT-LR information and positioning capabilities of the UE enable the The UE transitions to the RRC non-enabled state.

條款54.根據條款37至53中任一項之UE,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求包括對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示。Clause 54. A UE according to any one of clauses 37 to 53, wherein the request to perform periodic or triggered positioning comprises uplink positioning, downlink positioning, downlink Road positioning is also an indication of uplink and downlink positioning.

條款55.一種包括儲存在其上的程式碼的非暫時性儲存媒體,該程式碼可操作以配置使用者設備(UE)中的至少一個處理器用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的UE的定位,該程式碼包括用於進行以下各項的指令:接收針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求;接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時偵測事件;及發送第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該事件並啟用UE定位,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。Clause 55. A non-transitory storage medium comprising stored thereon code operable to configure at least one processor in a user equipment (UE) to support a radio resource control (RRC) inactive state Positioning of the UE, the code includes instructions for: receiving a request to perform periodic or triggered positioning; An indication of positioning, downlink positioning, or uplink and downlink positioning; detecting an event while in the RRC non-enabled state; and sending a first event report and a second event report to the UE in the RRC non-enabled state The event is reported when the state is enabled and UE positioning is enabled, wherein the first event report and the second event report are each sent via small data transfer (SDT).

條款56.根據條款55之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求是從定位伺服器接收的,並且該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告被發送到該定位伺服器。Clause 56. The non-transitory storage medium of clause 55, wherein a request to perform a periodic or triggered positioning is received from a positioning server, and the first event report and the second event report are sent to the positioning server .

條款57.根據條款56之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中該定位伺服器包括位置管理功能(LMF)。Clause 57. The non-transitory storage medium of clause 56, wherein the location server includes a location management function (LMF).

條款58.根據條款55至57中任一項之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告中的每一者在RRC恢復請求訊息中發送。Clause 58. The non-transitory storage medium according to any one of clauses 55 to 57, wherein each of the first event report and the second event report is sent in an RRC recovery request message.

條款59.根據條款55至58中任一項之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中該第二事件報告包括對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示。Clause 59. The non-transitory storage medium of any one of clauses 55 to 58, wherein the second event report includes an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report.

條款60.根據條款59之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括事件類型參數。Clause 60. The non-transitory storage medium of clause 59, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes an event type parameter.

條款61.根據條款59至60中任一項之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自包括共用辨識符,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括該共用辨識符。Clause 61. The non-transitory storage medium of any one of clauses 59 to 60, wherein the first event report and the second event report each include a common identifier, wherein the second event report is identical to the first event report The associated indication includes the shared identifier.

條款62.根據條款59至61中任一項之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示使得能夠將該第二事件報告視為該第一事件報告的延續。Clause 62. The non-transitory storage medium according to any one of clauses 59 to 61, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report enables the second event report to be considered as the first event Continuation of the report.

條款63.根據條款55至62中任一項之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中:接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;該第一事件報告包括指示針對上行鏈路(UL)定位參考信號(PRS)配置的請求的長期進化(LTE)定位協定(LPP)請求輔助資料訊息;並且該程式碼亦包括用於從服務基地站接收該UL PRS配置的指令。Clause 63. The non-transitory storage medium according to any one of clauses 55 to 62, wherein: an indication is received that subsequent location reporting events will use uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state; The first event report includes a Long Term Evolution (LTE) Positioning Protocol (LPP) Request Assistance Data message indicating a request for uplink (UL) Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration; and the code also includes a The station receives the UL PRS configuration instruction.

條款64.根據條款63之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中該UL PRS配置是在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT中接收到的。Clause 64. The non-transitory storage medium of Clause 63, wherein the UL PRS configuration is received in a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT.

條款65.根據條款63至64中任一項之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中該UL PRS配置是在RRC釋放訊息中接收到的。Clause 65. The non-transitory storage medium according to any one of clauses 63 to 64, wherein the UL PRS configuration is received in an RRC release message.

條款66.根據條款63至65中任一項之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中該程式碼亦包括用於進行以下項的指令:在處於該RRC非啟用狀態時基於該UL定位參考信號(PRS)配置實現由複數個基地站進行的UL PRS量測來傳輸UL PRS,其中至少部分地基於該等UL PRS量測來決定該UE的位置。Clause 66. The non-transitory storage medium according to any one of clauses 63 to 65, wherein the code also includes instructions for: while in the RRC inactive state based on the UL Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) The configuration enables transmission of UL PRS by UL PRS measurements performed by a plurality of base stations, wherein the location of the UE is determined based at least in part on the UL PRS measurements.

條款67.根據條款63至66中任一項之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中該程式碼亦包括用於進行以下項的指令:用於在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT或RRC釋放訊息中的一者中從該服務基地站接收媒體存取控制-控制元素(MAC-CE)UL PRS啟用;及在後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT或RRC釋放訊息中的一者中從該服務基地站接收MAC-CE UL PRS停用。Clause 67. The non-transitory storage medium according to any one of clauses 63 to 66, wherein the code also includes instructions for performing the following in a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT or RRC release message receiving a medium access control-control element (MAC-CE) UL PRS enablement from the serving base station in one of; and receiving from the serving base station in one of a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT or RRC release message MAC-CE UL PRS disabled.

條款68.根據條款55至67中任一項之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中該第二事件報告包括LPP提供位置資訊訊息,該LPP提供位置資訊訊息包括由該UE執行的位置量測。Clause 68. The non-transitory storage medium according to any one of clauses 55 to 67, wherein the second event report comprises an LPP provided location information message comprising location measurements performed by the UE.

條款69.根據條款68之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中該程式碼亦包括用於進行以下各項的指令:從一或多個基地站接收下行鏈路(DL)PRS;及在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時量測該等DL PRS以產生該等位置量測。Clause 69. The non-transitory storage medium according to clause 68, wherein the code also includes instructions for: receiving a downlink (DL) PRS from one or more base stations; The DL PRS are measured to generate the position measurements while in an enabled state.

條款70.根據條款55至69中任一項之非暫時性儲存媒體,其向服務基地站、定位伺服器或兩者提供定位能力的構件,該等定位能力指示在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時支援上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位、上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位中的至少一者或其組合。Clause 70. The non-transitory storage medium according to any one of clauses 55 to 69, which provides a means for positioning capabilities to a serving base station, a positioning server, or both, the positioning capabilities being indicated in the RRC inactive state At least one of uplink positioning, downlink positioning, uplink and downlink positioning, or a combination thereof is supported at times.

條款71.根據條款55至70中任一項之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求包括該UE的延遲MT-LR資訊,該方法亦包括以下步驟:向服務基地站提供該UE的延遲MT-LR資訊,其中該延遲MT-LR資訊包括事件類型、所請求的定位方法、報告間隔中的一者或多者,並且其中該UE的延遲MT-LR資訊和定位能力使得能夠將該UE轉變到該RRC非啟用狀態。Clause 71. The non-transitory storage medium according to any one of clauses 55 to 70, wherein the request to perform periodic or triggered positioning includes delayed MT-LR information of the UE, the method further comprising the step of: sending to the serving base station providing delayed MT-LR information of the UE, wherein the delayed MT-LR information includes one or more of event type, requested positioning method, reporting interval, and wherein the delayed MT-LR information and positioning capability of the UE Transition of the UE to the RRC non-enabled state is enabled.

條款72.根據條款55至71中任一項之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求包括對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示。Clause 72. The non-transitory storage medium according to any one of clauses 55 to 71, wherein the request to perform periodic or triggered positioning includes that subsequent location reporting events will use uplink when the UE is in the RRC-inactive state An indication of positioning, downlink positioning, or uplink and downlink positioning.

條款73.一種由定位伺服器執行的用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的使用者設備(UE)的定位的方法,該方法包括以下步驟:向該UE發送針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求;向該UE發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;及從該UE接收第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該UE對事件的偵測並啟用UE定位,其中當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時,該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自由該UE經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。Clause 73. A method, performed by a positioning server, for supporting positioning of a user equipment (UE) in a radio resource control (RRC) inactive state, the method comprising the step of: sending to the UE a request for performing a periodic or triggering a request for positioning; sending to the UE an indication that subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or both uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state; and from the UE The UE receives the first event report and the second event report to report the UE's detection of the event and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state, wherein when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state, the first The event report and the second event report are each sent by the UE via Small Data Transport (SDT).

條款74.根據條款73之方法,其中該第二事件報告包括對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示。Clause 74. The method of clause 73, wherein the second event report includes an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report.

條款75.根據條款74之方法,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括事件類型參數。Clause 75. The method of clause 74, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes an event type parameter.

條款76.根據條款74至75中任一項之方法,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自包括共用辨識符,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括該共用辨識符。Clause 76. The method of any one of clauses 74 to 75, wherein the first event report and the second event report each include a shared identifier, wherein an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report Include the shared identifier.

條款77.根據條款74至76中任一項之方法,其亦包括以下步驟:基於對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示而將該第二事件報告視為該第一事件報告的延續。Clause 77. The method according to any one of clauses 74 to 76, further comprising the step of: treating the second event report as the first event report based on an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report Continuation of Incident Report.

條款78.根據條款73至77中任一項之方法,其中:發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;該第一事件報告包括指示針對上行鏈路(UL)定位參考信號(PRS)配置的請求的長期進化(LTE)定位協定(LPP)請求輔助資料訊息;該方法亦包括以下步驟:當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時向該UE的服務基地站發送針對該UL PRS配置的請求;及從該服務基地站接收該UL PRS配置,其中該服務基地站向該UE發送該UL PRS配置。Clause 78. The method of any one of clauses 73 to 77, wherein: an indication is sent that subsequent location reporting events will use uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state; the first event The report includes a Long Term Evolution (LTE) Positioning Protocol (LPP) Request Assistance Data message indicating a request for uplink (UL) Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration; the method also includes the steps of: when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled sending a request for the UL PRS configuration to a serving base station of the UE; and receiving the UL PRS configuration from the serving base station, wherein the serving base station sends the UL PRS configuration to the UE.

條款79.根據條款78之方法,其亦包括以下步驟:向至少一個基地站發送包括該UL PRS配置的UL量測請求。Clause 79. The method of clause 78, further comprising the step of: sending a UL measurement request including the UL PRS configuration to at least one base station.

條款80.根據條款78至79中任一項之方法,其中該第二事件報告包括LPP提供位置資訊訊息,該LPP提供位置資訊訊息包括由處於該RRC非啟用狀態的UE執行的位置量測,該方法亦包括以下步驟:至少部分地基於該LPP提供位置資訊訊息中的位置量測來決定該UE的位置。Clause 80. The method of any one of clauses 78 to 79, wherein the second event report comprises an LPP Provided Location Information message, the LPP Provided Location Information message comprising location measurements performed by UEs in the RRC inactive state, The method also includes the step of determining a location of the UE based at least in part on a location measurement in the LPP provided location information message.

條款81.根據條款80之方法,其亦包括以下步驟:從該至少一個基地站接收量測回應,該量測回應包括由處於該RRC非啟用狀態的UE傳輸的UL PRS的量測;及進一步基於來自該至少一個基地站的量測回應來決定該位置。Clause 81. The method of clause 80, further comprising the step of: receiving a measurement response from the at least one base station, the measurement response comprising a measurement of UL PRS transmitted by the UE in the RRC inactive state; and further The location is determined based on measurement responses from the at least one base station.

條款82.根據條款73至81中任一項之方法,其中該定位伺服器包括位置管理功能(LMF)。Clause 82. The method of any one of clauses 73 to 81, wherein the location server comprises a location management function (LMF).

條款83.一種被配置為用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的使用者設備(UE)的定位的定位伺服器,該定位伺服器包括:外部介面,該外部介面被配置為與無線網路中的實體進行無線通訊;至少一個記憶體;至少一個處理器,該至少一個處理器耦合到該外部介面和該至少一個記憶體,其中該至少一個處理器被配置為:經由該外部介面向該UE發送針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求;經由該外部介面向該UE發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;及經由該外部介面從該UE接收第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該UE對事件的偵測並啟用UE定位,其中當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時,該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自由該UE經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。Clause 83. A positioning server configured to support positioning of a user equipment (UE) in a radio resource control (RRC) non-enabled state, the positioning server comprising: an external interface configured to communicate with Entities in the wireless network communicate wirelessly; at least one memory; at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to the external interface and the at least one memory, wherein the at least one processor is configured to: via the external The interface sends to the UE a request to perform periodic or triggered positioning; via the external interface sends to the UE a request that subsequent location reporting events when the UE is in the RRC inactive state will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning or an indication of uplink and downlink positioning; and receiving a first event report and a second event report from the UE via the external interface to report detection of events by the UE and enablement when the UE is in the RRC inactive state UE positioning, wherein the first event report and the second event report are each sent by the UE via small data transmission (SDT) when the UE is in the RRC inactive state.

條款84.根據條款83之定位伺服器,其中該第二事件報告包括對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示。Clause 84. The location server of clause 83, wherein the second event report includes an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report.

條款85.根據條款84之定位伺服器,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括事件類型參數。Clause 85. The location server of clause 84, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes an event type parameter.

條款86.根據條款84至85中任一項之定位伺服器,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自包括共用辨識符,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括該共用辨識符。Clause 86. The location server of any one of clauses 84 to 85, wherein the first event report and the second event report each include a shared identifier, wherein the second event report is associated with the first event report The indication for includes the shared identifier.

條款87.根據條款84至86中任一項之定位伺服器,其中該至少一個處理器亦被配置為基於對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示而將該第二事件報告視為該第一事件報告的延續。Clause 87. The positioning server according to any one of clauses 84 to 86, wherein the at least one processor is also configured to, based on an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report, the second event report The report is considered a continuation of this first incident report.

條款88.根據條款83至87中任一項之定位伺服器,其中:接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;該第一事件報告包括指示針對上行鏈路(UL)定位參考信號(PRS)配置的請求的長期進化(LTE)定位協定(LPP)請求輔助資料訊息;該至少一個處理器亦被配置為:當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時經由該外部介面向該UE的服務基地站發送針對該UL PRS配置的請求;及經由該外部介面從該服務基地站接收該UL PRS配置,其中該服務基地站向該UE發送該UL PRS配置。Clause 88. The positioning server according to any one of clauses 83 to 87, wherein: an indication is received that uplink and downlink positioning are to be used for subsequent location reporting events when the UE is in the RRC inactive state; the clause An event report comprising a Long Term Evolution (LTE) Positioning Protocol (LPP) Request Assistance Data message indicating a request for uplink (UL) Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration; the at least one processor is also configured to: when the UE sending a request for the UL PRS configuration to a serving base station of the UE via the external interface when the RRC is not enabled; and receiving the UL PRS configuration from the serving base station via the external interface, wherein the serving base station sends the request to the serving base station The UE sends the UL PRS configuration.

條款89.根據條款88之定位伺服器,其中該至少一個處理器亦被配置為向至少一個基地站發送包括該UL PRS配置的UL量測請求。Clause 89. The positioning server of clause 88, wherein the at least one processor is also configured to send a UL measurement request including the UL PRS configuration to at least one base station.

條款90.根據條款88至89中任一項之定位伺服器,其中該第二事件報告包括LPP提供位置資訊訊息,該LPP提供位置資訊訊息包括由處於該RRC非啟用狀態的UE執行的位置量測,其中該至少一個處理器亦被配置為:至少部分地基於該LPP提供位置資訊訊息中的位置量測來決定該UE的位置。Clause 90. The positioning server according to any one of clauses 88 to 89, wherein the second event report comprises an LPP provided location information message comprising a location quantity performed by the UE in the RRC inactive state wherein the at least one processor is also configured to: determine the location of the UE based at least in part on the location measurement in the LPP providing location information message.

條款91.根據條款90之定位伺服器,其中該至少一個處理器亦被配置為:經由該外部介面從該至少一個基地站接收量測回應,該量測回應包括由處於該RRC非啟用狀態的UE傳輸的UL PRS的量測;及進一步基於來自該至少一個基地站的量測回應來決定該位置。Clause 91. The positioning server of clause 90, wherein the at least one processor is also configured to: receive a measurement response from the at least one base station via the external interface, the measurement response comprising a measuring the UL PRS transmitted by the UE; and further determining the location based on the measurement response from the at least one base station.

條款92.根據條款83至91中任一項之定位伺服器,其中該定位伺服器包括位置管理功能(LMF)。Clause 92. The positioning server according to any one of clauses 83 to 91, wherein the positioning server comprises a location management function (LMF).

條款93.一種被配置為用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的使用者設備(UE)的定位的定位伺服器,該定位伺服器包括:用於向該UE發送針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求的構件;用於向該UE發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示的構件;及用於從該UE接收第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該UE對事件的偵測並啟用UE定位的構件,其中當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時,該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自由該UE經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。Clause 93. A positioning server configured to support positioning of a user equipment (UE) in a radio resource control (RRC) non-enabled state, the positioning server comprising: for sending to the UE a periodic or means for triggering a request for positioning; for sending to the UE an indication as to whether subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state means for indicating; and means for receiving a first event report and a second event report from the UE to report detection of an event by the UE and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state, wherein when the UE In the RRC inactive state, the first event report and the second event report are each sent by the UE via Small Data Transmission (SDT).

條款94.根據條款93之定位伺服器,其中該第二事件報告包括對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示。Clause 94. The location server of clause 93, wherein the second event report includes an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report.

條款95.根據條款94之定位伺服器,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括事件類型參數。Clause 95. The location server of clause 94, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes an event type parameter.

條款96.根據條款94至95中任一項之定位伺服器,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自包括共用辨識符,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括該共用辨識符。Clause 96. The location server of any one of clauses 94 to 95, wherein the first event report and the second event report each include a shared identifier, wherein the second event report is associated with the first event report The indication for includes the shared identifier.

條款97.根據條款94至96中任一項之定位伺服器,其亦包括用於基於對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示而將該第二事件報告視為該第一事件報告的延續的構件。Clause 97. A location server according to any one of clauses 94 to 96, further comprising means for treating the second event report as the first event report based on an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report Continuation component of an incident report.

條款98.根據條款93至97中任一項之定位伺服器,其中:接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;該第一事件報告包括指示針對上行鏈路(UL)定位參考信號(PRS)配置的請求的長期進化(LTE)定位協定(LPP)請求輔助資料訊息;該定位伺服器亦包括:用於當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時向該UE的服務基地站發送針對該UL PRS配置的請求的構件;及用於從該服務基地站接收該UL PRS配置的構件,其中該服務基地站向該UE發送該UL PRS配置。Clause 98. The positioning server according to any one of clauses 93 to 97, wherein: an indication is received that uplink and downlink positioning are to be used for subsequent location reporting events when the UE is in the RRC inactive state; the clause 98. An event report includes a Long Term Evolution (LTE) Positioning Protocol (LPP) Request Assistance Data message indicating a request for uplink (UL) Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration; the positioning server also includes: for when the UE is in means for sending a request for the UL PRS configuration to the serving base station of the UE when the RRC is not enabled; and means for receiving the UL PRS configuration from the serving base station, wherein the serving base station sends the UE the UL PRS configuration UL PRS configuration.

條款99.根據請求項98條款的定位伺服器,其亦包括用於向至少一個基地站發送包括該UL PRS配置的UL量測請求的構件。Clause 99. The positioning server of claim 98, further comprising means for sending a UL measurement request including the UL PRS configuration to at least one base station.

條款100.根據條款98至99中任一項之定位伺服器,其中該第二事件報告包括LPP提供位置資訊訊息,該LPP提供位置資訊訊息包括由處於該RRC非啟用狀態的UE執行的位置量測,該方法亦包括:用於至少部分地基於該LPP提供位置資訊訊息中的位置量測來決定該UE的位置的構件。Clause 100. The positioning server according to any one of clauses 98 to 99, wherein the second event report comprises an LPP provided location information message comprising a location quantity performed by the UE in the RRC inactive state The method also includes means for determining a location of the UE based at least in part on a location measurement in the LPP providing location information message.

條款101.根據條款100之定位伺服器,其亦包括:用於從該至少一個基地站接收量測回應的構件,該量測回應包括由處於該RRC非啟用狀態的UE傳輸的UL PRS的量測;及用於進一步基於來自該至少一個基地站的量測回應來決定該位置的構件。Clause 101. The positioning server of clause 100, further comprising: means for receiving a measurement response from the at least one base station, the measurement response comprising an amount of UL PRS transmitted by the UE in the RRC inactive state and means for determining the location further based on a measurement response from the at least one base station.

條款102.根據條款93至101中任一項之定位伺服器,其中該定位伺服器包括位置管理功能(LMF)。Clause 102. The positioning server according to any one of clauses 93 to 101, wherein the positioning server comprises a location management function (LMF).

條款103.一種包括儲存在其上的程式碼的非暫時性儲存媒體,該程式碼可操作以配置定位伺服器中的至少一個處理器用於支援處於無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的使用者設備(UE)的定位,該程式碼包括用於進行以下各項的指令:向該UE發送針對執行週期性或觸發定位的請求;向該UE發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;及從該UE接收第一事件報告和第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該UE對事件的偵測並啟用UE定位,其中當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時,該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自由該UE經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。Clause 103. A non-transitory storage medium comprising stored thereon code operable to configure at least one processor in a location server to support a user in a radio resource control (RRC) disabled state Positioning of a device (UE), the code includes instructions for: sending a request to the UE to perform periodic or triggered positioning; sending a request to the UE for subsequent an indication that a location reporting event will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or both; and receiving a first event report and a second event report from the UE for when the UE is in the RRC inactive state reporting the UE's detection of events and enabling UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state, wherein the first event report and the second event report are each sent by the UE via Small Data Transmission (SDT) .

條款104.根據條款103之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中該第二事件報告包括對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示。Clause 104. The non-transitory storage medium of clause 103, wherein the second event report includes an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report.

條款105.根據條款104之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括事件類型參數。Clause 105. The non-transitory storage medium of clause 104, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes an event type parameter.

條款106.根據條款104至105中任一項之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自包括共用辨識符,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示包括該共用辨識符。Clause 106. The non-transitory storage medium of any one of clauses 104 to 105, wherein the first event report and the second event report each include a common identifier, wherein the second event report is identical to the first event report The associated indication includes the shared identifier.

條款107.根據條款104至106中任一項之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中該程式亦包括用於基於對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的指示而將該第二事件報告視為該第一事件報告的延續的指令。Clause 107. The non-transitory storage medium according to any one of clauses 104 to 106, wherein the program also includes instructions for associating the second event report with the first event report based on the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report Instructions considered a continuation of this first incident report.

條款108.根據條款103至107中任一項之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中:發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的指示;該第一事件報告包括指示針對上行鏈路(UL)定位參考信號(PRS)配置的請求的長期進化(LTE)定位協定(LPP)請求輔助資料訊息;該至少一個處理器亦被配置為:當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時向該UE的服務基地站發送針對該UL PRS配置的請求;及從該服務基地站接收該UL PRS配置,其中該服務基地站向該UE發送該UL PRS配置。Clause 108. The non-transitory storage medium according to any one of clauses 103 to 107, wherein: an indication is sent that subsequent location reporting events will use uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state; The first event report includes a Long Term Evolution (LTE) Positioning Protocol (LPP) Request Assistance Data message indicating a request for an uplink (UL) Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration; the at least one processor is also configured to: when Sending a request for the UL PRS configuration to a serving base station of the UE when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state; and receiving the UL PRS configuration from the serving base station, wherein the serving base station sends the UL PRS configuration to the UE .

條款109.根據條款108之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中該至少一個處理器亦被配置為向至少一個基地站發送包括該UL PRS配置的UL量測請求。Clause 109. The non-transitory storage medium of Clause 108, wherein the at least one processor is also configured to send a UL measurement request including the UL PRS configuration to at least one base station.

條款110.根據條款108至109中任一項之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中該第二事件報告包括LPP提供位置資訊訊息,該LPP提供位置資訊訊息包括由處於該RRC非啟用狀態的UE執行的位置量測,其中該至少一個處理器亦被配置為:至少部分地基於該LPP提供位置資訊訊息中的位置量測來決定該UE的位置。Clause 110. The non-transitory storage medium according to any one of clauses 108 to 109, wherein the second event report comprises an LPP provided location information message comprising a message performed by the UE in the RRC inactive state Location measurement, wherein the at least one processor is also configured to determine the location of the UE based at least in part on the location measurement in the LPP providing location information message.

條款111.根據條款110之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中該至少一個處理器亦被配置為:從該至少一個基地站接收量測回應,該量測回應包括由處於該RRC非啟用狀態的UE傳輸的UL PRS的量測;及進一步基於來自該至少一個基地站的量測回應來決定該位置。Clause 111. The non-transitory storage medium of clause 110, wherein the at least one processor is also configured to: receive a measurement response from the at least one base station, the measurement response comprising a transmission by the UE in the RRC inactive state the measurement of the UL PRS; and further determine the location based on the measurement response from the at least one base station.

條款112.根據條款103至111中任一項之非暫時性儲存媒體,其中該定位伺服器包括位置管理功能(LMF)。Clause 112. The non-transitory storage medium according to any one of clauses 103 to 111, wherein the location server comprises a location management function (LMF).

儘管前述揭示內容說明本案的說明性態樣,但是應當注意,在不脫離由所附請求項限定的本案的範疇的情況下,可以在本文中進行各種改變和修改。根據本文描述的本案的態樣的方法請求項的功能、步驟及/或動作不需要以任何特定的次序執行。此外,儘管本案的元素可以以單數形式描述或主張保護,但是除非明確說明了限制為單數形式,否則可以想到複數形式。While the foregoing disclosure illustrates illustrative aspects of the present case, it should be noted that various changes and modifications may be made herein without departing from the scope of the present case as defined by the appended claims. The functions, steps and/or actions of the method claims in accordance with aspects of the invention described herein need not be performed in any particular order. Furthermore, although elements of the present case may be described or claimed in the singular, the plural is contemplated unless limitation to the singular is expressly stated.

100:通訊系統 102:UE 110-1:gNB 110-2:gNB 110-3:gNB 110-A:錨gNB 110-S:服務gNB 112:NG-RAN 114:ng-eNB 130:外部客戶端 132:應用功能(AF) 150:5GCN 152:LMF 154:AMF 156:SMF 158:UPF 160:GMLC 161:UDM 162:SLP 163:NEF 164:SLP 175:網際網路 190:SV 200:UE RRC狀態機 202:RRC_CONNECTED狀態 204:RRC_INACTIVE狀態 206:RRC_IDLE狀態 300:信號傳遞流程 400:信號傳遞流程 402:方塊 420:信號傳遞流程 440:信號傳遞流程 460:信號傳遞流程 480:信號傳遞流程 500:UE 502:處理器 504:記憶體 506:連接件 508:指令或程式碼 510:無線收發器 511:天線 512:傳輸器 513:感測器 514:接收器 515:SPS接收器 520:非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體 522:定位通信期模組 524:RRC非啟用模組 526:RRC恢復模組 600:定位伺服器 602:處理器 604:記憶體 606:連接件 608:指令或程式碼 616:外部介面 620:非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體 622:定位通信期模組 700:基地站 702:處理器 704:記憶體 706:連接件 708:指令或程式碼 710:收發器 711:天線 712:傳輸器 714:接收器 716:通訊介面 720:非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體 722:RRC非啟用模組 724:定位通信期模組 800:方法 802:方塊 804:方塊 806:方塊 808:方塊 900:方法 902:方塊 904:方塊 906:方塊 100: Communication system 102:UE 110-1: gNB 110-2: gNB 110-3: gNB 110-A: Anchor gNB 110-S: Serving gNB 112:NG-RAN 114: ng-eNB 130: external client 132: Application function (AF) 150:5GCN 152:LMF 154:AMF 156:SMF 158:UPF 160:GMLC 161:UDM 162:SLP 163:NEF 164:SLP 175:Internet 190:SV 200: UE RRC state machine 202: RRC_CONNECTED state 204: RRC_INACTIVE state 206: RRC_IDLE state 300: Signal transmission process 400: Signal transmission process 402: block 420: Signal transmission process 440: Signal transmission process 460: Signal transmission process 480: Signal transmission process 500:UE 502: Processor 504: memory 506: connector 508: Command or code 510: wireless transceiver 511: Antenna 512: Transmitter 513: sensor 514: Receiver 515: SPS receiver 520: Non-transitory computer-readable media 522: Positioning communication period module 524: RRC non-enabled module 526:RRC recovery module 600: positioning server 602: Processor 604: memory 606: connector 608: Instruction or code 616: external interface 620: Non-transitory computer-readable media 622: Positioning communication period module 700: base station 702: Processor 704: memory 706: connector 708: Instruction or code 710: Transceiver 711: Antenna 712:transmitter 714: Receiver 716: communication interface 720: Non-transitory computer-readable media 722: RRC non-enabled module 724: Positioning communication period module 800: method 802: block 804: block 806: cube 808: cube 900: method 902: block 904: block 906: block

附圖被呈現以幫助描述本案的各個態樣並且被提供僅用於圖示各態樣而不是限制各態樣。The drawings are presented to help describe the various aspects of the present invention and are provided merely to illustrate the aspects and not to limit the aspects.

圖1圖示根據本案的一態樣的無線通訊系統的高級系統架構。FIG. 1 illustrates a high-level system architecture of a wireless communication system according to an aspect of the present invention.

圖2圖示無線電資源控制(RRC)連接狀態機和狀態轉變。Figure 2 illustrates a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection state machine and state transitions.

圖3圖示圖示在用於延遲的行動終止定位請求(MT-LR)的定位準備程序期間在通訊系統的元件之間發送的各種訊息的信號傳遞流程。FIG. 3 schematically illustrates the signaling flow of various messages sent between elements of the communication system during a location preparation procedure for a delayed action terminated location request (MT-LR).

圖4A圖示圖示當UE處於RRC非啟用狀態時在通訊系統的元件之間發送的用於針對上行鏈路或上行鏈路加下行鏈路定位的延遲MT-LR請求的事件報告的各種訊息的信號傳遞流程。Figure 4A diagrammatically illustrates various messages sent between elements of the communication system for event reporting of delayed MT-LR requests for uplink or uplink plus downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state signal transmission process.

包括圖4B-1和圖4B-2的圖4B圖示圖示當UE處於RRC非啟用狀態時在通訊系統的元件之間發送的用於啟動和報告用於週期性或定位事件的延遲MT-LR程序的定位事件的各種訊息的信號傳遞流程。Figure 4B, which includes Figures 4B-1 and 4B-2, illustrates the delayed MT- The signal transmission process of various messages of the positioning event of the LR program.

圖4C圖示圖示當UE處於RRC非啟用狀態時並且當事件報告使用下行鏈路定位或不使用定位時在通訊系統的元件之間發送的用於啟動和報告用於週期性或定位事件的延遲MT-LR程序的定位事件的各種訊息的信號傳遞流程。Figure 4C diagrammatically illustrates the messages sent between elements of the communication system for initiation and reporting for periodic or positioning events when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state and when the event reporting uses downlink positioning or does not use positioning Signaling process for various messages that delay the positioning event of the MT-LR program.

圖4D圖示圖示當UE處於RRC非啟用狀態時並且當事件報告使用UL定位時在通訊系統的元件之間發送的用於啟動和報告用於週期性或定位事件的延遲MT-LR程序的定位事件的各種訊息的信號傳遞流程。Figure 4D diagrammatically illustrates the delay MT-LR procedure for initiating and reporting for periodic or positioning events sent between elements of the communication system when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state and when the event reporting uses UL positioning Signaling process for various messages of a location event.

包括圖4E-1和圖4E-2的圖4E圖示圖示當UE處於RRC非啟用狀態時並且當事件報告使用上行鏈路加下行鏈路定位時在通訊系統的元件之間發送的用於啟動和報告用於週期性或定位事件的延遲MT-LR程序的定位事件的各種訊息的信號傳遞流程。Figure 4E, which includes Figures 4E-1 and 4E-2, illustrates the information sent between elements of the communication system when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state and when the event report uses uplink plus downlink positioning. Signaling process for initiating and reporting various messages for periodic or delayed MT-LR procedures for location events.

圖5圖示圖示被配置為用於在處於RRC非啟用狀態時為延遲MT-LR進行事件報告的UE的某些示例性特徵的示意性方塊圖。Figure 5 illustrates a schematic block diagram illustrating certain exemplary features of a UE configured for event reporting for a delayed MT-LR when in the RRC non-enabled state.

圖6圖示圖示被配置為用於在處於RRC非啟用狀態時為延遲MT-LR進行UE事件報告的定位伺服器的某些示例性特徵的示意性方塊圖。Figure 6 illustrates a schematic block diagram illustrating certain exemplary features of a positioning server configured for UE event reporting for a delayed MT-LR when in the RRC non-enabled state.

圖7圖示圖示被配置為用於在處於RRC非啟用狀態時為延遲MT-LR進行UE事件報告的基地站的某些示例性特徵的示意性方塊圖。Figure 7 illustrates a schematic block diagram illustrating certain exemplary features of a base station configured for UE event reporting for delayed MT-LR when in the RRC non-enabled state.

圖8圖示由UE執行的用於支援UE的定位服務的示例性方法的流程圖。8 illustrates a flowchart of an exemplary method performed by a UE for supporting location services for the UE.

圖9圖示由定位伺服器執行的用於支援UE的定位服務的示例性方法的流程圖。FIG. 9 illustrates a flowchart of an exemplary method performed by a location server for supporting location services for UEs.

不同圖式中具有相同元件符號的元件、階段、步驟及/或動作可彼此對應於(例如,可彼此類似或相同)。此外,各種圖式中的一些元件使用數值首碼後面帶著字母或數值後置來標記。具有相同數值首碼但具有不同後置的元件可為相同類型元件的不同例子。不具有任何後置的數值首碼在本文用於代表具有該數值首碼的任何元件。例如,圖1中圖示基地站的不同例子110-1、110-2、110-3。對基地站110的提及則代表基地站110-1、110-2、110-3中的任一者。Elements, stages, steps and/or actions with the same reference numerals in different drawings may correspond to each other (eg, may be similar or identical to each other). Additionally, some elements in the various figures are labeled using numerical prefixes followed by letters or numerical suffixes. Elements with the same numerical prefix but different suffixes may be different instances of the same type of element. A numeric prefix without any suffix is used herein to represent any element with that numeric prefix. For example, different examples of base stations 110-1, 110-2, 110-3 are illustrated in FIG. Reference to base station 110 then refers to any of base stations 110-1, 110-2, 110-3.

國內寄存資訊(請依寄存機構、日期、號碼順序註記) 無 國外寄存資訊(請依寄存國家、機構、日期、號碼順序註記) 無 Domestic deposit information (please note in order of depositor, date, and number) none Overseas storage information (please note in order of storage country, institution, date, and number) none

800:方法 800: method

802:方塊 802: block

804:方塊 804: block

806:方塊 806: cube

808:方塊 808: cube

Claims (56)

一種由一使用者設備(UE)執行的用於支援處於一無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的該UE的定位的方法,該方法包括以下步驟: 接收針對執行週期性或觸發定位的一請求; 接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的一指示; 在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時偵測一事件;及 發送一第一事件報告和一第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該事件並啟用UE定位,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。 A method performed by a user equipment (UE) for supporting positioning of the UE in a radio resource control (RRC) inactive state, the method comprising the following steps: receiving a request to perform periodic or triggered positioning; receiving an indication that subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or both uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state; detecting an event while in the RRC inactive state; and sending a first event report and a second event report to report the event and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC non-enabled state, wherein the first event report and the second event report are each via Small Data Transmission (SDT ) while sending. 根據請求項1之方法,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的該請求是從一定位伺服器接收的,並且該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告被發送到該定位伺服器。The method according to claim 1, wherein the request to perform periodic or triggered positioning is received from a positioning server, and the first event report and the second event report are sent to the positioning server. 根據請求項2之方法,其中該定位伺服器包括一位置管理功能(LMF)。The method according to claim 2, wherein the positioning server includes a location management function (LMF). 根據請求項1之方法,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告中的每一者在一RRC恢復請求訊息中發送。The method according to claim 1, wherein each of the first event report and the second event report is sent in an RRC recovery request message. 根據請求項1之方法,其中該第二事件報告包括對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的一指示。The method according to claim 1, wherein the second event report includes an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report. 根據請求項5之方法,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的該指示包括一事件類型參數。The method according to claim 5, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes an event type parameter. 根據請求項5之方法,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自包括一共用辨識符,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的該指示包括該共用辨識符。The method of claim 5, wherein the first event report and the second event report each include a shared identifier, and wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes the shared identifier. 根據請求項5之方法,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的該指示使得能夠將該第二事件報告視為該第一事件報告的一延續。The method according to claim 5, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report enables the second event report to be considered a continuation of the first event report. 根據請求項1之方法,其中: 接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的該指示; 該第一事件報告包括指示針對一上行鏈路(UL)定位參考信號(PRS)配置的一請求的一長期進化(LTE)定位協定(LPP)請求輔助資料訊息;並且 該方法亦包括以下步驟:從一服務基地站接收該UL PRS配置。 The method according to claim 1, wherein: receiving the indication that uplink and downlink positioning will be used for subsequent location reporting events when the UE is in the RRC inactive state; the first event report includes a long term evolution (LTE) positioning protocol (LPP) request assistance data message indicating a request for an uplink (UL) positioning reference signal (PRS) configuration; and The method also includes the step of: receiving the UL PRS configuration from a serving base station. 根據請求項9之方法,其中該UL PRS配置是在一後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT中接收到的。The method according to claim 9, wherein the UL PRS configuration is received in a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT. 根據請求項9之方法,其中該UL PRS配置是在一RRC釋放訊息中接收到的。The method according to claim 9, wherein the UL PRS configuration is received in an RRC release message. 根據請求項9之方法,其亦包括以下步驟: 在處於該RRC非啟用狀態時基於該UL定位參考信號(PRS)配置實現由複數個基地站進行的UL PRS量測來傳輸UL PRS,其中至少部分地基於該等UL PRS量測來決定該UE的一位置。 According to the method of claim 9, it also includes the following steps: enabling UL PRS measurements by base stations to transmit UL PRS based on the UL Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration while in the RRC inactive state, wherein the UE is determined based at least in part on the UL PRS measurements of a location. 根據請求項9之方法,其亦包括以下步驟: 在一後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT或一RRC釋放訊息中的一者中從該服務基地站接收一媒體存取控制-控制元素(MAC-CE)UL PRS啟用;及 在一後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT或一RRC釋放訊息中的一者中從該服務基地站接收一MAC-CE UL PRS停用。 According to the method of claim 9, it also includes the following steps: receiving a medium access control-control element (MAC-CE) UL PRS enablement from the serving base station in one of a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT or an RRC release message; and A MAC-CE UL PRS deactivation is received from the serving base station in one of a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT or an RRC release message. 根據請求項1之方法,其中該第二事件報告包括一LPP提供位置資訊訊息,該LPP提供位置資訊訊息包括由該UE產生的位置量測。The method according to claim 1, wherein the second event report includes an LPP provided location information message, and the LPP provided location information message includes location measurements generated by the UE. 根據請求項14之方法,其亦包括以下步驟: 從一或多個基地站接收下行鏈路(DL)PRS;及 在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時量測該等DL PRS以產生該等位置量測。 According to the method of claim 14, it also includes the following steps: receiving downlink (DL) PRS from one or more base stations; and The DL PRSs are measured while in the RRC inactive state to generate the location measurements. 根據請求項1之方法,其亦包括以下步驟:向一服務基地站、一定位伺服器或兩者提供定位能力,該等定位能力指示在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時支援上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位、上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位中的至少一者或其一組合。The method according to claim 1, which also includes the steps of: providing positioning capabilities to a serving base station, a positioning server, or both, the positioning capabilities indicating support for uplink positioning when in the RRC inactive state, At least one of downlink positioning, uplink and downlink positioning, or a combination thereof. 根據請求項1之方法,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的該請求包括該UE的延遲MT-LR資訊,該方法亦包括以下步驟:向一服務基地站提供該UE的該延遲MT-LR資訊和該UE的定位能力,其中該延遲MT-LR資訊包括一事件類型、所請求的定位方法、報告間隔中的一者或多者,並且其中該UE的該延遲MT-LR資訊和該等定位能力使得能夠將該UE轉變到該RRC非啟用狀態。The method according to claim 1, wherein the request for performing periodic or triggered positioning includes delayed MT-LR information of the UE, the method also includes the step of: providing the delayed MT-LR information of the UE to a serving base station and the positioning capability of the UE, wherein the delayed MT-LR information includes one or more of an event type, a requested positioning method, and a reporting interval, and wherein the delayed MT-LR information of the UE and the positioning Capabilities enable transitioning the UE to the RRC non-enabled state. 根據請求項1之方法,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的該請求包括對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的該指示。The method according to claim 1, wherein the request for performing periodic or triggered positioning includes whether uplink positioning, downlink positioning or uplink positioning will be used for subsequent location reporting events when the UE is in the RRC inactive state and This indication of downlink positioning. 一種使用者設備(UE),其被配置為用於支援處於一無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的該UE的定位,該UE包括: 一無線收發器,該無線收發器被配置為與一無線網路中的實體進行無線通訊; 至少一個記憶體; 至少一個處理器,該至少一個處理器耦合到該無線收發器和該至少一個記憶體,其中該至少一個處理器被配置為: 經由該無線收發器接收針對執行週期性或觸發定位的一請求; 經由該無線收發器接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的一指示; 在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時偵測一事件;及 經由該無線收發器發送一第一事件報告和一第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該事件並啟用UE定位,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。 A user equipment (UE) configured to support positioning of the UE in a radio resource control (RRC) non-enabled state, the UE comprising: a wireless transceiver configured to communicate wirelessly with entities in a wireless network; at least one memory; at least one processor coupled to the wireless transceiver and the at least one memory, wherein the at least one processor is configured to: receiving a request to perform periodic or triggered positioning via the wireless transceiver; receiving via the wireless transceiver an indication that subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or both uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state; detecting an event while in the RRC inactive state; and sending a first event report and a second event report via the radio transceiver to report the event and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state, wherein the first event report and the second event report are each via Sent with Small Data Transfer (SDT). 根據請求項19之UE,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的該請求是從一定位伺服器接收的,並且該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告被發送到該定位伺服器。The UE according to claim 19, wherein the request to perform periodic or triggered positioning is received from a positioning server, and the first event report and the second event report are sent to the positioning server. 根據請求項20之UE,其中該定位伺服器包括一位置管理功能(LMF)。The UE according to claim 20, wherein the location server includes a location management function (LMF). 根據請求項19之UE,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告中的每一者在一RRC恢復請求訊息中發送。The UE according to claim 19, wherein each of the first event report and the second event report is sent in an RRC recovery request message. 根據請求項19之UE,其中該第二事件報告包括對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的一指示。The UE according to claim 19, wherein the second event report includes an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report. 根據請求項23之UE,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的該指示包括一事件類型參數。The UE according to claim 23, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes an event type parameter. 根據請求項23之UE,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自包括一共用辨識符,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的該指示包括該共用辨識符。The UE according to claim 23, wherein the first event report and the second event report each include a shared identifier, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes the shared identifier. 根據請求項23之UE,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的該指示使得能夠將該第二事件報告視為該第一事件報告的一延續。The UE according to claim 23, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report enables the second event report to be considered a continuation of the first event report. 根據請求項19之UE,其中: 接收對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的該指示; 該第一事件報告包括指示針對一上行鏈路(UL)定位參考信號(PRS)配置的一請求的一長期進化(LTE)定位協定(LPP)請求輔助資料訊息;並且 該至少一個處理器亦被配置為經由該無線收發器從一服務基地站接收該UL PRS配置。 The UE according to claim 19, wherein: receiving the indication that uplink and downlink positioning will be used for subsequent location reporting events when the UE is in the RRC inactive state; the first event report includes a long term evolution (LTE) positioning protocol (LPP) request assistance data message indicating a request for an uplink (UL) positioning reference signal (PRS) configuration; and The at least one processor is also configured to receive the UL PRS configuration from a serving base station via the wireless transceiver. 根據請求項27之UE,其中該UL PRS配置是在一後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT中接收到的。The UE according to claim 27, wherein the UL PRS configuration is received in a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT. 根據請求項27之UE,其中該UL PRS配置是在一RRC釋放訊息中接收到的。The UE according to claim 27, wherein the UL PRS configuration is received in an RRC release message. 根據請求項27之UE,其中該至少一個處理器亦被配置為: 在處於該RRC非啟用狀態時基於該UL定位參考信號(PRS)配置實現由複數個基地站進行的UL PRS量測來經由該無線收發器傳輸UL PRS,其中至少部分地基於該等UL PRS量測來決定該UE的一位置。 The UE according to claim 27, wherein the at least one processor is also configured to: enabling UL PRS measurements by base stations to transmit UL PRS via the wireless transceiver based at least in part on the UL PRS quantities based on the UL Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) configuration while in the RRC inactive state measure to determine a location of the UE. 根據請求項27之UE,其中該至少一個處理器亦被配置為經由該無線收發器在一後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT或一RRC釋放訊息中的一者中從該服務基地站接收一媒體存取控制-控制元素(MAC-CE)UL PRS啟用,並且在一後續下行鏈路(DL)SDT或一RRC釋放訊息中的一者中從該服務基地站接收一MAC-CE UL PRS停用。The UE according to claim 27, wherein the at least one processor is also configured to receive a medium from the serving base station via the wireless transceiver in one of a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT or an RRC release message Access Control-Control Element (MAC-CE) UL PRS Enable and receive a MAC-CE UL PRS Disable from the serving base station in one of a subsequent downlink (DL) SDT or an RRC Release message . 根據請求項19之UE,其中該第二事件報告包括一LPP提供位置資訊訊息,該LPP提供位置資訊訊息包括由該UE產生的位置量測。The UE according to claim 19, wherein the second event report includes an LPP provided location information message, the LPP provided location information message includes location measurements generated by the UE. 根據請求項32之UE,其中該至少一個處理器亦被配置為: 經由該無線收發器從一或多個基地站接收下行鏈路(DL)PRS;並且 在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時量測該等DL PRS以產生該等位置量測。 The UE according to claim 32, wherein the at least one processor is also configured to: receiving downlink (DL) PRS from one or more base stations via the wireless transceiver; and The DL PRSs are measured while in the RRC inactive state to generate the location measurements. 根據請求項19之UE,其向一服務基地站、一定位伺服器或兩者提供定位能力,該等定位能力指示在處於該RRC非啟用狀態中時支援上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位、上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位中的至少一者或其一組合。The UE according to claim 19, which provides positioning capabilities to a serving base station, a positioning server, or both, the positioning capabilities indicating support for uplink positioning, downlink positioning, At least one or a combination of uplink and downlink positioning. 根據請求項19之UE,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的該請求包括該UE的延遲MT-LR資訊,該方法亦包括以下步驟:向一服務基地站提供該UE的該延遲MT-LR資訊和該UE的定位能力,其中該延遲MT-LR資訊包括一事件類型、所請求的定位方法、報告間隔中的一者或多者,並且其中該UE的該延遲MT-LR資訊和該等定位能力使得能夠將該UE轉變到該RRC非啟用狀態。The UE according to claim 19, wherein the request for performing periodic or triggered positioning includes delayed MT-LR information of the UE, the method further comprising the step of: providing the delayed MT-LR information of the UE to a serving base station and the positioning capability of the UE, wherein the delayed MT-LR information includes one or more of an event type, a requested positioning method, and a reporting interval, and wherein the delayed MT-LR information of the UE and the positioning Capabilities enable transitioning the UE to the RRC non-enabled state. 根據請求項19之UE,其中針對執行週期性或觸發定位的該請求包括對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的該指示。The UE according to claim 19, wherein the request for performing periodic or triggered positioning includes whether uplink positioning, downlink positioning or uplink positioning will be used for subsequent location reporting events when the UE is in the RRC inactive state and This indication of downlink positioning. 一種由一定位伺服器執行的用於支援處於一無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的一使用者設備(UE)的定位的方法,該方法包括以下步驟: 向該UE發送針對執行週期性或觸發定位的一請求; 向該UE發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的一指示;及 從該UE接收一第一事件報告和一第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該UE對一事件的偵測並啟用UE定位,其中當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時,該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自由該UE經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。 A method performed by a positioning server for supporting positioning of a user equipment (UE) in a radio resource control (RRC) inactive state, the method comprising the following steps: sending to the UE a request to perform periodic or triggered positioning; sending to the UE an indication of whether subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or both uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state; and receiving a first event report and a second event report from the UE to report the UE's detection of an event and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state , the first event report and the second event report are each sent by the UE via small data transfer (SDT). 根據請求項37之方法,其中該第二事件報告包括對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的一指示。The method according to claim 37, wherein the second event report includes an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report. 根據請求項38之方法,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的該指示包括一事件類型參數。The method according to claim 38, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes an event type parameter. 根據請求項38之方法,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自包括一共用辨識符,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的該指示包括該共用辨識符。The method of claim 38, wherein the first event report and the second event report each include a shared identifier, and wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes the shared identifier. 根據請求項38之方法,其亦包括以下步驟:基於對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的該指示而將該第二事件報告視為該第一事件報告的一延續。The method according to claim 38, further comprising the step of treating the second event report as a continuation of the first event report based on the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report. 根據請求項37之方法,其中: 發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的該指示; 該第一事件報告包括指示針對一上行鏈路(UL)定位參考信號(PRS)配置的一請求的一長期進化(LTE)定位協定(LPP)請求輔助資料訊息; 該方法亦包括以下步驟: 當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時向該UE的一服務基地站發送針對該UL PRS配置的一請求;及 從該服務基地站接收該UL PRS配置,其中該服務基地站向該UE發送該UL PRS配置。 The method according to claim 37, wherein: sending the indication that uplink and downlink positioning will be used for subsequent location reporting events when the UE is in the RRC inactive state; the first event report includes a long term evolution (LTE) positioning protocol (LPP) request assistance data message indicating a request for an uplink (UL) positioning reference signal (PRS) configuration; The method also includes the steps of: sending a request for the UL PRS configuration to a serving base station of the UE when the UE is in the RRC inactive state; and The UL PRS configuration is received from the serving base station, wherein the serving base station sends the UL PRS configuration to the UE. 根據請求項42之方法,其亦包括以下步驟:向至少一個基地站發送包括該UL PRS配置的一UL量測請求。The method according to claim 42 also includes the step of: sending a UL measurement request including the UL PRS configuration to at least one base station. 根據請求項42之方法,其中該第二事件報告包括一LPP提供位置資訊訊息,該LPP提供位置資訊訊息包括由處於該RRC非啟用狀態的該UE執行的位置量測,該方法亦包括以下步驟: 至少部分地基於該LPP提供位置資訊訊息中的該等位置量測來決定該UE的一位置。 The method according to claim 42, wherein the second event report includes an LPP providing location information message, the LPP providing location information message including location measurements performed by the UE in the RRC inactive state, the method also includes the following steps : A location of the UE is determined based at least in part on the location measurements in the LPP provided location information message. 根據請求項44之方法,其亦包括以下步驟: 從該至少一個基地站接收一量測回應,該量測回應包括由處於該RRC非啟用狀態的該UE傳輸的UL PRS的量測;及 進一步基於來自該至少一個基地站的該量測回應來決定該位置。 According to the method of claim 44, it also includes the following steps: receiving a measurement response from the at least one base station, the measurement response including measurements of UL PRS transmitted by the UE in the RRC inactive state; and The location is further determined based on the measurement response from the at least one base station. 根據請求項37之方法,其中該定位伺服器包括一位置管理功能(LMF)。The method according to claim 37, wherein the positioning server includes a location management function (LMF). 一種被配置為用於支援處於一無線電資源控制(RRC)非啟用狀態的一使用者設備(UE)的定位的定位伺服器,該定位伺服器包括: 一外部介面,該外部介面被配置為與一無線網路中的實體進行無線通訊; 至少一個記憶體; 至少一個處理器,該至少一個處理器耦合到該外部介面和該至少一個記憶體,其中該至少一個處理器被配置為: 經由該外部介面向該UE發送針對執行週期性或觸發定位的一請求; 經由該外部介面向該UE發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路定位、下行鏈路定位還是上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的一指示;及 經由該外部介面從該UE接收一第一事件報告和一第二事件報告以在該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時報告該UE對一事件的偵測並啟用UE定位,其中當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時,該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自由該UE經由小資料傳輸(SDT)而發送。 A positioning server configured to support positioning of a user equipment (UE) in a radio resource control (RRC) inactive state, the positioning server includes: an external interface configured to wirelessly communicate with entities in a wireless network; at least one memory; At least one processor coupled to the external interface and the at least one memory, wherein the at least one processor is configured to: sending a request to perform periodic or triggered positioning to the UE via the external interface; sending to the UE via the external interface an indication whether subsequent location reporting events will use uplink positioning, downlink positioning, or both uplink and downlink positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state; and receiving a first event report and a second event report from the UE via the external interface to report the UE's detection of an event and enable UE positioning when the UE is in the RRC inactive state When RRC is not enabled, the first event report and the second event report are each sent by the UE via Small Data Transmission (SDT). 根據請求項47之定位伺服器,其中該第二事件報告包括對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的一指示。The location server according to claim 47, wherein the second event report includes an indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report. 根據請求項48之定位伺服器,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的該指示包括一事件類型參數。The location server according to claim 48, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes an event type parameter. 根據請求項48之定位伺服器,其中該第一事件報告和該第二事件報告各自包括一共用辨識符,其中對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的該指示包括該共用辨識符。The location server according to claim 48, wherein the first event report and the second event report each include a shared identifier, wherein the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report includes the shared identifier symbol. 根據請求項48之定位伺服器,其中該至少一個處理器亦被配置為基於對該第二事件報告與該第一事件報告相關聯的該指示而將該第二事件報告視為該第一事件報告的一延續。The location server according to claim 48, wherein the at least one processor is also configured to treat the second event report as the first event based on the indication that the second event report is associated with the first event report A continuation of the report. 根據請求項47之定位伺服器,其中: 發送對當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時後續位置報告事件將使用上行鏈路和下行鏈路定位的該指示; 該第一事件報告包括指示針對一上行鏈路(UL)定位參考信號(PRS)配置的一請求的一長期進化(LTE)定位協定(LPP)請求輔助資料訊息; 該至少一個處理器亦被配置為: 當該UE處於該RRC非啟用狀態時經由該外部介面向該UE的一服務基地站發送針對該UL PRS配置的一請求;及 經由該外部介面從該服務基地站接收該UL PRS配置,其中該服務基地站向該UE發送該UL PRS配置。 The positioning server according to claim 47, wherein: sending the indication that uplink and downlink positioning will be used for subsequent location reporting events when the UE is in the RRC inactive state; the first event report includes a long term evolution (LTE) positioning protocol (LPP) request assistance data message indicating a request for an uplink (UL) positioning reference signal (PRS) configuration; The at least one processor is also configured to: sending a request for the UL PRS configuration to a serving base station of the UE via the external interface when the UE is in the RRC inactive state; and The UL PRS configuration is received from the serving base station via the external interface, wherein the serving base station sends the UL PRS configuration to the UE. 根據請求項52之定位伺服器,其中該至少一個處理器亦被配置為向至少一個基地站發送包括該UL PRS配置的一UL量測請求。The positioning server according to claim 52, wherein the at least one processor is also configured to send a UL measurement request including the UL PRS configuration to at least one base station. 根據請求項52之定位伺服器,其中該第二事件報告包括一LPP提供位置資訊訊息,該LPP提供位置資訊訊息包括由處於該RRC非啟用狀態的該UE執行的位置量測,其中該至少一個處理器亦被配置為: 至少部分地基於該LPP提供位置資訊訊息中的該等位置量測來決定該UE的一位置。 The positioning server according to claim 52, wherein the second event report includes an LPP providing location information message, the LPP providing location information message including location measurements performed by the UE in the RRC inactive state, wherein the at least one The processor is also configured to: A location of the UE is determined based at least in part on the location measurements in the LPP provided location information message. 根據請求項54之定位伺服器,其中該至少一個處理器亦被配置為: 經由該外部介面從至少一個基地站接收一量測回應,該量測回應包括由處於該RRC非啟用狀態的該UE傳輸的UL PRS的量測;及 進一步基於來自該至少一個基地站的該量測回應來決定該位置。 The positioning server according to claim 54, wherein the at least one processor is also configured to: receiving a measurement response from at least one base station via the external interface, the measurement response including measurements of UL PRS transmitted by the UE in the RRC inactive state; and The location is further determined based on the measurement response from the at least one base station. 根據請求項47之定位伺服器,其中該定位伺服器包括一位置管理功能(LMF)。The positioning server according to claim 47, wherein the positioning server includes a location management function (LMF).
TW111141337A 2022-01-07 2022-10-31 Method and apparatus for positioning of a user equipment in an inactive state TW202329728A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202263297674P 2022-01-07 2022-01-07
US63/297,674 2022-01-07
US202263324568P 2022-03-28 2022-03-28
US63/324,568 2022-03-28
US17/810,158 2022-06-30
US17/810,158 US20230221396A1 (en) 2022-01-07 2022-06-30 Method and apparatus for positioning of a user equipment in an inactive state

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202329728A true TW202329728A (en) 2023-07-16

Family

ID=84362148

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111141337A TW202329728A (en) 2022-01-07 2022-10-31 Method and apparatus for positioning of a user equipment in an inactive state

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202329728A (en)
WO (1) WO2023132984A1 (en)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2023132984A1 (en) 2023-07-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11785620B2 (en) Systems and methods for super low latency location service for wireless networks
KR20210021998A (en) Low power periodic and triggered location of mobile devices using early data transmission
US20220070753A1 (en) Systems and methods for handover of 5g location sessions for an ng-ran location management component
TW201831011A (en) Systems and methods for supporting control plane location in a fifth generation wireless network
EP3895454B1 (en) Systems and methods for location reporting with low latency for wireless networks
US20220120842A1 (en) Method and apparatus for location of a user equipment in an inactive state
US20220103976A1 (en) System and methods for power efficient positioning of a mobile device
US11849371B2 (en) System and methods for low latency positioning using fast uplink signaling
JP2022536716A (en) Low Power Periodic and Triggered Location for Mobile Devices Using Control Plane Optimization
US11914058B2 (en) Systems and methods for storage of UE positioning capabilities in a network
TW202329728A (en) Method and apparatus for positioning of a user equipment in an inactive state
US20230221396A1 (en) Method and apparatus for positioning of a user equipment in an inactive state
US20240147190A1 (en) System and methods for power efficient positioning of a mobile device
US20230408625A1 (en) Systems and methods for storage of ue positioning capabilities in a network